MX 10008

MX10008 Universal Routing Platform
Hardware Guide
Published
2024-05-22
ii
Juniper Networks, Inc.

1133 Innovation Way
Sunnyvale, California 94089
USA
408-745-2000
www.juniper.net
Juniper Networks, the Juniper Networks logo, Juniper, and Junos are registered trademarks of Juniper Networks, Inc.
in the United States and other countries. All other trademarks, service marks, registered marks, or registered service
marks are the property of their respective owners.
Juniper Networks assumes no responsibility for any inaccuracies in this document. Juniper Networks reserves the right
to change, modify, transfer, or otherwise revise this publication without notice.
MX10008 Universal Routing Platform Hardware Guide

Copyright © 2024 Juniper Networks, Inc. All rights reserved.
The information in this document is current as of the date on the title page.
YEAR 2000 NOTICE
Juniper Networks hardware and software products are Year 2000 compliant. Junos OS has no known time-related
limitations through the year 2038. However, the NTP application is known to have some difficulty in the year 2036.
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
The Juniper Networks product that is the subject of this technical documentation consists of (or is intended for use
with) Juniper Networks software. Use of such software is subject to the terms and conditions of the End User License
Agreement ("EULA") posted at https://support.juniper.net/support/eula/. By downloading, installing or using such
software, you agree to the terms and conditions of that EULA.
iii
Table of Contents
About This Guide | xi
1 Fast Track: Initial Installation

Fast Track to Rack Installation and Power | 2
Install the MX10008 in a Rack | 2
Connect to Power | 6
Onboard, Configure, and Monitor MX10008 | 11
2 Overview
MX10008 System Overview | 14
MX10008 Hardware Overview | 14
MX10008 Configurations and Upgrade Options | 28
MX10008 Components and Configurations | 35
MX10008 Component Redundancy | 38
MX10008 Hardware and CLI Terminology Mapping | 39
MX10008 Chassis | 42
MX10008 Chassis Physical Specifications | 42
Field-Replaceable Units in an MX10008 | 46
MX10008 Status Panel LEDs | 48
MX10008 Optional Equipment | 52
MX10008 Cooling System | 53
MX10008 Cooling System and Airflow | 54
MX10008 Fan Tray LEDs and Fan Tray Controller LEDs | 62
MX10008 Power System | 70
JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply | 72
JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply | 74

iv
JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Supply | 81
JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply | 85
JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply LEDs | 87
JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply LEDs | 88
JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Supply LEDs | 93
JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply LEDs | 95
MX10008 Routing and Control Board Components and Descriptions | 99
MX10008 Routing and Control Board Description | 100
MX10008 Routing and Control Board LEDs | 103
MX10008 Switch Fabric Board | 107
MX10008 Switch Fabric Board Description | 108
MX10008 Switch Fabric Board LEDs | 111
MX10K-LC2101 Line Card | 113
3 Site Planning, Preparation, and Specifications

MX10008 Site Preparation Overview | 125
MX10008 Site Preparation Checklist | 125
MX10008 Environmental Requirements and Specifications | 127
General Site Guidelines | 128
Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines | 129
MX10008 Rack Requirements | 131
MX10008 Depth Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance | 133
MX10008 Power Planning | 135

v
Power Requirements for an MX10008 Router | 136
Calculating the Power Consumption of Your MX10008 Configuration | 136
Calculating the Number of Power Supplies Required for Your MX10008 Configuration | 138
JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Specifications | 142
JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Specifications | 143
MX10008 Power Cables Specifications | 145
JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Cable Specifications | 154
JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Specifications | 164
JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Specifications | 166
MX10008 Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications | 167
MX10008 Transceiver and Cable Specifications | 168
MX10008 Optical Transceiver and Cable Support | 168
MX10008 Cable Specifications for Console and Management Connections | 169
Understanding Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion | 171
Calculating the Fiber-Optic Cable Power Budget for an MX10008 Router | 172
Calculating the Fiber-Optic Cable Power Margin for an MX10008 Router | 173
MX10008 Alarm and Management Cable Specifications and Pinouts | 175
Console Port Connector Pinouts for an MX10008 Router | 175
USB Port Specifications for the MX10008 Router | 177
Management Port Connector Pinouts for the MX10008 Router | 177
RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the External Clock Ports | 178
4 Initial Installation and Configuration

MX10008 Installation Overview | 182
Unpacking the MX10008 Router and Components | 183
Unpacking the MX10008 | 183
Unpacking Line Cards, RCBs, and Switch Fabric Boards | 185

vi
Comparing the MX10008 Order to the Packing List | 187
Register Products—Mandatory to Validate SLAs | 192
Installing the Mounting Hardware | 193
Installing the MX10008 into a Rack | 195
Mounting an MX10008 in a 4-Post Rack Using a Mechanical Lift | 195
Manually Mounting an MX10008 in a 4-Post Rack | 198
Mount the Juniper Networks MX10008 Router Using the JNP10004-RMK-4POST Rack-
Mount Kit | 202
Installing the Front Door on an MX10008 | 208
Before You Begin | 209
Install the Front Door | 209
Install the Air Filter | 216
Connecting the MX10008 to Power | 219
Connect the MX10008 to Earth Ground | 219
Connect AC Power to an MX10008 | 221
Connect DC Power to an MX10008 | 222
Connecting the MX10008 to External Devices | 223
Connecting an MX10008 to a Network for Out-of-Band Management | 223
Connecting an MX10008 Router to a Management Console | 224
Configuring an MX10008 Router | 226
5 Maintaining Components
Removing and Installing Routing and Control Boards | 232
Handling and Storing Routing and Control Boards | 232
Holding Routing and Control Boards | 232
Storing Routing and Control Boards | 233
Removing a Routing and Control Board | 233

vii
Installing a Routing and Control Board | 235
Removing and Installing MX10008 Cooling System Components | 238
Removing an MX10008 Fan Tray | 239
Installing an MX10008 Fan Tray | 242
Removing an MX10008 Fan Tray Controller | 244
Installing an MX10008 Fan Tray Controller | 246
Removing and Installing MX10000 Power System Components | 248
How to Remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply | 249
How to Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply | 254
How to Remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply | 261
How to Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply | 265
Remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply | 272
Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply | 276
How to Remove a JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Supply | 284
How to Install a JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Supply | 288
How to Remove a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply | 300
How to Install a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply | 304
Removing and Installing MX10008 Switch Fabric Boards | 315
Handling and Storing MX10008 Switch Fabric Boards | 315
Holding Switch Fabric Boards | 315
Storing Switch Fabric Boards | 317
Removing an MX10008 Switch Fabric Board | 317
Installing an MX10008 Switch Fabric Board | 321
Upgrade from JNP10008-SF to JNP10008-SF2 | 326
Removing and Installing MX10008 MPC Components | 331
How to Handle and Store an MX10008 MPC | 331
Handling MPCs | 331

viii
Storing MPCs | 332
Install an MPC in an MX10008 | 333
Remove an MPC | 337
Install the Cable Management System | 341
Removing and Installing Transceivers and Fiber-Optic Cables | 344
Remove a Transceiver | 345
Install a Transceiver | 347
Disconnect a Fiber-Optic Cable from a Router | 349
Connect a Fiber-Optic Cable to a Router | 350
Maintain the Fiber-Optic Cables in a Router | 351
Removing the MX10008 Router | 352
Powering Off an MX10008 Router | 352
Removing an MX10008 Router From a Four-Post Rack Using a Mechanical Lift | 355
Manually Removing an MX10008 Router from a 4-Post Rack | 356
6 Troubleshooting Hardware
Restoring Junos OS | 360
Creating an Emergency Boot Device | 360
Performing a Recovery Installation Using an Emergency Boot Device | 362
Alarm Messages | 364
Understanding Alarms | 364
Interface Alarm Messages | 366
7 Contacting Customer Support and Returning the Chassis or Components

Contact Customer Support | 368
Returning the MX10008 Chassis or Components | 369
Returning a Router or Component for Repair or Replacement | 369
Locating the Serial Number on an MX10008 Router or Component | 370
Listing the Chassis and Component Details Using the CLI | 370
ix
Locating the Chassis Serial Number ID Label on an MX10008 | 377
Locating the Serial Number ID Labels on MX10008 Power Supplies | 378
Locating the Serial Number ID Labels on MX10008 Fan Trays and Fan Tray Controllers | 381
Locating the Serial Number ID Labels on MX10008 Routing and Control Boards | 382
Locating the Serial Number ID Labels on an MX10008 Line Card | 382
Locating the Serial Number ID Labels on an MX10008 Switch Fabric Board (SFB) | 383
Contacting Customer Support to Obtain a Return Materials Authorization for a Router or

Component | 383
Packing an MX10008 Router or Component for Shipping | 384
Packing an MX10008 Chassis for Shipping | 385
Packing MX10008 Components for Shipping | 388
8 Safety and Compliance Information

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 392
Definitions of Safety Warning Levels | 393
Qualified Personnel Warning | 395
Warning Statement for Norway and Sweden | 395
Fire Safety Requirements | 396
Installation Instructions Warning | 397
MX10008 Chassis Lifting Guidelines | 398
Restricted Access Warning | 398
Ramp Warning | 400
Rack-Mounting and Cabinet-Mounting Warnings | 400
Grounded Equipment Warning | 405
Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning | 405
Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 406
Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 409
General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 415
Action to Take After an Electrical Accident | 417

x
Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage | 417
AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines | 419
AC Power Disconnection Warning | 420
DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines for MX10008 Router | 421
DC Power Disconnection Warning | 422
DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning | 423
DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning | 424
DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning | 426
Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning | 427
TN Power Warning | 428
Agency Approvals and Compliance Statements | 429
Agency Approvals for the Router | 429
Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for the Router | 431

xi
About This Guide
Use this guide to install hardware and perform initial software configuration, routine maintenance, and
troubleshooting for the MX10008 Universal Routing Platform.
After completing the installation and basic configuration procedures covered in this guide, refer to the
Junos OS documentation for information about further software configuration.
RELATED DOCUMENTATION
MX10008 Quick Start

1 CHAPTER
Fast Track: Initial Installation
Fast Track to Rack Installation and Power | 2
Onboard, Configure, and Monitor MX10008 | 11

2
Fast Track to Rack Installation and Power
SUMMARY IN THIS SECTION
This procedure guides you through the simplest Install the MX10008 in a Rack | 2
steps for the most common installation to mount Connect to Power | 6
your MX10008 router in a rack and connect it to
power.
Install the MX10008 in a Rack
IN THIS SECTION
Mount the Router | 3
You can mount an MX10008 router in a four-post closed-frame rack or a four-post open-frame rack by
using the rack-mount kit shipped (part number JNP10004-RMK-4POST) with the router by default.
We'll walk you through the steps to install an MX10008 router and connect it to power.
The router chassis weighs approximately 145 lb (66 kg) with only the fan tray controllers installed.
You can mount an MX10008 router manually or by using a mechanical lift. Because of the router's size
and weight, we strongly recommend that you use a mechanical lift to mount the MX10008.
Ensure that you have a mechanical lift rated for 500 lb (226.8 kg).
You must install the router in a restricted-access location and ensure that the chassis is always grounded
properly.
Before you install, review the following:
• "MX10008 Site Preparation Overview" on page 125
• "General Safety Guidelines and Warnings" on page 392
• "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage" on page 417
• "Unpacking the MX10008 Router and Components" on page 183

3
• "MX10008 Chassis Lifting Guidelines" on page 398
Mount the Router
To mount the MX10008 router on a four-post rack:
1. Place the router on a flat, stable surface.
2. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD grounding strap around your bare wrist, and connect the
other end to a site ESD point.
3. Attach the mounting blades to the front rack posts by using six rack mount screws appropriate for
your rack and a screwdriver.
4. From the rear of the rack, slide the mounting tray into the rear posts of the rack such that the
mounting blades slide into the grooves on the mounting tray. Attach the tray to the rear rack posts
by using eight rack-mount screws appropriate for your rack .
4
5. Check that the mounting tray is level.
6. Attach the mounting blades to the tray with the 12 Phillips 8-32 x .375 in. flat-head screws.
7. Load the router onto the lift, making sure that it rests securely on the lift platform.
5
8. Using the lift, align the router in front of the rack, centering it in front of the mounting tray.
9. Lift the chassis approximately 0.75 in. (1.9 cm) above the surface of the mounting tray. Align the
chassis as close as possible to the mounting tray.
10. Carefully slide the chassis onto the mounting tray until the chassis flanges contact the rack rails.
The mounting blades ensure that the holes in the chassis flanges line up with the holes in the rack
rails.
11. Starting at the bottom, attach the chassis to the rack by inserting 14 rack mount screws through
each open flange hole and rack hole.
6
12. Move the lift away from the rack.
13. Check the alignment of the router. The mounting screws on each side of the rack should line up,
and the router should be level. Tighten the screws.
14. Insert the safety restraint between the rear posts of the rack. It should rest on the top of the
chassis and align with the holes in the rack.
15. Attach the restraint to the rack by inserting six mounting screws through each open flange hole and
rack hole. Tighten the screws.
Connect to Power
IN THIS SECTION
Install the Power Supplies | 7
Ground the Router | 8
Connect the Power Cable and Power On the Router | 9
The MX10004 router supports AC, DC, high-voltage alternating current (HVAC), and high-voltage direct
current (HVDC). In this guide, we show you how to connect AC power.
7
To connect the MX10008 to AC power:
Install the Power Supplies
To install the JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply in an MX10008 router:
1. If the power supply slot has a cover panel on it, insert your thumb and forefinger into the finger
holes, squeeze and pull the cover out of the slot. Save the cover panel for later use.
2. Taking care not to touch power supply connections, remove the power supply from its bag.
3. Peel back and remove the protective plastic wrap that covers all four sides of the power supply.
4. Ensure the power router is set to the standby (O) position. This router turns off the output voltage; it
does not interrupt input power.
5. Unscrew the captive screw in the counterclockwise direction by using the Phillips (+) screwdriver,
number 1.
6. Rotate the captive screw away from the faceplate of the power supply to release the latch.
NOTE: You can install the power supplies in any slot labeled PSU 0 through PSU 5 (top to
bottom).
7. Using both hands, place the power supply in the power supply slot on the rear of the system. Slide
the power supply straight into the chassis until the power supply is fully seated in the slot. Ensure the
power supply faceplate is flush with any adjacent power supply faceplates or power supply cover
panels.
8
8. Push the captive screw into the power supply faceplate. Ensure that the screw is seated inside the
corresponding hole on the faceplate.
9. Tighten the captive screw by turning it clockwise by using the Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1.
When the screw is completely tight, the latch locks into the router chassis.
Ground the Router
To meet safety and electromagnetic interference (EMI) requirements and to ensure proper operation,
you must connect the chassis to earth ground. Make this connection before you connect the router to
power.
To connect the MX10008 router to earth ground:
1. Verify that a licensed electrician has attached the cable lug (provided in the accessory kit) to the
grounding cable.
2. Connect the other end of the grounding cable to a proper earth ground, such as the rack in which the
router is mounted.
3. Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to the ESD grounding point
next to the earthing posts.
9
Figure 1: ESD Point on the MX10008 Chassis Rear
1— ESD point
4. Remove the two screws on the chassis using a Phillips screwdriver.
5. Place the chassis grounding lug and cable over the PEM nuts with the cable connection pointing to
the left.
6. Place the two screws over the grounding lug and grounding cable.
7. Tighten the two 10-32 screws using a Phillips screwdriver applying torque between of 30.1 in.-lb (3.4
N-m) and 42.04 in.-lb (4.75 N-m).
8. Dress the grounding cable and ensure that it does not touch or block access to other device
components and that it does not drape where people could trip over it.
Connect the Power Cable and Power On the Router
To connect the power cable and power on the MX10008 router:

10
1. Attach each power cable to a dedicated power source (A and B). The JNP10K-PWR-AC2 requires
that each power supply be connected to a separate source. See Figure 2 on page 10 for some
possible cabling combinations for MX10008.
Figure 2: Proper Load Balancing for JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Cables
2. For each power cable, insert the end of the cable with the Anderson connector into the JNP10K-
PWR-AC2 power supply module. The connector snaps and locks the cable into position.
WARNING: Ensure that the power cords do not block access to router components or
drape where people can trip on them.
3. If the power source outlets have a power switch, set them to the on (|) position.
4. Set the three DIP switches to set the inputs and whether the power supply is running at 3000 W,
5000 W, or 5500 W. See Table 1 on page 11.
Set both enable switches to the on position when using both source inputs; power is shared equally.
When not using source redundancy, set the unused source to the O (off) position. The LED turns red
and indicates an error if a source input is not in use and the enable switch is | (on).
11
Table 1: Setting the JNP10K-PWR-AC2 DIP Switches
Switch State Field
1 On INP1 (INP0 in CLI output) is present
Off INP1 is not present.
2 On INP2 (INP1 in CLI output) is present.
Off INP2 is not present.
3 On Enabled for 30 A feed; 5500 W for a single feed, 5000 W for dual feeds.
Off Enabled for 20 A feed; power supply capacity is 3000 W.
5. Verify that the INP1 and INP2 LEDs on the power supply faceplate are lit and are on steadily.
6. Press the power switch to the on (|) position.
Onboard, Configure, and Monitor MX10008
SUMMARY
This topic provides you with pointers to onboard, configure, and monitor MX10008 routers using
Paragon Automation, or Junos OS CLI.
You can use Juniper Paragon Automation to onboard, configure, and monitor MX10008 routers. See
Table 2 on page 12 for more information.
12
Table 2: Onboard, Configure, and Monitor MX10008 Using Paragon Automation
If you want to Then
Setup Paragon Automation, onboard and configure See Paragon Automation Quick Start Guide.
routers, and monitor their performance
Use the Paragon Automation See Paragon Automation User Guide.
See all documentation available for Paragon See Paragon Automation Documentation.
Automation
You can configure and monitor MX10008 routers using the Junos OS CLI. See Table 3 on page 12 for
more information.
Table 3: Configure MX10008 Using Junos OS CLI
If you want to Then
Customize basic configuration See "Configuring an MX10008 Router" on page 226.
Explore the software features supported on the See Feature Explorer.

MX10008
Configure supported software features on the See MX10008 Documentation.

MX10008
2 CHAPTER
Overview
MX10008 System Overview | 14
MX10008 Chassis | 42
MX10008 Cooling System | 53
MX10008 Power System | 70
MX10008 Routing and Control Board Components and Descriptions | 99
MX10008 Switch Fabric Board | 107

14
MX10008 System Overview
IN THIS SECTION
MX10008 Configurations and Upgrade Options | 28
MX10008 Component Redundancy | 38
MX10008 Hardware and CLI Terminology Mapping | 39
The MX10000 line of 5G Universal Routing Platforms give cloud and service providers the performance
and scalability needed to outpace increased traffic demands. MX10008 provides 1-Gigabit Ethernet, 10-
Gigabit Ethernet, 40-Gigabit Ethernet, 100-Gigabit Ethernet, or 400-Gigabit Ethernet modular solutions
that support up to 76.8 Tbps of throughput. MX10008 provides redundancy and resiliency. All major
hardware components including the power system, the cooling system, and the control board are fully
redundant.
MX10008 Hardware Overview
IN THIS SECTION
Benefits of the MX10008 Router | 15
Chassis Description | 16
MX10008 Routing and Control Board | 18
MX10008 Line Cards | 19
Switch Fabric Boards | 21
Cooling System | 22
MX10008 Power Supplies | 24
Software on MX10008 | 27
15
Juniper Networks MX10008 Universal Routing Platform enables cloud and data center operators to
transition from 10-Gigabit Ethernet and 40-Gigabit Ethernet networks to 100-Gigabit Ethernet high-
performance networks. The 13 rack unit (13 U) modular chassis can provide 76.8 Tbps of throughput
and 20 Bpps of forwarding capacity. The MX10008 router has eight slots for the line cards that can
support a maximum of 768 100-Gigabit Ethernet ports (4x100 GbE breakout cables), 192 40-Gigabit
Ethernet ports, 192 100-Gigabit Ethernet ports, or 192 400-Gigabit Ethernet ports. You can deploy the
MX10008 router in an IP edge network.
You can deploy MX10008 in the edge of the network for the following functions:
• Layer 3 Peering
• Data Center Gateway
• VPLS aggregation
• Layer 3 Aggregation
• Video Distribution
The MX10008 router is available in both base and redundant configurations for both AC and DC
operation. MX10008 features front to back airflow (also know as airflow out or AFO).
Benefits of the MX10008 Router
• System capacity— MX10008 scales to 76.8 Tbps (153.6 Tbps half- duplex) in a single chassis, with
support for up to 768 100-Gigabit Ethernet (4x100 GbE breakout cables), 192 40-Gigabit Ethernet,
192 100-Gigabit Ethernet interfaces, or 192 400-Gigabit Ethernet ports.
• Full-scale IP and MPLS routing—MX10008 delivers the distributed peering scale of 7 million entries
in the forwarding information bases (FIBs, also known as forwarding table) and 80 million routing
information base entries (RIBs, also known as routing tables).
• Source Packet Routing in Networking (SPRING)—SPRING on MX10008 provides additional

flexibility per packet source. SPRING provides features such as network path and node protection to
support MPLS fast reroute (FRR) mechanisms, enhanced network programmability, OAM
functionality, simplified network signaling, load balancing, and traffic engineering functions.
• Always-on infrastructure base—MX10008 is engineered with full hardware redundancy for cooling,
switch fabric, and host subsystems—Routing and Control Boards (RCBs)—allowing service providers
to meet stringent service-level agreements across the core.
• Nondisruptive software upgrades—The Junos operating system on MX10008 supports high

availability (HA) features such as graceful Routing Engine switchover (GRES), nonstop active routing
(NSR), and unified in-service software upgrade (unified ISSU), providing software upgrades and
changes without disrupting network traffic.
16
Chassis Description
MX10008 is 13 U tall. Up to three MX10008 routers can fit in a standard 39 U rack with adequate
cooling and power. All key MX10008 router components are field-replaceable units (FRUs). Figure 3 on
page 16 illustrates the key components visible from the front of the chassis.
Figure 3: MX10008 Chassis Front
1— Routing and Control Boards 4— Installation holes for the front panel
2— Status LED panel 5— Line card slots 0-7 (numbered top to bottom)
3— Handles
Some chassis ship with an enhanced power bus to support the power needs of higher wattage line
cards. Chassis with the enhanced power bus have a modified Status Panel (see "MX10008 Status Panel
LEDs" on page 48).
Figure 4 on page 17 illustrates the components that are visible from the rear of the chassis.
17
Figure 4: MX10008 Chassis Rear
1— AC or DC power supplies 2— Fan trays with redundant fans
Figure 5 on page 18 illustrates the components that are internal to the chassis.
18
Figure 5: MX10008 Chassis Internal Components
1— Fan tray controllers 2— Switch fabric boards (SFBs)
See "MX10008 Chassis Physical Specifications" on page 42 and "Field-Replaceable Units in an

MX10008" on page 230.
MX10008 Routing and Control Board
The Routing and Control board (RCB) (see Figure 6 on page 19) contains a Routing Engine and is
responsible for the system management and control in the MX10008. See "MX10008 Routing and
Control Board Description" on page 100. RCBs are FRUs that are installed in the front of the chassis in
the slots labeled CB0 and CB1. The base configuration has a single RCB while the fully redundant
configuration has two RCBs. The RCB also contains Precision Time Protocol ports and two Media Access
Control Security (MACsec) capable ports (see "MX10008 Components and Configurations" on page
35).
19
Figure 6: MX10008 Routing and Control Board
MX10008 Line Cards
MX10008 has eight horizontal line card slots and supports line rate for each line card. The line cards
combine a Packet Forwarding Engine and Ethernet interfaces enclosed in a single assembly. Line cards
are FRUs that can be installed in the line card slots labeled 0 through 7 (top to bottom) on the front of
the chassis. All line cards are hot-removable and hot-insertable. After the hot insertion, the line card
comes online automatically.
The MX10008 router supports the following line cards:
• MX10K-LC2101—This line card provides a maximum bandwidth of 2.4Tbps and has six Packet
Forwarding Engines, each providing a maximum bandwidth of up to 400 Gbps. The MX10K-LC2101
line card can support 24 100-Gigabit Ethernet ports with a 28-Gbps quad smallform-factor pluggable
(QSFP28) transceiver, or 24 40-Gigabit Ethernet ports with a QSFP transceiver. The MX10K-LC2101
line cards also support 10-Gigabit Ethernet interfaces. For 10-Gigabit Ethernet, you must configure
the port using the channelization command. Because there is no port-groups option for the 100-
Gigabit Ethernet line card, you must use individual port channelization commands.
Figure 7 on page 19 shows the MX10K-LC2101 line card.
Figure 7: MX10K-LC2101 Line Card
1— OFFLINE button 3— Lane LEDs
2— OK/FAIL LED 4— Port LEDs

20
• MX10K-LC480—The MX10K-LC480 line card is a fixed configuration MPC with 48 ports. Each port
supports a speed of 10 Gbps or 1 Gbps, providing the line card a maximum bandwidth of 480 Gbps.
The MX10K-LC480 has two Packet Forwarding Engines, each providing a maximum bandwidth of up
to 240 Gbps.
Figure 8 on page 20 shows MX10K-LC480 line card.
Figure 8: MX10K-LC480
1— Power (PWR) LED. 3— Offline/online (OFF) button.
2— Port LEDs. 4— Status (STS) LED.
• MX10K-LC9600 Line Card—The MX10K-LC9600 (Model number: JNP10K-LC9600) is a fixed-

configuration 24-port line card, which provides a line rate throughput of 9.6 Tbps. The line card has
twenty-four QSFP-DD ports, each capable of supporting a maximum speed of 400 Gbps.
The MX10K-LC9600 line card combines Packet Forwarding Engine based on Juniper Networks
custom ASICs. The line card has six fowarding ASICs, each hosting two Packet Forwarding Engines.
The line card has 12 Packet Forwarding Engines, each providing a maximum bandwidth of 800 Gbps.
1— QSPF Ports 3— Lane LEDs
2— Ejector Handles 4— PWR, STS, and OFF LEDs

21
Switch Fabric Boards
Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs) provide the necessary switching functionality to an MX10008 router. SFBs
are installed between the line cards and the fan trays inside of the chassis.
There are two models of SFBs: the JNP10008-SF and the JNP10008-SF2. SFBs installed must be of the
same model type in a running chassis. On both models, the SFB has eight connectors that match and
connect to a connector on one of the eight line cards, eliminating the need for a backplane.
In a MX10008 router you can install five JNP10008-SFs for the necessary switching functionality and
the sixth JNP10008-SF to provide n+1 redundancy. When all the six JNP10008-SFs are installed, the
MX10008 router has a net switching capacity of 2.4Tbps (bidirectional)
In a MX10008 router if you want to install MX10K-LC9600 line card you must install all the six
JNP10008-SF2s to achieve 153.6Tbps (bidirectional) switching capacity. The MX10K-LC9600 line cards
are not compatible with the JNP10008-SFs. See "MX10008 Switch Fabric Board Description" on page
108.
Figure 10: MX10008 SFB

22
Cooling System
The cooling system in an MX10008 router consists of two hot-removable and hot-insertable FRU fan
trays and two fan tray controllers.
Two fan tray models (JNP10008-FAN and JNP10008-FAN2) and their associated fan tray controllers
(JNP10008-FAN-CTRL and JNP10008-FTC2) are available. The fan trays install vertically on the rear of
the chassis and provide front to back chassis cooling. For model differences, see "MX10008 Cooling
System and Airflow" on page 54.
Figure 11: Fan Tray JNP10008-FAN

23
Figure 12: Fan Tray Controller JNP10008-FAN-CTRL
Figure 13: MX10008 Router with JNP10008-FAN2
1— Power Supplies 2— JNP10008-FAN2 - Fan trays

24
Figure 14: Fan Tray Controller JNP10008-FTC2
MX10008 Power Supplies
Power supplies for the MX10008 router are fully redundant, load-sharing, and hot-removable and hot-
insertable FRUs. Each MX10008 router with a base configuration has three power supplies; redundant
configurations hold a maximum of six AC, high-voltage alternating current (HVAC), DC, or high-voltage
direct current (HVDC) power supplies. Each power supply has an internal fan for cooling. See Figure 15
on page 24 through Figure 19 on page 26.
CAUTION: Do not mix power supply models in the same chassis in a running
environment. DC and HVDC can coexist in the same chassis during the hot swap of DC
for HVDC.
Figure 15: JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply

25
Figure 16: JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply

26
Figure 18: JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Supply
Figure 19: JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply
Table 4 on page 26 provides an overview of the differences among the power supplies.
Table 4: Power Supply Overview
Power Supply Model Input Type Wattage
JNP10K-PWR AC AC only 2700 W
JNP10K-PWR-AC2 AC, HVAC, or HVDC 5000 W, single feed; 5500 W, dual feed
27
Table 4: Power Supply Overview (Continued)
Power Supply Model Input Type Wattage
JNP10K-PWR-AC3 AC • 7800 W (20-A input) with three or four active feeds
• 6000 W (20-A input) with two active feeds
• 3000 W (20-A input) with single active feed
• 7800 W (15-A input) with four active feeds
• 7500 W (15-A input) with three active feeds
• 5000 W (15-A input) with two active feeds
• 2500 W (15-A input) with single active feed
JNP10K-PWR DC DC only 2500 W
JNP10K-PWR-DC2 DC only 2750 W, single feed; 5500 W, dual feed
Software on MX10008
The Juniper Networks MX10008 router runs on Junos OS, which provides Layer 3 routing services. The
same Junos OS code base that runs on MX10008 router also runs on all Juniper Networks M Series,
MX Series, and T Series routers and SRX Series Firewalls.
SEE ALSO

28
MX10008 Configurations and Upgrade Options
IN THIS SECTION
MX10008 Configurations | 28
Upgrade Kits | 32
MX10008 Configurations
Table 5 on page 28 lists the hardware configurations for a MX10008 modular chassis—base (AC and
DC versions), redundant (AC and DC versions), and redundant (HVAC, DC, and HVDC)—and the
components included in each configuration.
Table 5: MX10008 Hardware Configurations
Router Configuration Configuration Components
Base AC configuration • Chassis

MX10008-BASE
• One RCB (JNP10K-RE1, JNP10K-RE1-LT, or JNP10K-RE1-128)
• Two fan tray controllers (JNP10008-FAN-CTRL)
• Two fan trays (JNP10008-FAN)
• Three AC power supplies (JNP10K-PWR-AC)
• Three power supply covers
• Five SFBs (JNP10008-SF)
• One SFB cover (JNP10008-SF-BLNK2)
• Eight line-card covers

29
Table 5: MX10008 Hardware Configurations (Continued)
Base AC configuration with JNP10K- • Chassis

PWR-AC2 components
MX10008-BASE
• Two fan tray controllers (JNP10008-FTC2)
• Two fan trays (JNP10008-FAN2)
• Three AC power supplies (JNP10K-PWR-AC2)
• Five SFBs (JNP10008-SF or JNP10008-SF2)
• Eight line-card covers
Base DC configuration • Chassis

MX10008-BASE
• Three DC power supplies (JNP10K-PWR-DC)
• Five SFBs (JNP10008-SF)
• Eight line card covers

30
Base DC configuration with JNP10K- • Chassis

PWR-DC2 components
MX10008-BASE
• Three DC power supplies (JNP10K-PWR-DC2)
• Five SFBs (JNP10008-SF or JNP10008-SF2)
• One SIB cover (JNP10008-SF-BLNK2)
Redundant AC configuration • Chassis

MX10008-PREMIUM
• Two RCBs (JNP10K-RE1, JNP10K-RE1-LT, or JNP10K-RE1-128)
• Six AC power supplies (JNP10K-PWR-AC)
• Six SFBs (JNP10008-SF)

31
Redundant AC configuration with • Chassis

JNP10K-PWR-AC2 components
MX10008-PREMIUM
• Six AC power supplies (JNP10K-PWR-AC2)
• Six SFBs (JNP10008-SF or JNP10008-SF2)
Redundant DC configuration • Chassis

MX10008-PREMIUM
• Six DC power supplies (JNP10K-PWR-DC)
• Six SFBs (JNP10008-SF)
Redundant DC configuration with • Chassis

JNP10K-PWR-DC2 components
MX10008-PREMIUM
• Six DC power supplies (JNP10K-PWR-DC2)
• Six SFBs (JNP10008-SF or JNP10008-SF2)

32
NOTE: You can install up to eight line cards that support any switch fabric compatible line card in
the MX10008.
MX10K-LC9600 Line Card is compatible only with JNP10008-SF2 and operates only if
JNP10008-FAN2 fan tray and JNP10K-PWR-AC2 or JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supplies are
installed.
NOTE: Line cards and the cable management system are not part of the base or redundant
configurations. You must order them separately.
NOTE: If you want to purchase additional power supplies (AC, DC, HVAC, or HVDC), SFBs, or
RCBs for your router configuration, you must order them separately.
Upgrade Kits
Most of the MX10008 hardware configurations can be upgraded to newer MX10008 router hardware
using an upgrade kit. Upgrading requires JNP10008-FAN2 and JNP10008-FTC2 cooling system, and
5550 W power supplies. Depending on whether you already have the newer cooling system and power
supplies will determine your upgrade kit. You can use to find the right upgrade kit.
Table 6: Upgrade Kit Matrix
Original Configuration Upgrading to Current Power and Cooling Order Power Supply
Configuration Upgrade Kit
MX10008-BASE PTX10008-BASE3 JNP10K-PWR-AC and PTX10008-AC-UPGKIT and

JNP10008-FAN PTX10008-B3-UPGKIT
JNP10K-PWR-AC2 and PTX10008-B3-UPGKIT

JNP10008-FAN2
JNP10K-PWR-DC and PTX10008-DC-UPGKIT and

33
Table 6: Upgrade Kit Matrix (Continued)
JNP10K-PWR-DC2 and PTX10008-B3-UPGKIT

JNP10008-FAN 2
MX10008-BASE PTX10008-PREM2 JNP10K-PWR-AC and PTX10008-AC-UPGKIT and

JNP10008-FAN PTX10008-P2-UPGKIT
JNP10K-PWR-AC2 and PTX10008-P2-UPGKIT

JNP10008-FAN2

JNP10K-PWR-DC2 and PTX10008-P2-UPGKIT

JNP10008-FAN 2
MX10008-BASE PTX10008-PREM3 JNP10K-PWR-AC and PTX10008-AC-UPGKIT and


JNP10008-FAN2


JNP10008-FAN 2
MX10008-PREMIUM PTX10008-BASE3 JNP10K-PWR-AC and PTX10008-AC-UPGKIT and

JNP10K-PWR-AC2 and PTX10008-B3-UPGKIT

JNP10008-FAN2
34
Table 6: Upgrade Kit Matrix (Continued)

JNP10K-PWR-DC2 and PTX10008-B3-UPGKIT

JNP10008-FAN 2
MX10008-PREMIUM PTX10008-PREM2 JNP10K-PWR-AC and PTX10008-AC-UPGKIT and


JNP10008-FAN2


JNP10008-FAN 2
MX10008-PREMIUM PTX10008-PREM3 JNP10K-PWR-AC and PTX10008-AC-UPGKIT and


JNP10008-FAN2


JNP10008-FAN 2
35
NOTE: You can install up to eight line cards that support any switch fabric compatible line card in
the MX10008 router.
MX10008 Components and Configurations
Table 7 on page 35 lists the four hardware configurations for an MX10008 modular chassis—base (AC
and DC versions), and redundant (AC and DC versions)—and the components included in each
configuration.
Table 7: MX10008 Hardware Configurations
Base AC configuration • Chassis, including power bus

MX10008-BASE
• One Routing and Control Board
• One Routing Control Board cover
• Two fan tray controllers (JNP10008-FAN-CTRL or JNP10008-FTC2)
• Two fan trays (JNP10008-FAN and JNP10008-FAN2)
• Three AC power supplies (JNP10K-PWR-AC or JNP10K-PWR-AC2)
• Five Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs)
• One SFB cover

36
Base DC configuration • Chassis, including power bus

MX10008-BASE
• One Routing and Control Board
• One Routing Control Board cover
• Three DC power supplies (JNP10K-PWR-DC, JNP10K-PWR-DC2, or

JNP10K-PWR-AC2)
• Five Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs)
• One SFB cover
Redundant AC configuration • Chassis, including power bus

MX10008-PREMIUM
• Two Routing and Control Boards
• Six AC power supplies (JNP10K-PWR-AC or JNP10K-PWR-AC2)
• Six SFBs

37
Redundant DC configuration • Chassis, including power bus

MX10008-PREMIUM
• Six DC power supplies (JNP10K-PWR-DC, JNP10K-PWR-DC2, or

JNP10K-PWR-AC2)
• Six SFBs
AC or DC configuration • Chassis, including power bus

MX10008-PREMIUM
• Two fan trays and fan tray controllers (JNP10008-FAN2 and

JNP10008-FTC2)
• Six AC or DC power supplies (JNP10K-PWR-AC2, or JNP10K-PWR-

DC2)
• Six JNP10008-SF2 SFBs
NOTE: You can install up to eight line cards in the router.

MX10K-LC9600 Line Card is compatible only with JNP10008-SF2 and operates only if
JNP10008-FAN2 fan tray and JNP10K-PWR-AC2 or JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supplies are
installed.
38
NOTE: If you want to purchase additional power supplies (AC, DC, HVAC, or HVDC), SFBs, or
RCBs for your router configuration, you must order them separately.
MX10008 Component Redundancy
The MX10008 router is designed so that no single point of failure can cause the entire system to fail.
The following major hardware components in the redundant configuration provide redundancy:
• Routing and Control Board (RCB)—The RCB consolidates the Routing Engine function with the
control plane function in a single unit. The MX10008 router can have one RCB in a base
configuration or two RCBs in a redundant configuration. When two RCBs are installed, one functions
as the primary and the other functions as the backup. If the primary RCB (or either of its
components) fails, the backup can take over as the primary RCB. See "MX10008 Routing and Control
Board Description" on page 100.
• Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs)—The MX10008 router has six SFB slots. Five SFBs are required for base
operation and the sixth SFB provides n+1 redundancy. All six SFBs are active and can sustain full
throughput rate. The fabric plane can tolerate one SFB failure without any loss of performance. See
"MX10008 Switch Fabric Board Description" on page 108.
• Power supplies—The MX10008 router requires three power supplies for minimum operation.
Additional power supplies, provide n+1 redundancy for the system. AC, DC, HVAC, and HVDC
systems tolerate a single power supply to fail without system interruption. If one power supply fails
in a fully redundant system, the other power supplies can provide full power to the MX10008 router
indefinitely.
The MX10008 router also supports source redundancy. Two sets of lugs are provided for the
JNP10K-PWR-AC cables, four sets of lugs are provided for the JNP10K-PWR-DC2 cables, and two
AC power cords are provided for each JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply.
• Cooling system—The fan trays have redundant fans, which are controlled by the fan tray controller. If
one of the fans fails, the host subsystem increases the speed of the remaining fans to provide
sufficient cooling for the router indefinitely. See "MX10008 Cooling System and Airflow" on page
54.
39
MX10008 Hardware and CLI Terminology Mapping
This topic describes the hardware terms used in MX10008 router documentation and the corresponding
terms used in the Junos OS command-line interface (CLI). See Table 8 on page 39.
Table 8: CLI Equivalents of Terms Used in Documentation for MX10008 Routers
Hardware Description (CLI) Value (CLI) Item In Additional Information

Item (CLI) Documentation
Chassis JNP10008 – Router chassis MX10008 Chassis

[MX10008] Physical Specifications
Routing and CB (n) n is a value in the range MX10008 Routing and

Control of 0–1. Control Board
Board Description
Multiple line items
appear in the CLI if
more than one RCB is
installed in the chassis.
FPC (n) Abbreviated n is a value in the range Line card (The router Understanding
name of the of 0–7. The value does not have actual Interface Naming
Flexible PIC corresponds to the line FPCs—the line cards Conventions
Concentrator card slot number in are the FPC
(FPC) which the line card is equivalents on the
installed. router.)
On MX10008, an
FPC equates to a
line card.
Xcvr (n) Abbreviated n is a value equivalent Optical transceivers MX10008 Optical

name of the to the number of the Transceiver and Cable
transceiver port in which the Support
transceiver is installed.
40
Table 8: CLI Equivalents of Terms Used in Documentation for MX10008 Routers (Continued)

PSU (n) One of the n is a value in the range AC, DC, HVAC, or One of the following:
following: of 0–5. The value HVDC power supply
corresponds to the • JNP10K-PWR-AC
• JNP10K- power supply slot Power Supply
PWR-AC number.
• JNP10K-PWR-AC2
• JNP10K- Power Supply
PWR-AC2
• "JNP10K-PWR-AC3
• JNP10K- Power Supply" on
PWR-AC3 page 76
• JNP10K- • JNP10K-PWR-DC
PWR-DC Power Supply
• JNP10K- • JNP10K-PWR-DC2
PWR-DC2 Power Supply
Fan tray JNP10008-FAN – Fan tray MX10008 Cooling

or JNP10008- System and Airflow
FAN2
41
Table 8: CLI Equivalents of Terms Used in Documentation for MX10008 Routers (Continued)

SFB (n) This field n is a value in the range Fabric plane show chassis fabric sfb
indicates: of 0–5.
• State of the
fabric plane:
• Active
• Spare
• Check
State
• Status of the
Packet
Forwarding
Engine in
each fabric
plane:
• Links OK
• Error
SEE ALSO

42
MX10008 Chassis
IN THIS SECTION
MX10008 Status Panel LEDs | 48
MX10008 Chassis Physical Specifications
The MX10008 modular chassis is a rigid sheet-metal structure that houses the other router
components. You can mount up to three MX10008 routers in a standard 19-in. 4-post rack (42 U) rack
provided the rack can handle the combined weight and there is adequate power and cooling. Table 9 on
page 42 summarizes the physical specifications of the chassis. See Figure 20 on page 45.
Table 9: MX10008 Router Physical Specifications
Description Weight Height Width Depth
Chassis, spare 145.2 lb (65.86 kg) 22.6 in. (57.4 cm) 17.4 in. (44.2 cm) 32 in. (81.28 cm)
chassis only
NOTE: The outer
edges of the chassis
flange extend the
width to 19 in. (48.3
cm).
Base AC 294 lb (133 kg) 22.6 in. (57.4 cm) 17.4 in. (44.2 cm) 35 in. (88.9 cm)
configuration with JNP10K-PWR-
NOTE: The outer AC power supplies
MX10008-BASE edges of the chassis
flange extend the 42.4 in. (107.7 cm)
width to 19 in. (48.3 with EMI door
cm).
43
Table 9: MX10008 Router Physical Specifications (Continued)
Base AC 330 lb (150 kg) 22.6 in. (57.4 cm) 17.4 in. (44.2 cm) 36.7 in. (93.2 cm)
configuration with with JNP10K-PWR-
NOTE: The outer
JNP10K-PWR-AC2 AC2 power supplies
components
flange extend the 44.1 in. (112 cm)
MX10008-BASE- width to 19 in. (48.3 with EMI door
AC2 cm).
Base DC 291 lb (132 kg) 22.6 in. (57.4 cm) 17.4 in. (44.2 cm) 35 in. (88.9 cm)
NOTE: The outer
MX10008-BASE - DC power supplies
DC
cm).
Base DC 320 lb (145 kg) 22.6 in. (57.4 cm) 17.4 in. (44.2 cm) 36.7 in. (93.2 cm)
NOTE: The outer
JNP10K-PWR-DC2 DC2 power supplies
components
MX10008-BASE-
DC2
cm).
Redundant AC 336 lb (152 kg) 22.6 in. (57.4 cm) 17.4 in. (44.2 cm) 35 in. (88.9 cm)
NOTE: The outer
MX10008- AC power supplies
PREMIUM-
REDUNDANT-AC
cm).
Redundant AC 388 lb (176 kg) 22.6 in. (57.4 cm) 17.4 in. (44.2 cm) 36.7 in. (93.2 cm)
NOTE: The outer
JNP10K-PWR-AC2 AC2 power supplies
components
MX10008-
PREMIUM-
cm).
REDUNDANT-AC2
44
Table 9: MX10008 Router Physical Specifications (Continued)
Redundant DC 331 lb (150 kg) 22.6 in. (57.4 cm) 17.4 in. (44.2 cm) 35 in. (88.9 cm)
NOTE: The outer
MX10008- DC power supplies
PREMIUM-
REDUNDANT-DC
cm).
Redundant DC 369 lb (168 kg) 22.6 in. (57.4 cm) 17.4 in. (44.2 cm) 36.7 in. (93.2 cm)
NOTE: The outer
JNP10K-PWR-DC2 DC2 power supplies
components
MX10008-
PREMIUM-
cm).
REDUNDANT-DC2
MX10K-LC2101 31.57 lb (14.32 kg) 1.89 in. (48.01 mm) 17.2 in (436.88 mm) 19.05 in. (484 mm)
Line Card (Excluding FRU
Ejector)
MX10K-LC480 Line 21.6 lb (9.8 kg) 1.89 in. (48.01 mm) 17.2 in (436.88 mm) 19.05 in. (484 mm)
Card (Excluding FRU
Ejector)
MX10K-LC9600 27 lb (12.24 kg) 1.89 in. (48.01 mm) 17.2 in (436.88 mm) 19.05 in. (484 mm)
Line Card (Excluding FRU
Ejector)
45
Figure 20: Front View of MX10008
1— Routing and Control boards 4— Mounting holes for front panel
2— Status panel 5— Line cards
3— Handles
WARNING: The handles on each side of the chassis facilitate the fine-tune positioning
of the chassis on the mounting brackets. Do not use the handles to lift the chassis, even
when the chassis is empty. See"Mounting an MX10008 in a 4-Post Rack Using a
Mechanical Lift" on page 195 or "Manually Mounting an MX10008 in a 4-Post Rack" on
page 198 for instructions for properly moving a loaded chassis.
SEE ALSO

46

Field-Replaceable Units in an MX10008
Field-replaceable units (FRUs) are router components that you can replace at your site. Routers use
these types of FRUs:
• Hot-insertable and hot-removable—You can remove and replace these components without powering
off the router or disrupting the routing function.
• Hot-pluggable—You can remove and replace these components without powering off the router, but
the routing function is interrupted until you replace the component.
Table 10 on page 46 lists the FRUs and their types for the MX10008 routers.
Table 10: FRUs in an MX10008 Router
FRU Type
Power supplies Hot-insertable and hot-removable.
Fan trays Hot-insertable and hot-removable.
Fan tray controllers Hot-insertable and hot-removable.
Routing and Control Board Redundant configuration:

(RCB)
• Primary RCB is hot-pluggable.
• Backup RCB is hot-insertable and hot-removable.
Base configuration:
• Removal of the RCB causes the router to shut down. You can install a
replacement RCB in the second slot. The system restarts to select a
primary and backup. If necessary, you can switch the primary and backup
using the request chassis routing-engine master switch command.
See "MX10008 Components and Configurations" on page 35.

47
Table 10: FRUs in an MX10008 Router (Continued)
FRU Type
Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs) Hot-insertable and hot-removable.
We recommend that you take the SFBs offline before removing them to avoid
traffic loss while the router fabric is being reconfigured. You can take SFBs
offline by using the request chassis sib (offline | online) slot slot-number
command.
Line cards Hot-insertable and hot-removable.
We recommend that you take line cards offline before removing them. You can
take line cards offline by using the request chassis fpc slot slot-number
offline command.
NOTE: Line cards are not part of the base configuration or redundant
configuration. You must order them separately.
Optical transceivers Hot-insertable and hot-removable.
See "MX10008 Optical Transceiver and Cable Support" on page 168 for the
Junos OS release in which the transceivers were introduced.
NOTE: If you have a Juniper Care service contract, register any addition, change, or upgrade of
hardware components at https://www.juniper.net/customers/support/tools/updateinstallbase/.
Failure to do so can result in significant delays if you need replacement parts. This note does not
apply if you replace an existing component with the same type of component.
SEE ALSO

48
MX10008 Status Panel LEDs
The status panel of the MX10008 routers has two purposes:
• Shows the overall status of the chassis
• Indicates the type of power bus internal to the chassis
Some chassis ship with an enhanced power bus to support the power needs of higher wattage line
cards.
The status panel indicates chassis status through a set of five bi-color LEDs. See Figure 21 on page 48
for a chassis status panel with the standard power bus.
Figure 21: Status Panel on the Chassis with the Standard Power Bus
Chassis with enhanced power bus has the same set of five bi-color LEDs, but also have an azure blue
line to indicate the enhanced power bus (see Figure 22 on page 49).
49
Figure 22: Status Panel on Chassis with the Enhanced Power Bus
Table 11 on page 49 describes the status panel LEDs.
Table 11: Status Panel LEDs in an MX10008 Router
Name Color State Description
Power supplies Green On steadily All of the power supplies are online and
operating normally.
Yellow Blinking One or more of the power supplies has

an error.
None Off None of the power supplies is receiving

power.
Fans Green On steadily The fans and the fan tray controllers are
online and operating normally.
Yellow Blinking There is an error in a fan or in one of the

fan tray controllers.
None Off The fan tray controllers and fan trays are
not receiving power.
50
Table 11: Status Panel LEDs in an MX10008 Router (Continued)
SFBs Green On steadily All installed Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs)

are online.
Yellow Blinking There is a hardware error in one or more

SFBs.
None Off All the SFBs are offline.
Line cards Green On steadily All installed line cards are online.
Yellow Blinking There is a hardware error in one or more

line cards.
None Off All the line cards are offline.
Routing and Control Green On steadily All installed RCBs are online.
Boards
Yellow Blinking One or more Routing and Control

Boards have an error condition.
None Off The installed Routing and Control

Boards ares offline.
51
Table 11: Status Panel LEDs in an MX10008 Router (Continued)
Alarms Yellow On steadily Major (yellow or amber)—Indicates a

critical situation on the device that has
resulted from one of the following
conditions. A red alarm condition
requires immediate action.
• One or more hardware components

have failed.
• One or more hardware components

have exceeded temperature
thresholds.
• An alarm condition configured on an

interface has triggered a critical
warning.
Red On steadily Minor (red)—Indicates a noncritical

condition on the device that, if left
unchecked, might cause an interruption
in service or degradation in
performance. A yellow alarm condition
requires monitoring or maintenance. For
example, a missing rescue configuration
generates a yellow system alarm.
SEE ALSO

52
MX10008 Optional Equipment
The MX10008 router supports the cable management system as an optional equipment.
The cable management system (see Figure 23 on page 52) enables you to route optical cables away
from the line card ports for better airflow through the chassis. Using this optional system also makes it
easier to use cable ties or strips to organize the cabling.
Figure 23: Cable Management System
The cable management system comprises a set of handle extensions and a tray that snaps to the
extensions (see Figure 24 on page 52) for an individual line card. The handle extensions can be used
with or without the cable tray. It is not necessary to remove the handle extensions if you want to
remove a line card.
Figure 24: Cable Management Parts
1— Handle extensions 2— Cable tray

53
Cables are draped across or under the handle extensions and then secured with cable wraps (see Figure
25 on page 53).
Figure 25: Two Cable Management Systems Installed on MX10008
SEE ALSO
MX10008 Cooling System
IN THIS SECTION
MX10008 Fan Tray LEDs and Fan Tray Controller LEDs | 62

54
The MX10008 cooling system components work together to keep all components within the acceptable
temperature range. If the maximum temperature specification is exceeded and the system cannot be
adequately cooled, the Routing and Control Board shuts down some or all of the hardware components.
MX10008 Cooling System and Airflow
IN THIS SECTION
Fan Tray | 54
Fan Tray Controller | 57
Airflow Direction in the MX10008 Router | 61
The cooling system in an MX10008 chassis consists of dual fan trays with matching dual fan tray
controllers.
Two fan tray models (JNP10008-FAN and JNP10008-FAN2) and their associated fan tray controllers
(JNP10008-FAN-CTRL and JNP10008-FTC2) are available. Fan tray model JNP10008-FAN works with
its companion fan tray controller JNP10008-FAN-CTRL. Likewise, fan tray model JNP10008-FAN2
works with fan tray controller JNP10008-FTC2. Each fan tray requires a companion fan controller to be
installed and operational to be hot-insertable and hot-removable.
Fan Tray
Both fan tray models contain internal fans, a non-removable control board, and LEDs.
The two fan trays install vertically, side by side, next to the power supplies on the FRU side of the
chassis. Two handles on each front faceplate facilitate handling of the fan tray. See Figure 26 on page
55 and Figure 27 on page 56.
55
Figure 26: Installed JNP10008-FAN, with JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supplies in an MX10008 Router
1— Power supplies 2— Fan trays

56
Figure 27: Installed JNP10008-FAN2, with JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supplies in an MX10008 Router
1— Power supplies 2— Fan trays
See Table 12 on page 56 for the physical specifications for the fan trays.
Table 12: Fan Tray Specifications
Specification JNP10008-FAN JNP10008-FAN2
Corresponding fan tray controller JNP10008-FAN-CTLR JNP10008-FTC2

model
Number of fans per fan tray 11 22
Number of fans per chassis 22 44
Fan numbering 0 through 10 0 through 21
Volume flow at 100% 1437.37 CFM per fan tray 1793 CFM per fan tray
57
Table 12: Fan Tray Specifications (Continued)
Specification JNP10008-FAN JNP10008-FAN2
Introduced in Junos OS Release 15.1X53-D30 19.2R1-
Height 22.4 in. (56.9 cm) 22.4 in. (56.9 cm)
Width 6.6 in. (16.8 cm) 6.6 in. (16.8 cm)
Depth 4.0 in. (10.2 cm) without handles, 5.5 in. (13.97 cm) without
5.2 in. (13.2 cm) with handles handles, 6.7 in. (17.01 cm) with
handles
Weight 11.8 lb (5.4 kg) 20 lb (9.07 kg)
The array of fans in both models operate as a single unit. If an individual fan in the array fails, the entire
fan tray must be replaced.
If you want to replace an existing fan tray while the router is running, remove only one fan tray. The
router continues to operate for a limited time with a single operating fan tray without triggering a
thermal alarm.
CAUTION: To avoid a thermal alarm, do not remove both fan trays while the router is
operating.
CAUTION: The chassis will shut down if a thermal alarm is raised for more than four
minutes.
The internal fan control board in each fan tray contains LEDs for the associated fan tray controllers and
LEDs for the three SFBs directly behind the fan tray.
Fan Tray Controller
The two fan tray controllers provide the control logic and power to hot-insert and hot-remove a fan tray.
There are two fan tray controller models:
• JNP10008-FAN-CTRL—Supports model JNP10008-FAN; see Figure 28 on page 58.

58
Figure 28: Fan Tray Controller JNP10008-FAN-CTRL
• JNP10008-FTC2—Supports model JNP10008-FAN2; see Figure 29 on page 58.
Figure 29: Fan Controller JNP10008-FTC2
WARNING: Do not mix the fan tray controller models. Use only the supported fan tray
model for each fan tray controller. See Table 13 on page 58.
Table 13: Fan Tray Controller Specifications
Specification JNP10008-FAN-CTRL JNP10008-FTC2
Corresponding fan tray model JNP10008-FAN JNP10008-FAN2
Chassis supported Enhanced or standard Enhanced or standard
Introduced in Junos OS Release 15.1X53-D30 19.2R1

59
Table 13: Fan Tray Controller Specifications (Continued)
Specification JNP10008-FAN-CTRL JNP10008-FTC2
Height 1.5 in. (3.81 cm) 1.5 in. (3.81 cm)
Width 6.5 in. (15.24 cm) 6.5 in. (15.24 cm)
Depth 9.3 in. (23.62 cm) 9.4 in. (23.88 cm)
Weight 1.5 lb (0.68 kg) 1.1 lb (0.5 kg)
The system continually monitors the temperature of critical parts across the chassis and adjusts the
chassis fan speed according to the temperature.
Software controls the fan speed. Under normal operating conditions, the fans in the fan tray run at less
than full speed.If one fan tray controller fails or appears missing (such as when an SFB is being replaced)
the other fan tray controller sets the fans to full speed. This allows the router to continue to operate
normally as long as the remaining fans cool the chassis sufficiently. Use the show chassis fan command to
see the status of individual fans and fan speed. Here is an example of output from JNP10008-FAN and
JNP10008-FAN-CTRL:
user@host> show chassis fan

Item Status RPM Measurement
Fan Tray 0 Fan 0 OK 9750 Spinning at normal speed
60

The following is similar output from a JNP10008-FAN2 and JNP10008-FTC2 system:
user@host> show chassis fan

Item Status RPM Measurement
61

user@host>
Airflow Direction in the MX10008 Router
The air intake to cool the chassis is located on the port (line card) side of the chassis. Air flows into the
chassis from the ports in the RCBs and line cards, through the switch fabric boards (SFBs), and exits from
the fan trays and the power supplies.. See Figure 30 on page 61.
Figure 30: Airflow Through an MX10008 Router

62
The fan tray continues to operate indefinitely and provide sufficient cooling even when a single fan fails,
provided the room temperature is within the operating range. You can check the status of fans by
viewing the LEDs on each fan tray. See "MX10008 Fan Tray LEDs and Fan Tray Controller LEDs" on page
62.
You cannot replace a single fan. If one or more fans fail, you must replace the entire fan tray.
In addition to the fan trays, there is an internal fan in each power supply that also helps to cool
components, such as the line cards.
MX10008 Fan Tray LEDs and Fan Tray Controller LEDs
IN THIS SECTION
Fan Tray LEDs | 62
Fan Tray Controller LEDs | 68
Each fan tray has a set of LEDs, and each corresponding fan tray controller also has a set of LEDs.
Fan Tray LEDs
Each of the two fan trays have a set of LEDs that represent the status of the fans in the fan tray, the fan
tray controller, and the three Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs). The fan tray LEDs are located in the top left
corner of each fan tray. Figure 31 on page 63 shows the location of the LEDs on the JNP10008-FAN
fan tray. See Figure 32 on page 63.for the location of LEDs on the JNP10008-FAN2 fan tray.
63
Figure 31: Fan Tray JNP10008-FAN LEDs on an MX10008 Router
1— Fan status LED 3— SFB status (SFB 0 through SFB 2 for the left
fan tray and SFB 3 through 5 for the right fan
tray). The hardware label for SFB status is SIB
STATUS.
2— Fan tray controller status
Figure 32: Fan Tray JNP10008-FAN2 LEDs on an MX10008 Router
1— Fan status LED 3— SFB status (SFB 0 through SFB 2 for the left
fan tray and SFB 3 through 5 for the right fan
64
tray). The hardware label for SFB status is SIB

STATUS.
2— Fan tray controller status
Table 14 on page 64 describes the functions of the fan tray LEDs.
Table 14: Fan Tray LEDs on an MX10008 Router
FAN (fan status) Green On steadily All fans are operating normally. The
system has verified that the fan tray is
engaged, that the airflow is in the
correct direction, and that all fans are
operating correctly.
Green Blinking The beacon feature is enabled. This

feature is enabled using the request
chassis beacon command.
Yellow Blinking An error has been detected in one or

more fans in the fan tray. Replace the
fan tray as soon as possible. Either the
fan has failed or it has become
disconnected. To maintain proper
airflow through the chassis, leave the
fan tray installed in the chassis until you
are ready to replace it.
None Off The fan is not receiving power from the

fan tray controller.
FTC (fan tray controller Green On steadily The fan tray controller is online and is
status) operating normally.

65
Table 14: Fan Tray LEDs on an MX10008 Router (Continued)
Yellow Blinking An error has been detected in the fan

tray controller. Replace the fan tray
controller as soon as possible. The fan
tray controller is located behind the fan
tray above the SFBs. To maintain proper
are ready to replace the fan tray
controller.
None Off The fan tray controller is not receiving

power.
SIB Status (SFB 0 status) Green On steadily The left-most SFB in the chassis is
online.

Yellow Blinking An error has been detected in SFB 0.

Replace the SFB as soon as possible.
The SFB is located behind the left fan
tray and is the left-most SFB in the
chassis. To maintain proper airflow
through the chassis, leave the fan tray
installed in the chassis until you are
ready to replace the SFB.
None Off The SFB is offline.
SIB Status (SFB 1 status) Green On steadily The center SFB behind the left fan tray
is online.
66


tray and is the middle SFB in the
grouping of 3. To maintain proper
are ready to replace the SFB.
SIB Status (SFB 2 status) Green On steadily The right-most SFB behind the left fan
tray is online.


tray and is the right-most SFB in the
SIB Status (SFB 3 status) Green On steadily The left-most SFB behind the right fan
tray is online.
67


The SFB is located behind the right fan
tray and is the left-most SFB in the
SIB Status (SFB 4 status) Green On steadily The center SFB behind the right fan tray
is online.


tray and is the middle SFB in the
SIB Status (SFB 5 status) Green On steadily The right-most SFB behind the right fan
tray is online.
68


tray and is the right-most SFB in the
Fan Tray Controller LEDs
All models of fan tray controller have the same LEDs. The fan tray controller LEDs are only visible when
the associated fan tray is removed. The fan tray controller LEDs are located on the right of the controller
panel. Figure 33 on page 68 shows the location of the LEDs on the fan tray controller panel.
Figure 33: JNP10008-FAN-CTRL LEDs on an MX10008 Router
1— Fan tray controller power 2— Fan tray controller status
Table 15 on page 69 describes the functions of the fan tray controller LEDs.
69
Table 15: Fan Tray Controller LEDs on an MX10008 Router
PWR (fan controller Green On steadily The fan tray controller has power and is
power) operating normally.
Yellow Blinking A power error has been detected in the

fan tray controller. Replace the fan tray
controller as soon as possible. To
maintain proper airflow through the
chassis, leave the fan tray installed in
the chassis until you are ready to
replace the fan tray controller.
None Off The fan tray controller is not powered

on or is not receiving power.
STATUS (fan tray Green On steadily The fan tray controller is online and is
controller status) operating normally.

Yellow Blinking An error has been detected in the fan

tray controller. Replace the fan tray
controller as soon as possible. To
maintain proper airflow through the
chassis, leave the fan tray installed in
the chassis until you are ready to
replace the fan tray controller.
None Off The fan tray controller is not receiving

power.
SEE ALSO

70

MX10008 Power System
IN THIS SECTION
JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply LEDs | 95
The MX10008 modular routers support AC, DC, high-voltage alternating current (HVAC) and high-
voltage direct current (HVDC) by offering the following power supplies:
• JNP10K-PWR-AC
• JNP10K-PWR-AC2
• JNP10K-PWR-AC3
• JNP10K-PWR-DC
• JNP10K-PWR-DC2
All of the power supplies are hot-insertable and hot-removable, field-replaceable units (FRUs). You can
install up to six power supplies in an MX10008 router in the slots labeled PEM 0 through PEM 5 (top to
bottom) located in the rear of the chassis. You can install the power supplies in any slot.
71
The JNP10K-PWR-AC2 and JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supplies share power. The JNP10K-PWR-AC
and JNP10K-PWR-DC power supplies do not share power.
NOTE: The JNP10K-PWR-AC2 and JNP10K-PWR-AC3 can share power proportionally in a

mixed configuration, only when you are upgrading to JNP10K-PWR-AC3.
The power supplies support standard or enhanced power bus. To determine whether your system has
the standard power bus or the enhanced power bus, see "MX10008 Status Panel LEDs" on page 48.
Table 16 on page 71 provides the specifications for these different power supplies.
Table 16: Power Supply Overview
JNP10K- JNP10K-PWR- JNP10K-PWR-AC3 JNP10K- JNP10K-PWR-

PWR-AC AC2 PWR-DC DC2
Maximum 2700 W 5000 W or • 7800 W (20-A input) 2500 W 5500 W when

output power 5500 W when with three or four set for high
set for high active feeds power (80-A) or
power (30-A); 4400 W when
3000 W when • 6000 W (20-A input) set for low
set for low with two active feeds power (60-A)
power (20-A)
• 3000 W (20-A input)
with single active feed
• 7800 W (15-A input)

with four active feeds
• 7500 W (15-A input)

with three active feeds
• 5000 W (15-A input)

with two active feeds
• 2500 W (15-A input)

with single active feed
Inputs 2 (INP1, 2 (INP1, INP2) 4 (INP A0, INP A1, INP B0, 2 (INP1, 4 (INPUT 1,
INP2) INP B1) INP2) INPUT 2)
Compatible Standard or Standard or Standard or Standard or

power bus enhanced enhanced enhanced enhanced
72
JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply
The AC power supply supports 200–240 VAC. The output is 12 VDC; the output power is 2700 W.
CAUTION: Do not mix AC and DC power supplies in the same chassis. AC and HVAC
can coexist in the same chassis during the hot swap of AC for HVAC. Do not mix AC
and HVAC power supplies in a running environment.
WARNING: The router is pluggable type A equipment installed in a restricted-access

location. It has a separate protective earthing terminal on the chassis that must be
connected to earth ground permanently to ground the chassis adequately and protect
the operator from electrical hazards.
CAUTION: Before you install the router, ensure that a licensed electrician has attached
an appropriate grounding lug to the grounding cable that you supply. Using a grounding
cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the router.
The base configuration MX10008 routers are shipped with three power supplies; base configuration
MX10016 routers are shipped with five power supplies. Cover panels are installed over the remaining
power supply slots. You can add additional power supplies to base configuration routers as necessary.
For details about different router configurations, see "MX10008 Components and Configurations" on
page 35.
Each JNP10K-PWR-AC power supply weighs 6.8 lb (3.08 kg) and has 2 independent 16 A rated AC
inlets on the faceplate. Although each inlet provides sufficient input power to provide full output, always
connect to a dedicated AC power feed to provide redundancy. Only one power feed is operational at a
time.
MX10000 routers employ automatic transfer switch (ATS) technology. The system provides 2n source
redundancy and n+1 power supply redundancy, allowing you to use fewer power supplies than you
would require in a 2n configuration. Should one power source fail, ATS routes the power supply to the
alternate source.
NOTE: For redundancy, always plug the two power cords from each power supply:
• INP1 into a UPS
• INP2 into the public electricity supply

73
Each JNP10K-PWR-AC power supply has a power switch with international markings for on (|) and off
(O), a fan, and four LEDs on the faceplate that indicate the status of the power supply. See Figure 34 on
page 73.
Figure 34: JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply
Each JNP10K-PWR-AC power supply comes with two power cord retainers that hold the power cords in
place. See Figure 35 on page 74. Each power cord retainer has a clip and an adjustment nut. The ends
of the clip hook into the bracket holes on each side of the AC appliance inlet on the faceplate. The
adjustment nut holds the power cord in the correct position. For instructions for installing the power
cord retainers, see "Connect AC Power to an MX10008" on page 221.
NOTE: Route all the AC power supply cords away from the fan trays. Make sure that the power
cords do not obstruct the fan trays.
74
Figure 35: Power Cord Retainer for an JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply
Each power supply connects to the power rail in the router. The power rail distributes the output power
produced by the power supplies to different router components. Each power supply provides power to
all the components in the router.
Each power supply has its own fan and is cooled by its own internal cooling system. Hot air exhausts
from the rear of the chassis.
SEE ALSO

JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply
The JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply is a high-capacity, high-line model that is designed to support
either AC or DC systems in either a low power or high power mode. The power supply takes AC input
and provides DC output of 12.3 VDC, 5000 W with a single feed and 5500 W with a dual feed. For AC
systems, the operating input voltage is 180 to 305 VAC and for DC systems, the operating input voltage
is 190 to 410 VDC.
The number of power feeds and whether the power supplies provide high output (30-A) or low output
(20-A) power is configured using a set of dual inline package (DIP) switches on the faceplate of the
power supply. If one power supply in the chassis is set to low power, the power budget for the chassis is
reduced to low power, regardless of their DIP switch settings or the output results in CLI. This design
75
safeguards against accidentally setting the power supply to 30-A in a facility that can only provide 20-A
and tripping the facility circuit breaker. We recommend that you do not mix DIP switch settings in your
system. See Table 17 on page 76 for the settings for the DIP switches.
The JNP10K-PWR-AC2 fits into the standard power supply bay but when compared to most other
models, the JNP10K-PWR-AC2 is longer and protrudes from the bay when fully inserted into the
chassis. See Figure 36 on page 75.
Figure 36: Comparison of the JNP10K-PWR-AC2 to the JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply
WARNING: Extreme burn danger–Do not handle an HVAC or HVDC power supply
running in the chassis without heat protective gloves. The JNP10K-PWR-AC2 can reach
temperatures of 158°F (70°C) under running conditions.

CAUTION: Before you begin installing the router, ensure that a licensed electrician has
attached an appropriate grounding lug to the grounding cable that you supply. Using a
grounding cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the router.
76
Table 17: Power Input and Output Voltages for JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supplies
INP0 (Switch 1) INP1 (Switch 2) H/L (High Input 30 A/Low Input 20A) Output Power
On On On (30 A) 5500 W
On On Off (20 A) 3000 W
On Off On (30 A) 5000 W
Off On On (30 A) 5000 W
On Off Off (20 A) 2700 W
Off On Off (20 A) 2700 W
JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply
The JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply is a high-capacity model that is designed to support AC systems
in a 15-A and 20-A mode; see Figure 37 on page 76.

77
Input—The power supply takes four single-phase AC (180-264 VAC) inputs (A0, A1, B0, and B1) at
either 20 A or 15 A and provides a DC output of 12.3V. The input receptacle on the AC power supply
unit (PSU) is IEC 320-C22. The mating connector on the power cord is IEC 320-C21.
Output—The power supply provides DC output of 12.3V at:
• 7800 W (20-A input) with three or four active feeds, or
• 6000 W (20-A input) with two active feeds (either A0 and A1 or B0 and B1), or
• 3000 W (20-A input) with single active feed.
• 7800 W (15-A input) with four active feeds, or
• 7500 W (15-A input) with three active feeds, or
• 5000 W (15-A input) with two active feeds, or
• 2500 W (15-A input) with single active feed.
• The operating input voltage range is 180 to 264 VAC for AC systems. The DC output is 12.3 VDC.
• The number of power feeds and whether the power supplies provide high-output (20-A) or low-
output (15-A) power are configured using a set of dual inline package (DIP) switches on the faceplate
of the power supply. If one power supply in the chassis is set to low power, the power budget for the
chassis is reduced to low power, regardless of their DIP switch settings or the output results in the
CLI. This design safeguards against accidentally setting the power supply to 20 A in a facility that can
provide only 15 A and tripping the facility circuit breaker. We recommend that you don’t mix DIP
switch settings in your system. See Table 18 on page 79 for information about the input and output
voltages when you use the DIP switches.
• The JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply has an ENABLE switch on the front panel to enable/disable
the main 12.3 VDC output and +5.0 V_BIAS standby output as well. If the switch is in DISABLE
position, the front-end PFC will be disabled to minimize power consumption. This switch has the
highest priority over any other shutdown method.
• The Power Factor Correction (PFC) is PF 0.98 kW minimum at full load. The maximum inrush current
is 50 A for the active feed.
JNP10K-PWR-BLN3 or Active Blank
Juniper Networks offers an Active Blank Power Module (ABPM), JNP10K-PWR-BLN3. This helps in
airflow and cooling in the chassis.
78
•
NOTE: A minimum of one JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply unit (PSU) must be present in the
router chassis.
The JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply has internal fans that contribute to chassis cooling. Three PSUs or
two PSUs along with a ABPM must be present in a running chassis to have the adequate airflow. While
the minimum power supplies are required to be present in the chassis, they all need not be necessarily
connected to power source. If a power supply is installed in a slot but not connected to a power source,
it draws power from the chassis to power the internal fans in the power supplies.
WARNING: Extreme burn danger—The JNP10K-PWR-AC3 can reach temperatures in

the range of 158°F to 176°F (70°C to 80°C) under running conditions.

CAUTION: Use a 2-pole circuit breaker rated at 25 A in the building installation and the
system, or as per local electrical code.
The JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supplies have five dual position DIP switches (INP-A0, INP-A1, INP-B0,
INP-B1, and DIP4) that are accessible from the front panel. DIP4 is the fifth DIP switch, which is used to
indicate whether 20A or 15A input source is connected. See Figure 38 on page 79 and Table 18 on
page 79 to know the layout of the DIP switches and the power output when the DIP switches are set
in different combinations.
79
Figure 38: DIP Switches on NP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply
1—LEDs corresponding to the DIP switches above it.
Table 18: DIP Switch Settings for JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply
INP-A0 (Switch INP-A1 (Switch INP-B0 (Switch INP-B1 (Switch Switch 4 (High Input Output Power
0) 1) 2) 3) 20 A/
Low Input 15 A)
15-A
Off Off Off On Off (15 A) 2500 W
Off Off On Off Off (15 A) 2500 W
Off Off On On Off (15 A) 5000 W
Off On Off Off Off (15 A) 2500 W
Off On Off On Off (15 A) 5000 W
Off On On On Off (15 A) 7500 W
Off On On Off Off (15 A) 5000 W

80
Table 18: DIP Switch Settings for JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply (Continued)
0) 1) 2) 3) 20 A/
Low Input 15 A)
On Off Off Off Off (15 A) 2500 W
On Off Off On Off (15 A) 5000 W
On Off On Off Off (15 A) 5000 W
On Off On On Off (15 A) 7500 W
On On Off Off Off (15 A) 5000 W
On On Off On Off (15 A) 7500 W
On On On Off Off (15 A) 7500 W
On On On On Off (15 A) 7800 W
20-A
Off Off Off On On (20 A) 3000 W
Off Off On Off On (20 A) 3000 W
Off Off On On On (20 A) 6000 W
Off On Off Off On (20 A) 3000 W
Off On Off On On (20 A) 6000 W
Off On On Off On (20 A) 6000 W

81
0) 1) 2) 3) 20 A/
Low Input 15 A)
Off On On On On (20 A) 7800 W
On Off Off Off On (20 A) 3000 W
On Off Off On On (20 A) 6000 W
On Off On Off On (20 A) 6000 W
On Off On On On (20 A) 7800 W
On On Off Off On (20 A) 6000 W
On On Off On On (20 A) 7800 W
On On On Off On (20 A) 7800 W
On On On On On (20 A) 7800 W
CAUTION: It is important to connect the input feeds of the JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power

supply to AC mains before powering-on the router.
JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Supply
MX10008 routers support three types of DC power supply modules:
• JNP10K-PWR-DC—A 2500-W, 12-VDC dual power supply.
• JNP10K-PWR-DC2—A 5500-W, 12-VDC quad input power supply. For details on this power supply,
see "JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply" on page 85.
82
• JNP10K-PWR-AC2—An AC, high-voltage alternating current (HVAC,) or high-voltage direct current

(HVDC) power supply. In high power mode, this power supply provides 12.3 V, 5000 W with a single
feed and 5500 W with dual feeds. For details on this power supply, see "JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power
Supply" on page 74.
All three power supplies fit into a power slot bay, but the JNP10K-PWR-AC2 and JNP10K-PWR-DC2
are longer and protrude from the bay when fully inserted into the chassis. See Figure 39 on page 82.
Figure 39: Size Comparison Between JNP10K-PWR-DC2 and JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Supplies
environment. DC and HVDC can coexist in the same chassis during the hot swap of DC
for HVDC.
The DC power supply, JNP10K-PWR-DC, is a 2500-W, 12-VDC, dual input power supply. The output of
each DC power supply is 12-VDC. The output power is 2500 W.

83
CAUTION: Before you install the router, ensure that a licensed electrician has attached
an appropriate grounding lug to the grounding cable that you supply. Using a grounding
NOTE: DC power supplies are shipped only in the redundant configuration of MX10000 routers.
For details about different chassis configurations, see "MX10008 Components and
Configurations" on page 35 and MX10016 Components and Configurations.
JNP10K-PWR-DC power supplies can use the standard power bus or the enhanced power bus. All
MX10016 chassis ship with the enhanced power bus; to determine whether an MX10008 has the
standard or enhanced power bus, see "MX10008 Status Panel LEDs" on page 48.
Each JNP10K-PWR-DC power supply weighs approximately 6 lb (2.7 kg) and has two independent pairs
of DC input lugs (Input 1, RTN, –48V/–60V and Input 2, RTN, –48V/–60V) on the faceplate of the
power supply. Each inlet requires a dedicated DC power feed. Although each inlet provides sufficient
input power to provide full output, always connect to a dedicated DC power feed to provide
redundancy. Only one power feed is operational at a time.
DC power models employ electronic A-B input selection. It provides 2n source redundancy and n+1
power supply redundancy using fewer power supplies than you would require in a 2n configuration.
Should one power source fail, electronic A-B input selection routes the power supply to the alternate
source.
Each JNP10K-PWR-DC power supply has a power switch with international markings for on (|) and off
(O), a fan, and four LEDs on the faceplate that indicate the status of the power supply. See Figure 40 on
page 84.
84
Figure 40: JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Supply
NOTE: The JNP10K-PWR-DC power supply requires a dedicated circuit breaker for each input
DC feed. The chosen breaker should be sized to deliver 60 A of input current.
Each power supply connects to the combined power rail in an MX10000 router. The power rail
distributes the output power produced by the power supplies to different router components. Each DC
power supply provides power to all the components in the router.
NOTE: Route all the DC power supply cords away from the fan trays. Make sure that the power
cords do not obstruct the fan trays.
A JNP10K-PWR-DC power supply can operate with only one input DC feed connected. The Routing
Control Board only enables the components for which sufficient power is available.
Each JNP10K-PWR-DC power supply has its own fan and is cooled by its own internal cooling system.
The airflow is from the front of the power supply to the back. Hot air exhausts from the rear of the
chassis.
85
SEE ALSO

JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply
The JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply (see Figure 41 on page 86) provides two power supplies in a
single housing that accepts either 60 A or 80 A using four redundant input power feeds. PS_0 and PS_1
each have redundant input feeds: A0 and/or B0 for PS_0 and A1 and/or B1 for PS_1. The input is
configured using a set of dip switches on the power supply faceplate. The output is dependant on the
settings of these dip switches. See Table 19 on page 85.
Table 19: Power Input and Output Voltages for JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supplies
INP0 (Switch 1) INP1 (Switch 2) H/L (High Input 80 A/Low Input 60A) Output Power
On On On (80 A) 5500 W
On On Off (60 A) 4400 W
On Off On (80 A) 2750 W
Off On On (80 A) 2750 W
On Off Off (60 A) 2200 W
Off On Off (60 A) 2200 W
The JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply requires a dedicated circuit breaker for each input DC feed. The
DC breaker shall be rated for 80A DC with medium delay.
86
Figure 41: JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply
environment. JNP10K-PWR-DC and JNP10K-PWR-DC2 can coexist in the same
chassis during power supply upgrades.

NOTE: DC power supplies are shipped only in the redundant configuration of MX10008 routers.
For details about different chassis configurations, see "MX10008 Components and
Configurations" on page 35 and MX10016 Components and Configurations.
87
JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply LEDs
An AC power supply has four LEDs on its faceplate: INP1, INP2, PWR OK, and FAULT. These LEDs
display information about the status of the power supply. See Figure 42 on page 87.
Figure 42: LEDs on an JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply
1— FAULT 3— INP2–Source input 1
2— PWR OK 4— INP1–Source input 0
Table 20 on page 87 describes the LEDs on a JNP10K-PWR-AC power supply.
Table 20: LEDs on a JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply
LED Color State Description
INP1 (INP0 in CLI output) Yellow Blinking Indicates that the AC power input voltage is not
or INP2 (INP1 in CLI within normal operating range.
output)
Green Solid AC is within operating range (200–240 VAC).
Dark Unlit The power supply is switched off.

88
Table 20: LEDs on a JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply (Continued)
PWR OK Green Solid DC power output is within normal operating

range.
Yellow Blinking AC power output is out of the normal operating

range.
FAULT Dark Unlit Power supply is functioning normally.
Red Solid Power supply has failed and must be replaced. Or,
only one input is powered and the enabled router
for the input that is not powered is set to ON. See
Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply for more
information about the enable routers.
NOTE: If the INP1 or INP2 LED and the PWR OK LED are unlit, the AC power cord is not
installed properly or the power supply has failed.
If the INP1 or INP2 LED is lit and the PWR OK LED is unlit, the AC power supply is not installed
properly or the power supply has an internal failure.
SEE ALSO

JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply LEDs
The JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply has four LEDs on its faceplate: !, OK, 2, and 1. These LEDs display
information about the status of the power supply. See Figure 43 on page 89.
89
Figure 43: LEDs on a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 HVDC Power Supply
1— ! FAULT 3— 2 INP2–Source input 1
2— OK PWR OK 4— 1 INP1–Source input 0
NOTE: Physical markings on the power supply are INP1 and INP2. These markings correspond to
INP0 and INP1 in the show chassis power output (see Table 21 on page 89).
Table 21: Physical Markings on Chassis Versus Show Chassis Power Command
Physical Marking on JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Show Chassis Power Command
INP1 INP0
INP2 INP1
Table 22 on page 90 describes the LEDs on a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply.

90
Table 22: Interpreting JNP10K-PWR-AC2 LEDs
INP1 or INP0 in CLI Yellow Blinking The input voltage is present, but is not within
output normal operating range.
Green Solid The input voltage is present and within normal

operating range.
Unlit Off The power supply is switched off; voltage is zero.
INP2 or INP1 in CLI Yellow Blinking The input voltage is present, but is not within
output normal operating range.
Green Solid The input voltage is present and within normal

operating range.
Unlit Off The power supply is switched off; voltage is zero.
OK Green Solid The power supply output is within normal

operating range.
Yellow Blinking The power supply output is out of the power

limits or is over-current position.
! Red Solid Power supply has failed and must be replaced.
Unlit Off Power supply is functioning normally.
JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply LEDs
The JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply has six LEDs on its faceplate: !, OK, A0, A1, B0, and B1. The
numbered LEDs correspond to the four inputs (INP-A0, INP-A1, INP-B0, and INP-B1). Additionally, there
91
are two more LEDs OK (Power OK) and !(Fault). These LEDs display information about the status of the
power supply. See Figure 44 on page 91.
Figure 44: LEDs on a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply
1—LEDs on the JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply denoting:
NOTE: Physical markings on the power supply are 1, 2, 3, and 4. These markings correspond to
INP-A0, INP-A1, INP-B0, and INP-B1 in the show chassis power output (see Table 23 on page 91).
Table 23: Physical Markings on AC3 Chassis Versus show chassis power Command
Physical Marking on JNP10K-PWR-AC3 show chassis power Command
INP A0 INP-A0
INP A1 INP-A1
INP B0 INP-B0
INP B1 INP-B1
Table 24 on page 92 describes the LEDs on a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply, color on the LED,
state, and its meaning.
92
Table 24: JNP10K-PWR-AC3 LEDs on a MX10008
1 or (AO in CLI output) Yellow Solid One of the following:
• The power supply is switched off.
• There is input voltage.
• The input voltage is present, but a fault is

detected.
Green Solid The power supply is functioning properly.
2 or (A1 in CLI output) Yellow Solid One of the following:

detected.
3 or (B0 in CLI output) Yellow Solid One of the following:

detected.

93
Table 24: JNP10K-PWR-AC3 LEDs on a MX10008 (Continued)
4 or (B1 in CLI output) Yellow Solid One of the following:

detected.
OK (Power OK) Green Solid The power supply is functioning properly.
Yellow Blinking The power supply output has detected a fault.
Unlit Off The power supply is switched off.
! (Fault) Red Solid The power supply has failed and must be
replaced.
Unlit Off The power supply is functioning normally.
JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Supply LEDs
The JNP10K-PWR-DC power supply has four LEDs on its faceplate: INP1, INP2, PWR OK, and FAULT.
These LEDs display information about the status of the power supply. See Figure 45 on page 94.
94
Figure 45: LEDs on a JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Supply
1— INP1–Source input 0 3— PWR OK
2— INP2–Source input 1 4— FAULT
Table 25 on page 94 describes the LEDs in an MX10008.
Table 25: LEDs on a DC Power Supply in an MX10008
INP1 or INP2 Yellow Blinking Indicates that the DC power input voltage is not
within normal operating range.
Green Solid DC power is within operating range (-40 VDC to

-72 VDC).
PWR OK Green Solid DC power output is within normal operating

range.
Yellow Blinking DC power output is out of the normal operating

range.
FAULT Red Solid Power supply has failed and must be replaced.
95
Table 25: LEDs on a DC Power Supply in an MX10008 (Continued)
Unlit Off The power supply is functioning normally. Or, only

one input is powered and the enable router for
the input that is not powered is set to ON. See
"Connect DC Power to an MX10008" on page
222 for more information on the enable switches.
NOTE: If the INP1 or INP2 and the PWR OK LED are unlit, the power cords are not installed
properly or the power supply has failed.
If the INP1 or INP2 LED is lit green and the PWR OK LED is unlit, the power supply is not
installed properly or the power supply has an internal failure.
If the FAULT LED is blinking, add a power supply to balance the power demand and supply.
SEE ALSO

Power Requirements for MX10008 Components
JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply LEDs
A JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply module has four LEDs on its faceplate: 1, 2, OK, and the symbol for
fault, !. These LEDs display information about the status of the power supply. See Figure 46 on page
96.
96
Figure 46: LEDs on a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply
1— !–FAULT 3— 2–Source input 1
2— OK–Power okay 4— 1–Source input 0
You can find out the version of the firmware installed in the power supply from the output of show system
firmware command. Table 26 on page 96 describes the LEDs on a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply if
the firmware installed in the power supply is 300.300.208.208.304 or higher. Table 27 on page 98
describes the LEDs on a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply if the firmware installed in the power supply
is lower than 300.300.208.208.304.
Table 26: LEDs on a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply (with 300.300.208.208.304 or higher firmware
installed in it)
Feed 0 Feed 1 State of the LED 1 LED 2 OK LED ! LED

Power Supply
Switch
Off Off Off Orange Orange Off Red
A or B Off Off Green— Orange Off Red

Blinking
A and B Off Off Green Orange Off Red

97
installed in it) (Continued)

Power Supply
Switch
Off A or B Off Orange Green— Off Red

Blinking
A or B A or B Off Green— Green— Off Red—Blinking

Blinking Blinking
A and B A or B Off Green Green— Off Red—Blinking

Blinking
Off A and B Off Orange Green Off Red
A or B A and B Off Green— Green Off Red—Blinking

Blinking
A and B A and B Off Green Green Off Off
Off Off On Orange Orange Off Red
A or B Off On Green— Orange Green Red

Blinking
A and B Off On Green Orange Green Red
Off A or B On Orange Green— Green Red

Blinking
A or B A or B On Green— Green— Green Red—Blinking

Blinking Blinking
A and B A or B On Green Green— Green Red—Blinking

Blinking
98

Power Supply
Switch
Off A and B On Orange Green Green Red
A or B A and B On Green— Green Green Red—Blinking

Blinking
A and B A and B On Green Green Green Off
Table 27: LEDs on a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply (with firmware lower than 300.300.208.208.304
installed in it)
1 (INP0 in CLI output) or Orange Solid Indicates that the DC power input voltage is not
2 (INP1 in CLI output) within normal operating range.
Green Solid DC power is within operating range (-40 VDC to

-72 VDC).
OK Green Solid DC power output is within normal operating

range.
Orange Blinking The output is out of the limits.
! Red Solid Power supply has failed and must be replaced.

99
Table 27: LEDs on a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply (with firmware lower than 300.300.208.208.304
Unlit Off Power supply is functioning normally. Or, only one

input is powered and the enable router for the
input that is not powered is set to ON. See
"Connect DC Power to an MX10008" on page
222 for more information on the enable routers.
NOTE: If the 1 or 2 and the OK LED are unlit, the power cables are not installed properly or the
power supply has failed.
If the 1 or LED is lit green and the OK LED is unlit, the power supply is not installed properly or
the power supply has an internal failure.
If the ! LED is blinking, add a power supply to balance the power demand and supply.
MX10008 Routing and Control Board Components

and Descriptions
IN THIS SECTION

100
MX10008 Routing and Control Board Description
IN THIS SECTION
Routing and Control Board Functions | 101
Routing and Control Board Components | 101
The MX10008 Routing and Control Board (RCB) is responsible for system management in an MX10008
router (see Figure 47 on page 100). The chassis can run with one or two RCBs. The base configuration
ships with one RCB while a redundant configuration ships with two RCBs. When two RCBs are installed,
one functions as the primary and the second as a backup. If the primary RCB is removed, the backup
becomes the primary if graceful Routing Engine switchover (GRES) is configured.
MX10008 supports the following Routing Engines:
• JNP10K-RE1
• JNP10K-RE1-LT
• JNP10K-RE1-128G
Figure 47: Routing and Control Board
This topic covers:

101
Routing and Control Board Functions
The Routing and Control Board (RCB) integrates the control plane and Routing Engine functions into a
single management unit. Each RCB provides all the functions needed to manage the operation of the
modular chassis:
• System control functions such as environmental monitoring
• Routing Layer 2 and Layer 3 protocols
• Communication to all components such as line cards, Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs), and power and
cooling
• Transparent clocking
• Alarm and logging functions
Routing and Control Board Components
Figure 48: Routing and Control Board Faceplate
1— Handles 7— Reset button
2— BITS1 clock port 8— Online/Offline button
3— GPS clock ports 9— USB port
4— XGE-0 and XGE-1 JCS ports 10— Management (MGMT) ports
5— ToD—Time-of-day (TOD) port 11— Console (CONSOLE) port
6— BITS0 clock port

102
1— Handles 8— BITS0 clock port
2— Solid State Disk (SSD) LEDs 9— Reset button
3— Clock LEDs 10— Online/Offline button
4— BITS1 clock port 11— USB port
5— GPS clock ports 12— Management (MGMT) ports
6— XGE-0 and XGE-1 JCS ports 13— Console (CONSOLE) port
7— ToD—Time-of-day (TOD) port 14— RCB status LEDs
Each RCB consists of the following internal components:
• CPU—Runs Junos OS to maintain the routing tables and routing protocols.
• EEPROM—Stores the serial number of the Routing Engine.
• DRAM—Provides storage for the routing and forwarding tables and for other Routing Engine
processes.
• One 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface between the Routing Engine and Switch Fabric Board.
• One USB port—Provides a removable media interface through which you can install Junos OS
manually. The Junos OS supports USB versions 3.0, 2.0, and 1.1.
• Management ports—Two ports, one copper (RJ-45 port) and one SFP port provide access to
management devices. Use only one of the two management ports at a time.
Use an RJ-45 connector for the copper port.
Use a fiber optic connector for the SFP port.
Do not use copper SFP or SFP-T modules in the SFP port because they are not supported.
• RESET button—When pressed, reboots the RCB as detailed below:
• When pressed for less than 5 seconds for diagnostic purposes, the RCB does not reset. The press
event is logged in the RCB FPGA register.
• When pressed for greater than 5 seconds but less than 10 seconds, the RCB reboots and the
reset-reason logs the button press event.
• When pressed for greater than 10 seconds, the RCB reboots with an option for BIOS recovery.
• LEDs—Provide status of the Routing Engine.
• Online/Offline Button—When the RCB is online and if the button is pressed for more than 4 seconds,
the RCB goes offline. When the RCB is offline and if the button is pressed more than 4 seconds, the
RCB starts booting.
103
NOTE: For specific information about Routing Engine components (for example, the amount of
DRAM), issue the show vmhost hardware command.
SEE ALSO

MX10008 Routing and Control Board LEDs
Figure 49 on page 103 shows the LEDs on the Routing and Control Boards (JNP10K-RE1).
Figure 49: Routing and Control Board LEDs
1— Routing and Control Board status panel 3— Clock LEDs–BITS-0, and BITS-1
2— Solid State Disk (SSD) LEDs—DISK1 and

DISK2
Table 28 on page 103 describes the LEDs on the RCB status panel.
Table 28: Routing and Control Board Status LEDs
PWR Green On steadily RCB is receiving adequate power.
Yellow Blinking An error has been detected in the RCB.

104
Table 28: Routing and Control Board Status LEDs (Continued)
Dark Unlit RCB is not powered up.
STS Green On steadily RCB is online and functioning correctly.
Green Blinking The beacon feature is enabled.
Yellow On steadily The RCB is booting.
Yellow Blinking An error has been detected in the RCB.
Dark Unlit The power supply is switched off.
MST Green On steadily The RCB is the primary.
Dark Unlit The RCB is the backup.
Figure 50 on page 104 shows the management port LEDs on the RCB.
Figure 50: Management Port LEDs on an MX10008
1— Status LED (RJ-45) 3— Link LED—Green indicates the link is up;

blinking indicates activity (SFP)
2— Activity LED (RJ-45)
Table 29 on page 105 describes the RJ-45 management port and SFP LEDs.
105
Table 29: RJ-45 Management Port LEDs on an MX10008 Routing and Control Board
Activity/Status LED Unlit Off The port speed is 10 MB.
Green Blinking The port speed is 100 MB.
Green On steadily The port speed is 1000 MB.
LINK Unlit Off No link is established, there is a fault, or the link is down.
Green On steadily A link is established.
Blinking There is link activity.
Yellow Blinking or flickering The beacon feature is enabled.
Table 30 on page 105 describes the JCS Port LEDs.
Table 30: JCS Port LEDs on an MX10008 Routing and Control Board
LINK LEDs for JCS Ports (XGE0 and XGE1) Unlit Off No transceiver is present.
Green On steadily A link is established. The interface

is up.
Green Blinking or The beacon feature is enabled.

flickering
Yellow Blinking An error has occurred.
Table 31 on page 106 describes the LEDs for the secondary SATA drives.
106
Table 31: Routing and Control Board SSD Status LEDs
DISK1 and DISK2 Green On steadily A SATA drive is present.
Green Blinking The drive is active.
Yellow On steadily The drive is active.
Dark Unlit A drive is not installed.
Table 32: Routing and Control Board Clock Status LEDs (Applicable to Junos OS Release 19.2R1 and
later versions)
LEDs Color/State Description
Clock LEDs—BITS-0 and Green The clock synchronization source is configured and
BITS-1 qualified, the clock synchronization output is configured,
and the output is active.
The clock synchronization source is not configured but the

clock synchronization output is configured and active.
The clock synchronization source is configured and

qualified but the clock synchronization output is not
configured.
Red The clock synchronization source is configured and

qualified, and the output is active and is in holdover state.
The clock synchronization source is not configured, but

the output is active and is in holdover state.
The clock synchronization source is configured, but has

failed.
107
Table 32: Routing and Control Board Clock Status LEDs (Applicable to Junos OS Release 19.2R1 and
later versions) (Continued)
LEDs Color/State Description
The TX status is in squelch mode.
Off Both the clock synchronization source and the clock

synchronization output are not configured.
Table 33: Routing and Control Board Clock Status LEDs (Applicable to Junos OS versions before
19.2R1)
LEDs Color State Description
Clock LEDs—BITS-0 and Red Off Clock is active.

BITS-1
On steadily Clock is not working.
SEE ALSO
MX10008 Switch Fabric Board
IN THIS SECTION
MX10008 Switch Fabric Board LEDs | 111

108
Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs) create the switch fabric for the MX10008. Each MX10008 contains six SFBs
that are installed vertically, mid-chassis, between the line cards and the RCBs in the front and the fan
trays in the rear.
MX10008 Switch Fabric Board Description
The SFBs make up the MX10008 switching plane. There are two models of SFBs: the JNP10008-SF and
the JNP10008-SF2. Five SFBs are required for operation with the sixth providing N+1 redundancy. SFBs
must all be of the same model type in a running chassis. On both models, the SFB has eight connectors
on the connecter edge which match and connect to a connector on one of the eight line cards. See
Figure 51 on page 108
Figure 51: Switch Fabric Board

109
NOTE: The fabric connectors on the JNP10008-SF2 SFB are sensitive to debris accumulation.
The connectors interface with the connectors on the MX10K-LC9600 line card. The connectors
must be kept clean and free of dust and other particles, to ensure high-quality connection
between JNP10008-SF2 SFB and MX10K-LC9600 line card.
NOTE: Hyper-mode is the default forwarding mode on the JNP10004-SF2 SFB.
Table 34 on page 109 shows the specifications of JNP10008-SF and JNP10008-SF2 SFBs supported on
MX10008 chassis.
Table 34: SFB Specifications
Specification JNP10008-SF JNP10008-SF2
Operating system Junos OS Release 17.2R1 Junos OS Release 21.4R1 and later
and later
Supported line cards 1. MX10K-LC2101 1. MX10K-LC2101
2. MX10K-LC480 2. MX10K-LC480
3. MX10K-LC9600
110
Table 34: SFB Specifications (Continued)
Specification JNP10008-SF JNP10008-SF2
Number of SIBs Base systems require 5 The number of SIBs required for full bandwidth operation
required for SIBs; redundant systems depends on the type of line cards installed, as described
operation require 6 SIBs below:
• With the MX10K-LC2101 line cards, an MX10008

chassis requires 6 SIBs. This configuration provides an
N+1 redundancy.

chassis requires 5 SIBs to operate (with N+1
redundancy). If you use 6 SIBs alongside the MX10K-
LC480 line cards, the system provides an N+2
redundancy.

chassis requires 6 SIBs. This configuration doesn’t
provide any redundancy.
Switching Capacity When all six SFBs are When all six SFBs are installed, the MX10008 has a net
installed, the MX10008 has switching capacity of 76 Tbps.
a net switching capacity of
42 Tbps.
Height 19.7 in. (50.04 cm) 19.7 in. (50.04 cm)
Width 1.8 in. (4.57 cm) 1.8 in. (4.57 cm)
Depth 10.4 in. (26.42 cm) 10.4 in. (26.42 cm)
Weight 14.8 lb (6.71 kg) 16 lb (7.25 kg)
SFBs are hot-removable and hot-insertable field-replaceable units (FRUs). They are not visible from the
outside of the router chassis. You must remove one of the fan trays in order to view the SFBs. The SFBs
are numbered from left to right SFB0 to SFB5. See Figure 52 on page 111.
111
Figure 52: SFBs Installed in an MX10008 Router
1— Fan tray controllers 2— Switch Fabric Boards
The fabric interface connectors on the JNP10008-SF2 SFB have preinstalled protective plastic covers
which will keep the connectors clean and free of dust and other particles. Remove the protective plastic
covers before you install the JNP10008-SF2 SFB into the router. Save the plastic covers for future use
to re-install when you remove the JNP10008-SF2 SFB from the router.
SEE ALSO
MX10008 Switch Fabric Board LEDs
The JNP10008-SF SFBs have two status LEDs at the top of each board. See Figure 53 on page 112.
112
NOTE: JNP10008-SF2 Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs) don't have status LEDs at the top of the
board. The SFB LEDs on the fan trays show the status of the JNP10008-SF2 SFB boards.
The SFBs are installed vertically, mid-chassis, between the line cards and the RCBs in the front and the
fan trays in the rear you cannot see the SFBs from outside. Each of the two fan trays will have three SFB
status LEDs. See "MX10008 Fan Tray LEDs and Fan Tray Controller LEDs" on page 62.
Figure 53: JNP10008-SF SFB LEDs
Table 35 on page 112 describes the functions of JNP10008-SF SFB LEDs.
Table 35: JNP10008-SF SFB LEDs
Label Color State Description
PWR Green On steadily The SFB is receiving power.
Yellow Blinking A power fault has occurred.
Unlit Off The SFB is either offline or not receiving power.

113
Table 35: JNP10008-SF SFB LEDs (Continued)
Label Color State Description
STAT Green On steadily The SFB is online and functioning normally.
Green Blinking The beacon feature is enabled.
Yellow On steadily The SFB has failed.
Unlit Off The fan tray controller is having a power

problem.
SEE ALSO
MX10K-LC2101 Line Card
The MX10K-LC2101 line card is a fixed configuration MPC. It does not contain separate slots for
Modular Interface Cards (MICs). The MX10004 routers support four and the MX10008 routers support
eight MX10K-LC2101 MPCs. The line card provides a maximum bandwidth of 2.4Tbps and has six
Packet Forwarding Engines, each providing a maximum bandwidth of up to 400 Gbps. The line card
plugs in to the MX10004, MX10008, and MX10016 routers horizontally at the front of the chassis.
1— OFFLINE button 3— Lane LEDs
2— OK/FAIL LED 4— Port LEDs

114
Software release • Junos OS Release 18.2R1 and later when installed in MX10008 and Mx10016.
• Junos OS Release 22.3R1 and later when installed in MX10004.
Description • Weight: 31.57 lb (14.32 kg)
• Model number: JNP10K-LC2101
• Name in the CLI: JNP10K-LC2101
• Dimensions: Height = 1.89 in. (48.01 mm), Width = 17.2 in (436.88 mm), Depth = 19.05 in. (484 mm) (Excl
FRU ejector)
Hardware features • Fixed-configuration MPC with 10-Gbps, 40-Gbps, and 100-Gbps port speeds.
• All the ports are Multi-Rate ports. Each port is capable of supporting either 100 Gbps or 40 Gbps or 10 Gb
(4x10-Gbps with breakout cable).
• Line-rate throughput of up to 2.4 Tbps.
• Six Packet Forwarding Engines, each providing a maximum bandwidth of 400 Gbps.
• EA chipsets for increased scaling for bandwidth, subscribers, and services.
• Supports the Switch Fabric Boards, JNP10004-SF2, JNP10008-SF, JNP10008-SF2, and JNP10016-SF.
• Supports maximum transmission units (MTUs) from 256 bytes through 16,000 bytes for transit traffic, and
256 bytes through 9,500 bytes for host-bound packets.
Software features • Supports rate selectability at the port level.
• By default, the ports are configured as 10-Gigabit Ethernet ports.
• Optical diagnostics and related alarms.
Power requirements Line-rate throughput of 2.4 Tbps:
• Power consumption at different temperatures:
25° C: 1335 W
40° C: 1425 W
115
LEDs OK/FAIL LED:
• Steady green—MPC is functioning normally.
• Yellow—MPC has failed.
Port LED—Link
• Off—Port is not enabled.
• Green—Port link is up with no alarms or failures.
• Red—Port link is down with alarms.
NOTE: When a QSFP+ port is configured for the 10-Gigabit mode with a breakout cable, the link status for th
Gigabit port is indicated with the addition of four LEDs provided on the line card. The lane LEDs for the
corresponding port indicates the port status.
Like the port status LED, each individual lane LED supports four states as: OFF, AMBER, GREEN, RED. See M
and MIC Lane LED Scheme Overview for more details.
For the 40-Gigabit mode the lane number LED is not applicable. The port LED indicates the port status, irresp
of whichever lane number LED is ON.
Cables and TIP: You can use the Hardware Compatibility Tool to find information about the pluggable transceivers suppo
connectors on your Juniper Networks device.
The list of supported transceivers for the MX Series is located at MX Series Supported Transceivers.
The MX10K-LC480 (Model number: JNP10K-LC480) is a fixed-configuration line card with 48 SFP/SFP+
ports. Each port supports a speed of 10 Gbps or 1 Gbps, providing the line card a maximum bandwidth
of 480 Gbps. The MX10K-LC480 has two Packet Forwarding Engines, each providing a maximum
bandwidth of 240 Gbps. The line card plugs in to the MX10004, MX10008, and MX10016 routers
horizontally at the front of the chassis.
116
1— Power (PWR) LED. 3— Offline/online (OFF) button.
2— Port LEDs. 4— Status (STS) LED.
Software release • Junos OS Release 21.2R1 and later when installed in MX10008 and MX10016.
Description • Model number: JNP10K-LC480
• Weight: 21.6 lb (9.8 kg)
• Dimensions: Height = 1.89 in. (48.01 mm), width = 17.2 in (436.88 mm), depth =
19.05 in. (484 mm) (excluding FRU ejector)
117
Hardware features • Fixed-configuration line card with 10-Gbps and 1-Gbps port speeds
• Line-rate throughput of up to 480 Gbps
• Two Packet Forwarding Engines, each providing a maximum bandwidth of 240 Gbps
• EA chipset for increased scaling for bandwidth, subscribers, and services
• Supports the Switch Fabric Boards JNP10004-SF2, JNP10008-SF, JNP10008-SF2

and JNP10016-SF
• Interoperates with the JNP10K-LC2101 and JNP10K-LC9600 line cards
• Operates with the following Routing and Control Boards: JNP10K-RE1, JNP10K-
RE1-128, and JNP10K-RE1-LT
• Operates with the following power supplies and fan trays:
• JNK10K-PWR-AC or JNK10K-PWR-DC with the JNP10004-FAN2, JNP10008-

FAN or JNP10016-FAN.
• JNP10K-PWR-AC2 or JNP10K-PWR-DC2 with JNP10004-FAN2, JNP10008-

FAN2 or JNP10016-FAN2.
In both of the above configurations, the MX10K-LC480 line card adheres to the
complete NEBS compliance (NEBS GR63-CORE, GR1089-CORE, and SR3580
compliance).
• Meets the full NEBS requirement on the MX10004, MX10008, and MX10016
routers
• Supports a maximum transmission unit (MTU) ranging from 256 bytes through
16,000 bytes for transit traffic and for host-bound packets
Software features • Default port configuration of 10 Gigabit Ethernet (GbE)
• Supports optics diagnostics and related alarms

118
Power requirements • Power consumption at different temperatures when all ports are configured in 10-
Gbps speed:
25° C: 420 W (without MACSec), 430 W (with MACSec)
• Power consumption at different temperatures when all ports are configured in 1-

Gbps speed:
LEDs PWR LED
• Steady green—Line-card power is ok.
• Steady red—Line-card power-on has failed.
• Off—Line card is not receiving power.
STS LED
• Steady green (blinking green when the beacon or the port location is on)—Line card is
online.
• Blinking green—The line card is booting.
• Steady red (blinking red when the beacon or the port location is on)—Line card is
faulty or an alarm has been raised.
• Off—Line card is disabled or offline.
Port LED
• Off—Port does not have a transceiver module.
• Steady green (blinking green when the beacon or the port location is on)—Port link is
up with no alarms or failures.
• Steady amber (blinking amber when the beacon or the port location is on)—Port link
is down because the port is disabled through the CLI or the port encountered errors
such as loss of signal, local fault, or remote fault.
119
Cables and TIP: You can use the Hardware Compatibility Tool to find information about the
connectors pluggable transceivers that your Juniper Networks device supports.
See the list of supported transceivers for the MX Series at MX Series Supported
Transceivers.
MX10K-LC480 supports 1-Gbps Copper SFP modules in all the ports. You must use
shielded RJ45 cables with 1-Gbps copper SFP modules.
You must install the MX10K-LC480 line card in the MX10008 and MX10016 routers
along with the front panel with filter to meet the EMI Class-A emission standards.
The following applies to a router (MX10008 or MX10016) installed with the front panel:
• We recommend that you use only 16 ports per line card with copper SFP modules -
the last 8 ports on the MIC0 (0/16 through 0/23) and the first 8 ports on the MIC1
(1/0 through 1/7).
• The MX10008 router supports a maximum of 128 copper SFP modules of 1 Gbps
capacity.
• The MX10016 router supports a maximum of 192 copper SFP modules of 1 Gbps
capacity.
NOTE: The 1-Gbps copper SFP modules on the MX10K-LC480 line card do not support
Precision Time Protocol (PTP) or Synchronous Ethernet functionality.
The MX10K-LC9600 (Model number: JNP10K-LC9600) is a fixed-configuration 24-port line card that
provides a line-rate throughput of 9.6 Tbps. The line card has twenty-four QSFP ports, each capable of
supporting a maximum speed of 400 Gbps.
120
1— Power (PWR) and Status (STS) LEDs 4— Lane LEDs
2— QSFP Ports 5— Offline (OFF) button
3— Ejector Handles
The MX10K-LC9600 line card combines Packet Forwarding Engines based on custom ASICs by Juniper
Networks. The line card has six fowarding ASICs, each hosting two Packet Forwarding Engines.The line
card has 12 Packet Forwarding Engines, each providing a maximum bandwidth of 800 Gbps.
You can channelize the ports using breakout cables to speeds of 400 Gbps, 200 Gbps, 100 Gbps, 50
Gbps, 40 Gbps, 25 Gbps, or 10 Gbps.
The 9.6-Tbps line card is designed to operate only with the following components:
• JNP10004-SF2 and JNP10008-SF2 switch fabric
• JNP10K-PWR-AC3, JNP10K-PWR-AC2, or JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supplies
• The JNP10008-FAN2 fan tray
• The JNP10008-FTC2 fan tray controller
• JNP10004-FAN2 fan tray
• JNP10004-FTC2 fan tray
NOTE: The fabric connectors on the MX10K-LC9600 line card are sensitive to debris
accumulation. The connectors interface with the connectors on the JNP10004-SF2 SFB and the
JNP10008-SF2 SFB. The connectors must be kept clean and free of dust and other particles to
ensure a high-quality connection between the MX10K-LC9600 line card and the JNP10004-SF2
SFB and the JNP10008-SF2 SFB.
121
The MX10K-LC9600 line card runs the Juniper Networks Junos OS software on Juniper Networks
JNP10K-LC9600 hardware. The MX10K-LC9600 plugs in to the MX10004 and MX10008 routers
horizontally at the front of the chassis.
The fabric interface connectors on the MX10K-LC9600 line card have a preinstalled protective plastic
dust cover. This cover keeps the connectors clean and free of dust and other particles. Remove the dust
cover before you install the line card in the router. Save the plastic cover for future use to re-install
when you remove the line card from the router.
The WAN ports on the MX10K-LC9600 line card also have preinstalled protective plastic dust covers.
These covers keep the ports clean and free of dust and other particles. Keep these covers installed in
any port that is not occupied by an optic module.
Software release • Junos OS Release 21.4R1 and later when installed in MX10008.
Description • Model number: JNP10K-LC9600
• Weight: 27 lb (12.24 kg)
• Dimensions: Height = 1.89 in. (48.01 mm), width = 17.2 in (436.88 mm), depth =
19.05 in. (484 mm) (excluding FRU ejector)
122
Hardware features • Is a fixed-configuration line card with 400-Gbps, 200-Gbps, 100-Gbps, 50-Gbps, 40-
Gbps, 25-Gbps, or 10-Gbps port speeds.
• Offers line-rate throughput of up to 9.6 Tbps.
• Includes twelve Packet Forwarding Engines, each allows for a maximum bandwidth of
800 Gbps.
• Is compatible with the JNP10004-SF2 and JNP10008-SF2 switch fabric boards.
• Interoperates with the MX10K-LC2101 and MX10K-LC480 line cards.
• Operates with the JNP10K-RE1, JNP10K-RE1-LT, and JNP10K-RE1-128G Routing

and Control Boards.
• Operates only with the following power supplies and fan trays:
• JNP10K-PWR-AC3
• JNP10K-PWR-AC2
• JNP10K-PWR-DC2
• JNP10008-FAN2
• JNP10008-FTC2
• JNP10004-FAN2
• JNP10004-FTC2
• Supports a maximum transmission unit (MTU) of 16,000 bytes for transit traffic and
host-bound packets.
Software features • Supports rate selectability at the port level.
• By default, the ports are configured as 400-Gigabit Ethernet ports.
• Supports optical diagnostics and related alarms.
Power requirements Power consumption at different temperatures when all ports are configured in 400-Gbps
speed:
• 25° C: 1655 W
• 40° C: 1770 W
123
LEDs PWR LED
• Steady green—Line-card power is ok.
• Steady red—Line-card power-on has failed.
• Off—Line card is not receiving power.
STS LED
• Steady green (blinking green when the beacon or the port location is on)—Line card is
online.
• Blinking green—The line card is booting.
• Steady red (blinking red when the beacon or the port location is on)—Line card is
faulty or an alarm has been raised.
• Off—Line card is disabled or offline.
Port LED
• Off—Port does not have a transceiver module.
• Steady green (blinking green when the beacon or the port location is on)—Port link is
up with no alarms or failures.
• Steady amber (blinking amber when the beacon or the port location is on)—Port link
is down because the port is disabled through the CLI, or the port encountered errors
such as loss of signal, local fault, or remote fault.
Lane LEDs
• The lane LEDs for the corresponding port indicate the port status.
• Like the port status LED, each individual lane LED supports four states as: OFF,
AMBER, GREEN, and RED.
Cables and TIP: You can use the Hardware Compatibility Tool to find information about the
connectors pluggable transceivers that your Juniper Networks device supports.
See the list of supported transceivers for the MX Series at MX Series Supported
Transceivers.
3 CHAPTER
Site Planning, Preparation, and

Specifications
MX10008 Site Preparation Overview | 125
MX10008 Power Planning | 135
MX10008 Transceiver and Cable Specifications | 168
MX10008 Alarm and Management Cable Specifications and Pinouts | 175

125
MX10008 Site Preparation Overview
IN THIS SECTION
MX10008 Site Preparation Checklist | 125
MX10008 Environmental Requirements and Specifications | 127
General Site Guidelines | 128
Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines | 129
MX10008 Site Preparation Checklist
The checklist in Table 36 on page 125 summarizes the tasks you need to perform when preparing a site
for an MX10008 installation.
Table 36: Site Preparation Checklist
✓ Item or Task For More Information
Environment
□ Verify that environmental factors such as temperature "MX10008 Environmental Requirements and
and humidity do not exceed router tolerances. Specifications" on page 127
Power
□ Measure the distance between external power sources

and the router installation site.
□ Calculate the power consumption and requirements. "MX10008 Power Planning" on page 135
Rack
126
Table 36: Site Preparation Checklist (Continued)
✓ Item or Task For More Information
□ Verify that your rack meets the minimum requirements "MX10008 Rack Requirements" on page 131
for the installation of the router.
□ Plan rack location, including required space clearances. "MX10008 Depth Clearance Requirements
for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance" on
page 133
□ Secure the rack to the floor and building structure.
Cables
□ Acquire cables and connectors: The list of supported transceivers for the
MX10008 line cards is located at MX10008
• Determine the number of cables needed based on Transceivers and Specifications
your planned configuration.
• Review the maximum distance allowed for each cable.

Choose the length of cable based on the distance
between the hardware components being connected.
□ Plan the cable routing and management.
□ Hardware Upgrades Order upgrade kits or individual components.

See "MX10008 Components and
Configurations" on page 35.
SEE ALSO

127
MX10008 Environmental Requirements and Specifications
The MX10008 router must be installed in a four-post rack. It must be housed in a dry, clean, well-
ventilated, and temperature-controlled environment.
Follow these environmental guidelines:
• The site must be as dust-free as possible, because dust can clog air intake vents and filters, reducing
the efficiency of the router cooling system.
• Maintain ambient airflow for normal router operation. If the airflow is blocked or restricted, or if the
intake air is too warm, the router might overheat, leading to the router temperature monitor shutting
down the device to protect the hardware components.
Table 37 on page 127 provides the required environmental conditions for normal router operation.
Table 37: MX10000 Environmental Tolerances
Description Tolerance
Altitude No performance degradation up to 6000 feet (1829 meters).
Relative humidity Normal operation ensured in relative humidity range of 5% through

90%, noncondensing.
• Short-term operation ensured in relative humidity range of 5%

through 93%, noncondensing.
NOTE: As defined in NEBS GR-63-CORE, Issue 3, short-term events

can be up to 96 hours in duration but not more than 15 days per
year.
128
Table 37: MX10000 Environmental Tolerances (Continued)
Description Tolerance
Temperature • Normal operation ensured in temperature range of 32° F through

104° F (0° C through 40° C).
NOTE: The chassis can be temporarily be operated at 45° C at sea

level for up to 1% of the time ( 3.65 days per year).
• Nonoperating storage temperature in shipping container: –40° F

through 158° F (–40° C through 70° C).
• Short-term operation ensured in temperature range of 32°F through

104°F (0°C through 40°C) at 6000 ft altitude and 32°F through
114.8°F (0°C through 46°C) at sea-level.
NOTE: As defined in NEBS GR-63-CORE, Issue 3, short-term events

can be up to 96 hours in duration but not more than 15 days per
year.
Seismic Designed to comply with Zone 4 earthquake requirements per NEBS

GR-63-CORE, Issue 3.
NOTE: Install MX10008 router only in restricted areas, such as dedicated equipment rooms and
equipment closets, in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and 110-18 of the National
Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.
SEE ALSO
General Site Guidelines
This topic applies to hardware devices in the MX10008 routers.

129
Efficient device operation requires proper site planning and maintenance and proper layout of the
equipment, rack or cabinet (if used), and wiring closet.
To plan and create an acceptable operating environment for your device and prevent environmentally
caused equipment failures:
• Keep the area around the chassis free from dust and conductive material, such as metal flakes.
• Follow prescribed airflow guidelines to ensure that the cooling system functions properly and that
exhaust from other equipment does not blow into the intake vents of the device.
• Follow the prescribed electrostatic discharge (ESD) prevention procedures to prevent damaging the
equipment. Static discharge can cause components to fail completely or intermittently over time.
• Install the device in a secure area, so that only authorized personnel can access the device.
SEE ALSO
Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines
Table 38 on page 130 describes the factors you must consider while planning the electrical wiring at
your site.
CAUTION: It is particularly important to provide a properly grounded and shielded

environment and to use electrical surge-suppression devices.
130
Table 38: Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines
Site Wiring Factor Guideline
Signaling limitations To ensure that signaling functions optimally:
• Install wires correctly.
Improperly installed wires can emit radio interference.
• Do not exceed the recommended distances or pass wires between buildings.
The potential for damage from lightning strikes increases if wires exceed
recommended distances or if wires pass between buildings.
• Shield all conductors.
The electromagnetic pulse (EMP) caused by lightning can damage unshielded

conductors and destroy electronic devices.
Radio frequency To reduce or eliminate the emission of RFI from your site wiring:
interference (RFI)
• Use twisted-pair cable with a good distribution of grounding conductors.
• Use a high-quality twisted-pair cable with one ground conductor for each data signal
when applicable, if you must exceed the recommended distances.
Electromagnetic Provide a properly grounded and shielded environment and use electrical surge-
compatibility (EMC) suppression devices.
Strong sources of electromagnetic interference (EMI) can cause the following damage:
• Destruction of the signal drivers and receivers in the device.
• Electrical hazards as a result of power surges conducted over the lines into the
equipment.
TIP: If your site is susceptible to problems with EMC, particularly from lightning or radio
transmitters, you might want to seek expert advice.
WARNING: The intrabuilding port(s) of the equipment or subassembly is suitable for

connection to intrabuilding or unexposed wiring or cabling only. The intrabuilding
port(s) of the equipment or subassembly MUST NOT be metallically connected to
interfaces that connect to the OSP or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use
131
as intrabuilding interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in GR-1089-CORE),

and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The addition of primary protectors
is not sufficient protection to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring
MX10008 Rack Requirements
The MX10008 router chassis are designed to be installed in four-post racks.
Rack requirements consist of:
• Rack type
• Mounting bracket hole spacing
• Rack size and strength
• Rack connection to the building structure
Table 39 on page 131 provides the rack requirements and specifications for the MX10008 router .
Table 39: Rack Requirements for the MX10008
Rack Requirement Guidelines
Rack type: four-post Use a four-post rack that provides bracket holes or hole patterns
spaced at 1 U (1.75 in. or 4.45 cm) increments and that meets the
size and strength requirements to support the weight.
A U is the standard rack unit defined in Cabinets, Racks, Panels, and

Associated Equipment (document number EIA-310–D) published by
the Electronics Industry Association.
You can stack three MX10008 routers if:
• The rack is 39 U or greater.
• The rack meets the strength requirements to support the weight.
• The facility can provide adequate power and cooling.

132
Table 39: Rack Requirements for the MX10008 (Continued)
Rack mount kit hole spacing The holes in the rack mount kit are spaced at 1 U (1.75 in. or
4.45 cm), so that the router can be mounted in any rack that provides
holes spaced at that distance.
Rack size and strength • Ensure that the rack complies with the standards for a 19-in.
wide rack as defined in Cabinets, Racks, Panels, and Associated
Equipment (document number EIA-310–D) published by the
Electronics Industry Association.
• Use one of the standard rack depths as defined in the four-part

Equipment Engineering (EE); European telecommunications
standard for equipment practice (document numbers ETS 300
119-1 through 119-4) published by the European
Telecommunications Standards Institute (http://www.etsi.org).
The following values are applicable only if you are using an open
rack:
• 23.62 in. (600 mm)
• 30.0 in. (762 mm)
• 31.5 in. (800 mm)
• If you are using a closed rack, it must have sufficient space

clearance in front of the chassis to accommodate the EMI door
(which extends to about 6 in.). An MX10008 router (chassis +
EMI door with filter + fan trays + PSU handle) is 39.4 in. deep.
• Ensure that the rack rails are spaced widely enough to

accommodate the router chassis’ external dimensions. The outer
edges of the flange extend the chassis width to 19 in. (48.26 cm).
• Ensure that the rack is strong enough to support the weight of

the router and cabling.
• Ensure that the spacing of rails and adjacent racks allows for
proper clearance around the router and rack. See "MX10008
Depth Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware
Maintenance" on page 133.
133
Table 39: Rack Requirements for the MX10008 (Continued)
Rack connection to building structure • Secure the rack to the building structure.
• If earthquakes are a possibility in your geographical area, secure

the rack to the floor.
• Secure the rack to the ceiling as well as to the wall or floor for
maximum stability.
SEE ALSO

MX10008 Depth Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware

Maintenance
When planning the site for an MX10008 router installation, you must allow sufficient clearance around
the installed chassis for cooling and maintenance (see Figure 55 on page 134 for MX10008.
NOTE: A minimum of half-an-inch clear space from the bottom of the chassisis is required for
easy removal and insertion of the fan tray.
134
Figure 55: Depth Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for an MX10008
Chassis
Figure 56: Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for a MX10008 with
JNP10008-FAN2
Follow these guidelines:
• For the cooling system to function properly, the airflow around the chassis must be unrestricted. See
"MX10008 Cooling System and Airflow" on page 54 for more information about the airflow through
the chassis.
135
• If you are mounting an MX10008 router in a rack with other equipment, ensure that the exhaust
from other equipment does not blow into the intake vents of the chassis.
• Leave at least 24 in. (61 cm) both in front of and behind the MX10008 for service personnel to
remove and install hardware components. To be NEBS GR-63 compliant, allow at least 30 in.
(76.2 cm) in front of the rack and 24 in. (61 cm) behind the rack.
SEE ALSO
MX10008 Power Planning
IN THIS SECTION
JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Specifications | 166
MX10008 Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications | 167
MX10008 power specifications and requirements are described in the following topics. Use the
information to calculate the power consumption for the MX10008 and plan your configuration’s power
requirements.
136
Power Requirements for an MX10008 Router
IN THIS SECTION
Calculating the Power Consumption of Your MX10008 Configuration | 136
Calculating the Number of Power Supplies Required for Your MX10008 Configuration | 138
Use the information in this topic to calculate power requirements of your MX10008 configuration and
the number of power supplies required for different MX10008 router configurations.
NOTE: The calculations in this topic represent the maximum power requirements that you need
to budget for your MX10008 router configuration. The actual power consumption of your router
will be less than the calculated results shown here and will vary based on the hardware and
software configuration of your router, the amount of traffic passing through the line cards, and
environmental variables such as room temperature.
Before you begin these calculations:
• Ensure you understand the different router configurations. See "MX10008 Components and
Configurations" on page 35.
• Ensure that you know the power requirements of different router components. See Table 1.
This topic describes these tasks:
Calculating the Power Consumption of Your MX10008 Configuration

Use the following procedure to determine the maximum power you need to supply to the router. To
calculate maximum system power consumption, you first determine the combined maximum internal
power requirements of all the router components and then divide this result by the power supply output
power.
To calculate maximum system power consumption:
1. Determine the maximum power consumption of the base chassis components (that is, the
components other than the line cards). Use the following table if your router is configured as either
the standard base or redundant configuration.
137
Table 40: Chassis Power Consumption for Standard Configurations
Chassis Component Base Configuration Redundant Configuration
Fan tray, JNP10008-FAN 1100 W 1100 W
Fan tray, JNP10008-FAN2 1212 W 1212 W
Routing and Control board (128G/64G) @40° C 175 W/165 W 350 W/330 W
Switch fabric board (SFB) 1000 W 1200 W
2. Calculate the maximum internal power consumption of the entire router by adding in the power
requirements of each line card. See the following table for a chart of the power needed for line cards.
Table 41: Line Card Power Consumption
Number of Line Cards MX10K-LC2101 MX10K-LC2101 MX10K-LC480(All MX10K-LC480 (All

(240 Gigabit (400 Gigabit ports in 10-Gbps ports in 10-Gbps
Ethernet mode Ethernet mode speed @104° F speed @104° F (40°
@104° F (40° C)) @104° F (40° C)) (40° C) without C) with MACsec)
MACsec)
1 1175 W 1425 W 430 W 450 W
2 2350 W 2850 W 860 W 900 W
3 3525 W 4275 W 1290 W 1350 W
4 4700 W 5700 W 1720 W 1800 W
5 5875 W 7125 W 2150 W 2250 W
6 7050 W 8550 W 2580 W 2700 W
7 8225 W 9975 W 3010 W 3150 W

138
Table 41: Line Card Power Consumption (Continued)
Number of Line Cards MX10K-LC2101 MX10K-LC2101 MX10K-LC480(All MX10K-LC480 (All

(240 Gigabit (400 Gigabit ports in 10-Gbps ports in 10-Gbps
Ethernet mode Ethernet mode speed @104° F speed @104° F (40°
@104° F (40° C)) @104° F (40° C)) (40° C) without C) with MACsec)
MACsec)
8 9400 W 11400 W 3440 W 3600 W
For example, for an MX10008 with eight MX10K-LC2101 line cards, the maximum power
consumption @400 Gigabit Ethernet mode is:
= 8* 1425 W= 11400 W
3. Add the power consumption from Step 1 and the total line card consumption from Step 2.
To continue from the previous example, add the wattage from eight cards to a redundant
configuration.
(11400 W) + (2650 W)
= 14050 W required
Calculating the Number of Power Supplies Required for Your MX10008 Configuration
Use this procedure to calculate the number of power supplies required by your router configuration. The
minimum power configuration for MX10008 routers is three power supplies.
To calculate the number of power supplies required for your minimum router configuration:
1. Determine the power available from the power supplies. Table 42 on page 138 shows the power
available for installed power supplies.
Table 42: Total Power Available
Power Supply Module Models With Three Power With Four Power With Five Power
Supplies Supplies Supplies
JNP10K-PWR-AC 8100 W 10,800 W 13,500 W
JNP10K-PWR-AC2 dual feed, high power 16,500 W 22,000 W 27,500 W

(30-A) setting
139
Table 42: Total Power Available (Continued)
JNP10K-PWR-AC2 single feed, high power 15,000 W 20,000 W 25,000 W

(30-A) setting
JNP10K-PWR-AC3, single active feed, (15- 7,500 W 10,000 W 12,500 W

A) setting
JNP10K-PWR-AC3, two active feeds, (15- 15,000 W 20,000 W 25,000 W

A) setting
JNP10K-PWR-AC3, three active feeds, (15- 22,500 W 30,000 W 37,500 W

A) setting
JNP10K-PWR-AC3, four active feeds, (15- 23,400 W 31,200 W 39,000 W

A) setting
JNP10K-PWR-AC3, single active feed, (20- 9,000 W 12,000 W 15,000 W

A) setting
JNP10K-PWR-AC3, two active feeds, (20- 18,000 W 24,000 W 30,000 W

A) setting; (either A0 and A1 or B0 and B1)
JNP10K-PWR-AC3, three or four active 23,400 W 31,200 W 39,000 W

feeds, (20-A) setting
JNP10K-PWR-DC – – 12,500 W
JNP10K-PWR-DC2 dual feed, high power – – 27,500 W

(80-A) setting
JNP10K-PWR-DC2 dual feed, low power – – 22,000 W

(60-A) setting
140
Table 42: Total Power Available (Continued)
JNP10K-PWR-DC2 single feed, high power – – 13,750 W

(80-A) setting
JNP10K-PWR-DC2 single feed, low power – – 11,000 W

(60-A) setting
2. Determine the total power required for your configuration with line cards installed. The total power
available to the chassis is calculated by dividing the wattage needed by the power rating, then
rounding up.
In the previous examples, we calculated that an MX10008 AC system would require 11800 W with
eight line cards. In this example, we calculate the total power available for this configuration:
= (14050 W) / (2700 W)
= 5.20
Round up the result to 6 AC power supplies.
3. Calculate how much power the power supplies need. To determine the power required, multiply the
number of power supplies by the power supply wattage and divide by the efficiency of the power
supply. The efficiency rate accounts for the loss of energy within the power supply and is 89 percent
for MX10008 power supplies.
For example if you have an AC system with four power supplies:
= 4 (2700 W) / (efficiency rating)
= (10800 W) / (0.89)
= 12135 W
Table 43 on page 141 shows how much power is required for various configurations.
141
Table 43: Total Power Required
Number of Power Supplies AC DC
3 9102 W 8427 W
4 12135 W 11236 W
5 15169 W 14045 W
6 18204 W 16854 W
NOTE: For JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply, see Table 42 on page 138.
NOTE: We recommend that you maintain six power supplies in your router at all times. Replace
failed power supplies immediately to prevent unexpected failures.
If a new line card is installed in an operational router, power management does not power on the
line card if the increased power demand exceeds the total available power, including redundant
power. If redundant power is used to power on the line card, a minor alarm is raised, which
becomes a major alarm in five minutes if the condition is not corrected.

142
JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Specifications
MX10008 redundant configuration router can use either AC or DC power supplies; base configuration
routers are AC only.
Table 44 on page 142 lists the power specifications for the AC power supply (JNP10K-PWR-AC) used in
an MX10008 chassis.
Table 44: Power Specifications for a JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply
Item Specifications
AC input voltage Operating range: 200–240 VAC
AC input line frequency 50–60 Hz
AC input current rating 16 A
AC output power 2700 W
Table 45 on page 142 shows the physical specifications for an AC power supply.
Table 45: Physical Specifications for a JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply
Specification Value
Height 3.5 in. (8.89 cm)
Width 3.6 in. (9.14 cm)
Depth 14.4 in. (36.58 cm)
Weight 6.8 lb (3.08 kg)
SEE ALSO

143

JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Specifications
MX10008 redundant configuration router can use either AC or DC power supplies; base configuration
routers are AC only. The JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply supports AC, HVAC, and HVDC.
Table 46 on page 143 lists the power specifications for the AC power supply (JNP10K-PWR-AC) used in
an MX10008 chassis.
Table 46: Power Specifications for a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply
Item Specifications
AC input voltage 180–305 VAC
DC input voltage 190–410 VDC
Input current rating 28.5 A
DC output power 12.3 V, 5500 W with dual feed and 5000 W with single feed
Table 47 on page 143 shows the physical specifications for a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply.
Table 47: Physical Specifications for a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply
Specification Value
Width 3.6 in. (9.14 cm)
Depth 15.1 in. (38.35 cm)

144
Table 47: Physical Specifications for a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply (Continued)
Specification Value
Weight 11.4 lb (5.17 kg)
For more information, see:
• "How to Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply" on page 265
• "How to Remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply" on page 261
JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Specifications
The JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply supports AC.
Table 48 on page 144 lists the power specifications for the AC power supply (JNP10K-PWR-AC3) used
in a PTX10004 chassis.
Table 48: Power Specifications for a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply
Specification Value
AC input voltage 180–264 VAC
Input current rating 16 A
DC output power 12.3 V
Table 49 on page 144 shows the physical specifications for a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply.
Table 49: Physical Specifications for a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply
Specification Value
Height 3.386 in. (8.60 cm)

145
Table 49: Physical Specifications for a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply (Continued)
Specification Value
Width 3.584 in. (9.10 cm)
Depth 17.15 (43.57 cm)
Weight 12.8 lbs (5.8 kg)
MX10008 Power Cables Specifications
IN THIS SECTION
JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Cable Specifications | 146
JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Cable Specifications for 30-A Input | 152
Each AC power supply has two independent 16 A rated AC inlets on the faceplate. Most sites distribute
power through a main conduit that leads to frame-mounted power distribution panels, one of which can
be located at the top of the rack that houses the router. An AC power cord connects each power supply
to the power distribution panel.
Each detachable AC power cord is 8 feet (approximately 2.5 meters) long. The appliance couple end of
the cord inserts into the AC appliance inlet on the faceplate of the AC power supply. The coupler type is
C19 as described by the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) standard 60320. The plug end
of the power cord fits into the power source outlet that is standard for your geographical location.
MX10008 AC, high-voltage alternating current (HVAC), and high-voltage direct current (HVDC) power
supplies have specific cord requirements. Use the following sections to determine the cable
requirements based on the model of your power supply and any mode settings:
• JNP10K-PWR-AC see "JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Cable Specifications" on page 146
• JNP10K-PWR-AC2 with 20-A input, see "JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Cable Specifications" on page
149
146
• JNP10K-PWR-AC2 with 30-A input, see "JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Cable Specifications for 30-A
Input" on page 152
JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Cable Specifications
Table 50 on page 146 lists the AC power cord specifications for MX10008 routers for various countries
and regions.
Table 50: AC Power Cord Specifications for MX10008 Routers
Country/Region Electrical Plug Standards Juniper Model Graphic

Specifications Number
Argentina 250 VAC, 16 A, IRAM Type RA/ CBL-EX-PWR-C19-

50 Hz 3/20 AR
Australia 250 VAC, 15 A, AS/NZS 3112 Type CBL-EX-PWR-C19-

50 Hz SAA/3/15 AU
Brazil 250 VAC, 16 A, NBR 14136: 2002 CBL-EX-PWR-C19-

50 Hz Type BR/3/20 BR
China 250 VAC, 16 A, GB 1002 Type PRC/ CBL-EX-PWR-C19-

50 Hz 3/16 CH
Europe (except Italy, 250 VAC, 16 A, CEE (7) VII Type CBL-EX-PWR-C19-
Switzerland, and 50 Hz VIIG EU
United Kingdom)
147
Table 50: AC Power Cord Specifications for MX10008 Routers (Continued)

Israel 250 AC, 16 A, SI 32/1971 Type SI 32/1971 Type

50 Hz IL/3 IL/3
Italy 250 VAC, 16 A, CEI 23-16 Type I/ CBL-EX-PWR-C19-

50 Hz 3/16 IT
Japan 250 VAC, 16 A, NEMA 6–20 Type CBL-EX-PWR-C19-

60 Hz N6/20 JP (default)
250 VAC, 16 A, NEMA L6–20P CBL-EX-PWR-C19-

50 Hz or 60 Hz Type NEMA Locking JPL
Korea 250 VAC, 16 A, CEE (7) VII Type CBL-EX-PWR-C19-

50 Hz VIIG KR
North America 250 VAC, 16 A, NEMA 6–20 Type CBL-EX-PWR-C19-

60 Hz N6/20 US (default)
250 VAC, 16 A, NEMA L6–20P CBL-EX-PWR-C19-

50 Hz or 60 Hz Type NEMA Locking USL
148
Table 50: AC Power Cord Specifications for MX10008 Routers (Continued)

South Africa 250 VAC, 16 A, SABS 164/1:1992 CBL-EX-PWR-C19-

50 Hz Type ZA/3 SA
Switzerland 250 VAC, 16 A, SEV 5934/2 Type CBL-EX-PWR-C19-

50 Hz 23G SZ
United Kingdom 250 VAC, 13 A, BS 1363/A Type CBL-EX-PWR-C19-

50 Hz BS89/13 UK
Worldwide (other) 250 VAC, 16 A, EN 60320-2-2/1 CBL-EX-PWR-C19-

50 Hz C20
CAUTION: AC power cords for MX10008 routers are intended for use with these
routers only. Do not use the cord for another product.
149
Power Cable Warning (Japanese)
WARNING: The attached power cable is only for this product. Do not use the cable for another product.
CAUTION: Power cords must not block access to router components. We recommend
that you route all AC power cord cables through the power cord tray provided with the
router.
WARNING: The router is installed in a restricted-access location. It has a separate

protective earthing terminal on the chassis that must be permanently connected to
earth ground to adequately ground the chassis and protect the operator from electrical
hazards.
JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Cable Specifications
The JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply operates in two modes:
• 30-A input with 5500 W output
"JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Cable Specifications for 30-A Input" on page 152 shows cables and
connectors for 30-A input.
• 20-A input with 3000 W output
Table 51 on page 150 shows cables appropriate for 20-A input.
WARNING: Do not run JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supplies using 20-A cables if

connected to 30-A input.
150
Table 51: JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Cable Specifications for 20-A Input
Locale Cord Set Rating Plug Standards Spare Juniper Model Graphic
Number
Argentina 16 A, 250 VAC IRAM 2073 Type CBL-JNP-SG4-AR

RA/3
Australia and New 15 A, 250 VAC AS/NZS 3112 CBL-JNP-SG4-AU

Zealand
Brazil 16 A, 250 VAC NBR 14136 Type CBL-JNP-SG4-BR

BR/3
China 16 A, 250 VAC GB2099 CBL-JNP-SG4-CH
Europe (except Italy, 20 A, 250 VAC CEE 7/7 CBL-JNP-SG4-EU

Switzerland, and
United Kingdom)
Great Britain 13 A, 250 VAC, BS1363 CBL-JNP-SG4-UK
India 16 A, 250 VAC SANS 164/1 CBL-JNP-SG4-SA

151
Table 51: JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Cable Specifications for 20-A Input (Continued)
Number
Israel 16 A, RA, 250 VAC SI 32/1971 Type CBL-JNP-SG4-IL

IL/3G
Italy 16 A, 250 VAC CEI 23-16 CBL-JNP-SG4-IT
North America 20 A, 250 VAC 3-5958P4 to IEC CBL-JNP-SG4-C20

60320 C20
16 A, 250 VAC Locking NEMA CBL-JNP-SG4-US-L

L6-20P
NEMA 6-20P CBL-JNP-SG4-US
South Africa 16 A, 250 VAC SANS 164/1 CBL-JNP-SG4-SA

152
Table 51: JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Cable Specifications for 20-A Input (Continued)
Number
Switzerland 16 A, 250 VAC CEI 23-50 CBL-JNP-SG4-SZ
Table 52: JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Cable Specifications for HVAC Input
Locale Cord Set Rating Plug Standard Spare Juniper Graphic

Model Number
North America 16 A, 277 V NEMA L7-20P CBL-JNP-SG4-

HVAC
JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Cable Specifications for 30-A Input
The JNP10K-PWR-AC2 HVAC or HVDC power supplies requires a high voltage cable assembly when
set for 30-A input. One end of the cable has an Anderson APP-400 connector, the other end of the
cable is bare wire. See Figure 57 on page 152 and Table 53 on page 153. These cables are separately
orderable and are not shipped automatically with JNP10K-PWR-AC2 orders. An example of the right-
angle cable and connector is shown in Figure 59 on page 154.
For connection to AC systems, Juniper provides a cable with either a NEMA 30-A connector (Figure 57
on page 152) or an IEC 330P6W connector (Figure 58 on page 153).
Figure 57: NEMA 30-A Connector

153
Figure 58: IEC 330P6W Connector
Table 53: 30-A Cabling Options
Locale Cord Set Plug Standards Connector Spare Juniper Model

Rating Number
HVDC Any 30- A, UL 950 and IEC Anderson/straight CBL-PWR2-BARE

power 400 VAC 60950 to bare wire
cord
30-A, 400 VAC UL 950 and IEC Anderson/right- CBL-PWR2-BARE-RA

60950 angle to bare wire
AC power Continental 30-A 250 VAC UL 950 and Anderson/right- CBL-PWR2-332P6W-

cord Europe IEC332P6 angle to IEC RA
332P6
30-A 250 VAC UL 950 and Anderson/straight CBL-PWR2-332P6W

IEC332P6 to IEC332P6
North America 30-A 240 VAC IEC330P6 Anderson/right- CBL-PWR2-330P6W-

angle to IEC RA
330P6
30-A 240 VAC IEC330P6 Anderson/straight CBL-PWR2-330P6W

to IEC 330P6
30-A 250 VAC UL 498, CSA Anderson/right- CBL-PWR2-L6-30P-

angle to L6-30P RA
154
Table 53: 30-A Cabling Options (Continued)
Locale Cord Set Plug Standards Connector Spare Juniper Model

Rating Number
30-A 250 VAC UL 498, Anderson/straight CBL-PWR2-L6-30P

IEC5958P4 to L6-30P
Figure 59: Right-Angle, Bare Cable with Anderson Connector
1— Black wire–Return (+) 3— White wire–Neutral
2— Green wire-Ground
JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Cable Specifications
The JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply operates in two modes:
• 20-A input with 7800 W or 6000 W or 3000 W output
• 15-A input with 7800 W or 7500 W, or 5000 W, or 2500 W output
NOTE: When power cords with right angle plugs at the PSU end are selected, they must be in
pairs of Right Angle Left Plugs for inputs A0 or B0 and Extended Right Angle Left Plugs for inputs
A1 or B1.
See Table 54 on page 155 for a list of appropriate cables.

155
WARNING: Do not run JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supplies using 16-A or 20-A cables if
connected to 15-A input.
CAUTION: You can prevent AC power cables from being exposed to hot air exhaust by
always routing the power cables away from the fan trays and power supplies.
With right angle power cords and the baffle installed, the power cords will be exposed
to hot exhaust air. The IEC C21 plugs have a temperature rating of 155C and the power
cord cables have a rating of 90C.
Table 54: JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Cable Specifications for 20-A and 15-A Input
Locale Cord Set Rating Plug Standard Spare Juniper Model Graphic
Number
Straight Plug at PSU Input
Australia and New 15 A, 250 VAC AS/NZS 3112 CBL-PWRC21-AU

Zealand
Europe (except Italy, 16A, 250 VAC CEE 7/7 CBL-PWRC21-EU

Switzerland, and
United Kingdom)
Italy 16A, 250 VAC CEI 23-16 CBL-PWRC21-IT
North America 20A, 250 VAC Locking NEMA CBL-PWRC21-US-L

L6-20P
156
Table 54: JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Cable Specifications for 20-A and 15-A Input (Continued)
Number
NEMA 6-20P CBL-PWRC21-US
International 16A, 250VAC IEC-309 316P6W CBL-

PWRC21-316P6
North America 20A, 250 VAC IEC-309 320P6W CBL-

PWRC21-320P6
Japan 20A, 250 VAC NEMA L6-20P CBL-PWRC21-JP-L
China 16A, 250 VAC GB2099-1 CBL-PWRC21-CN
North America 20A, 250 VAC IEC-320-C20 CBL-PWRC21-C20-

NA
Europe 16A, 250 VAC IEC-320-C20 CBL-PWRC21-C20-

EU
157
Number
Japan 20A, 250 VAC IEC-320-C20 CBL-PWRC21-C20-

JP
China 16A, 250 VAC IEC-320-C20 CBL-PWRC21-C20-

CN
Switzerland 16A, 250 VAC SEV1011 CBL-PWRC21-SZ
South Africa 16A, 250 VAC RA SANs 164/1 CBL-PWRC21-SA
India 16A, 250VAC RA IS 1293 CBL-PWRC21-IN
United Kingdom 16A, 250 VAC BS 1363 CBL-PWRC21-UK

158
Number
Israel 16A, 250 VAC SI 32/1971 CBL-PWRC21-IL
Type IL/3G
Brazil 16A, 250 VAC NBR 14136 CBL-PWRC21-BR
Type BR/3
Argentina 16A, 250 VAC IRAM 2073 CBL-PWRC21-AR
Type RA/3
Right Angle Left Plug at PSU Input
USA 20A, 250 VAC NEMA L6-20P CBL-PWRC21R-US-

L
USA 20A, 250 VAC NEMA 6-20P CBL-PWRC21R-US
Europe 16A, 250 VAC CEE 7/7 CBL-PWRC21R-EU

159
Number
Australia 15A, 250 VAC AS/NZ 3112 CBL-PWRC21R-AU
Italy 16A, 250 VAC CEI 23-50 CBL-PWRC21R-IT
International 16A, 250 VAC IEC 60309 CBL-

PWRC21R-316P6
316P6W
North America 16A, 250VAC IEC 60309 CBL-

PWRC21R-320P6
320P6W
Japan 20A, 250 VAC NEMA L6-20P CBL-PWRC21R-JP-L
China 16A, 250 VAC GB2099-1 CBL-PWRC21R-CN
North America 16A, 250 VAC IEC-60320 CBL-PWRC21R-

C20-NA
C20
160
Number
Europe 16A, 250 VAC IEC 60320 CBL-PWRC21R-

C20-EU
C20
Japan 20A, 250 VAC IEC 60320 CBL-PWRC21R-

C20-JP
C20
China 16A, 250 VAC IEC 60320 CBL-PWRC21R-

C20-CN
C20
Switzerland 16A, 250 VAC SEV 1011 CBL-PWRC21R-SZ
South Africa 16A, 250 VAC SANS 164/1 CBL-PWRC21R-SA
India 16A, 250 VAC IS 1293, RA CBL-PWRC21R-IN

161
Number
United Kingdom 16A, 250 VAC BS1363 CBL-PWRC21R-UK
Israel 16A, 250 VAC SI 32/1971 CBL-PWRC21R-IL
TYPE IL/3G
Brazil 16A, 250 VAC NBR 14136 CBL-PWRC21R-BR
TYP BR/3
Argentina 16A, 250 VAC IRAM 2073 CBL-PWRC21R-AR
TYPE RA/3
Extended Right Angle Left Plug at PSU Input
USA 20A, 250 VAC NEMA L6-20P CBL-PWRC21RL-

US-L
USA 20 A, 250 VAC NEMA 6-20P CBL-PWRC21RL-US

162
Number
Europe 16A, 250 VAC CEE 7/7 CBL-PWRC21RL-EU
Australia 15A, 250 VAC AS/NZ 3112 CBL-PWRC21RL-AU
Italy 16A, 250 VAC CEI 23-50 CBL-PWRC21RL-IT
International 16A, 250 VAC IEC-60309 CBL-

PWRC21RL-316P6
316P6W
North America 20A, 250 VAC IEC-60309 CBL-

PWRC21RL-320P6
320P6W
Japan 20A, 250 VAC NEMA L6-20P CBL-PWRC21RL-JP-

L
China 16A, 250 VAC GB2099-1 CBL-PWRC21RL-CN

163
Number
North America 20A, 250 VAC IEC-60320 CBL-PWRC21RL-

C20NA
C20
Europe 16A, 250 VAC IEC-60320 CBL-PWRC21RL-

C20EU
C20
Japan 20A, 250 VAC ICE-60320 CBL-PWRC21RL-

C20JP
C20
China 16A, 250 VAC IEC-60320 CBL-PWRC21RL-

C20CN
C20
Switzerland 16A, 250 VAC SEV 1011 CBL-PWRC21RL-SZ
South Africa 16A, 250 VAC SANS 164/1 CBL-PWRC21RL-SA

164
Number
India 16A, 250 VAC IS1293, RA CBL-PWRC21RL-IN
United Kingdom 16A, 250 VAC BS 1363 CBL-PWRC21RL-UK
Israel 16A, 250 VAC SI 32/1971 CBL-PWRC21RL-IL
Type IL/3G
Brazil 16A, 250 VAC NBR 14136 CBL-PWRC21RL-BR
Type BR/3
Argentina 16A, 250 VAC IRAM 2073 CBL-PWRC21RL-AR
Type RA/3
JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Specifications
The DC power supply (JNP10K-PWR-DC) is supported in only the MX10008 redundant configuration.
Table 55 on page 165 lists the power specifications for the JNP10K-PWR-DC power supply used in an
MX10008 chassis.
165
Table 55: Power Specifications for the JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Supply
Item Specifications
DC input voltage • Minimum operating voltage: –40 VDC
• Nominal operating voltage: –48 VDC
• Operating voltage range: –40 VDC through –72 VDC
DC input current rating 60 A maximum at nominal operating voltage (–48 VDC) for each
input terminal
Output power 2500 W
Table 56 on page 165 shows the physical specifications for a JNP10K-PWR-DC power supply.
Table 56: Physical Specifications of an JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Supply
Specification Value
Width 3.6 in. (9.14 cm)
Depth 14.4 in. (36.58 cm)
Weight 6 lb (2.72 kg)
SEE ALSO

166
JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Specifications
JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supplies are supported in only the MX10008 redundant configuration. Table
57 on page 166 lists the power specifications for the HVDC power supply used in a MX10008 chassis.
Table 57: Power Specifications for the JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply
Item Specifications
DC input voltage • Minimum operating voltage: –40 VDC
• Nominal operating voltage: –48 VDC
• Operating voltage range: –40 VDC through –72 VDC
DC input current • 76-A maximum at minimum operating voltage (-40 VDC) with 80-A dip switch setting
rating and 5500 W output load.
• 64-A maximum at nominal operating voltage (–48 VDC) with 80-A dip switch setting
and 5500 W output load.
• 60-A maximum at minimum operating voltage (-40 VDC) with 60-A dip switch setting
• 50-A maximum at nominal operating voltage (-48 VDC) with 60-A dip switch setting
Output power 2200 W for low input (60-A) single feed
4400 W for low input (60-A) dual feed
2750 W for high input (80-A) single feed
5500 W for high input (80-A) dual feed
Table 58 on page 166 shows the physical specifications for a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply.
Table 58: Physical Specifications of a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply
Specification Value

167
Table 58: Physical Specifications of a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply (Continued)
Specification Value
Width 3.6 in. (9.14 cm)
Depth 16.05 in. (40.77 cm)
Weight 8.1 lbs (3.67 kg)
For more information, see:
• "How to Install a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply" on page 304
• "How to Remove a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply" on page 300
MX10008 Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications
You must install the switch in a restricted-access location and ensure it is adequately grounded at all
times. Proper grounding ensures your switch is operating correctly and that it meets safety and
electromagnetic interference (EMI) requirements. An MX10008 router, has a 2-hole protective
grounding terminal on the rear of the chassis beneath the power supplies for grounding.
For AC powered systems, you must also use the grounding wire in the AC power cord along with the 2-
hole lug ground connection. This tested system meets or exceeds all applicable EMC regulatory
requirements with the 2-hole protective grounding terminal.
WARNING: To comply with GR-1089 requirements, all intra-building copper cabling

used for SFP+, QSFP+, and QSFP28 ports must be shielded and grounded at both ends.
CAUTION: Before router installation begins, a licensed electrician must attach a cable
lug to the grounding cables that you supply. See "Connect the MX10008 to Earth
Ground" on page 219. A cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the router.
Before connecting the router to earth ground, review the following information:
• Two threaded inserts (PEM nuts) are provided on the lower rear of the chassis for connecting the
router to earth ground. The grounding points are spaced at 0.63 in. (16 mm) centers.
168
• The grounding lug required is a Panduit LCD6-10A-L or equivalent (provided). The grounding lug
accommodates 6 AWG (13.3 mm²) stranded wire. If one or more JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supplies
are installed in the chassis and set for high input (80-A), use the Panduit LCD4-14A-L or equivalent
(provided). This lug accommodates 4 AWG (21.1mm²) stranded wire.
• The grounding cable that you provide for an MX10008 must be the same size or heavier than the
input wire of each power supply. Minimum recommendations are 6 AWG (13.3 mm²) stranded
copper wire, Class B; 90° C wire, or as permitted by local code.
SEE ALSO

MX10008 Transceiver and Cable Specifications
IN THIS SECTION
MX10008 Cable Specifications for Console and Management Connections | 169
Understanding Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion | 171
Calculating the Fiber-Optic Cable Power Budget for an MX10008 Router | 172
Calculating the Fiber-Optic Cable Power Margin for an MX10008 Router | 173
MX10008 Optical Transceiver and Cable Support
The MX10008 router has eight slots for the line cards that can support a maximum of 1152 ports as 10-
Gigabit Ethernet ports, 288 ports as 40-Gigabit Ethernet ports, or 240 ports as 100-Gigabit Ethernet
ports. Each of the network ports on the port panel supports quad small form-factor pluggable plus
(QSFP+) transceivers and QSFP28 transceivers.
The network ports on the MX10008 support QSFP+ and QSFP28 transceivers.
169
You can find information about the pluggable transceivers supported on your Juniper Networks device
by using the Hardware Compatibility Tool. In addition to transceiver and connector type, the optical and
cable characteristics—where applicable—are documented for each transceiver. The Hardware
Compatibility Tool enables you to search by product, displaying all the transceivers supported on that
device, or category, by interface speed or type. The list of supported transceivers for the MX10008 is
located at https://pathfinder.juniper.net/hct/product/#prd=MX10008.
CAUTION: The Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) provides

complete support for Juniper-supplied optical modules and cables. However, JTAC does
not provide support for third-party optical modules and cables that are not qualified or
supplied by Juniper Networks. If you face a problem running a Juniper device that uses
third-party optical modules or cables, JTAC may help you diagnose host-related issues if
the observed issue is not, in the opinion of JTAC, related to the use of the third-party
optical modules or cables. Your JTAC engineer will likely request that you check the
third-party optical module or cable and, if required, replace it with an equivalent
Juniper-qualified component.
Use of third-party optical modules with high-power consumption (for example,
coherent ZR or ZR+) can potentially cause thermal damage to or reduce the lifespan of
the host equipment. Any damage to the host equipment due to the use of third-party
optical modules or cables is the users’ responsibility. Juniper Networks will accept no
liability for any damage caused due to such use.
SEE ALSO
Supported Transceivers
MX10008 Cable Specifications for Console and Management

Connections
Table 59 on page 170 lists the specifications for the cables that connect the MX10008 line of routers to
a management device.
NOTE: The MX10008 router can be configured with SFP management ports that support
1000BASE-SX transceivers.
170
Table 59: Cable Specifications for Console and Management Connections for the MX10008 Router
Port on MX10008 router Cable Specification Maximum Length Device Receptacle
Console port RS-232 (EIA-232) serial cable 7 feet (2.13 meters) RJ-45
Management port Category 5 cable or equivalent suitable 328 feet (100 meters) RJ-45
for 1000BASE-T operation
NOTE: We no longer include the RJ-45 console cable with the DB-9 adapter as part of the
device package. If the console cable and adapter are not included in your device package, or if
you need a different type of adapter, you can order the following separately:
• RJ-45 to DB-9 adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-DB9)
• RJ-45 to USB-A adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-USBA)
• RJ-45 to USB-C adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-USBC)
If you want to use RJ-45 to USB-A or RJ-45 to USB-C adapter you must have X64 (64-Bit)
Virtual COM port (VCP) driver installed on your PC. See, https://ftdichip.com/drivers/vcp-
drivers/ to download the driver.
SEE ALSO

171
Understanding Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and

Dispersion
IN THIS SECTION
Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cables | 171
Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable | 171
To determine the power budget and power margin needed for fiber-optic connections, you need to
understand how signal loss, attenuation, and dispersion affect transmission. The MX10008 router uses
various types of network cables, including multimode and single-mode fiber-optic cables.
Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cables
Multimode fiber is large enough in diameter to allow rays of light to reflect internally (bounce off the
walls of the fiber). Interfaces with multimode optics typically use LEDs as light sources. However, LEDs
are not coherent light sources. They spray varying wavelengths of light into the multimode fiber, which
reflect the light at different angles. Light rays travel in jagged lines through a multimode fiber, causing
signal dispersion. When light traveling in the fiber core radiates into the fiber cladding (layers of lower
refractive index material in close contact with a core material of higher refractive index), higher-order
mode loss occurs. Together, these factors reduce the transmission distance of multimode fiber compared
to that of single-mode fiber.
Single-mode fiber is so small in diameter that rays of light reflect internally through one layer only.
Interfaces with single-mode optics use lasers as light sources. Lasers generate a single wavelength of
light, which travels in a straight line through the single-mode fiber. Compared to multimode fiber, single-
mode fiber has a higher bandwidth and can carry signals for longer distances. It is consequently more
expensive.
Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable
An optical data link functions correctly provided that modulated light reaching the receiver has enough
power to be demodulated correctly. Attenuation is the reduction in strength of the light signal during
transmission. Passive media components such as cables, cable splices, and connectors cause
attenuation. Although attenuation is significantly lower for optical fiber than for other media, it still
occurs in both multimode and single-mode transmission. An efficient optical data link must transmit
enough light to overcome attenuation.
172
Dispersion is the spreading of the signal over time. The following two types of dispersion can affect
signal transmission through an optical data link:
• Chromatic dispersion, which is the spreading of the signal over time caused by the different speeds
of light rays.
• Modal dispersion, which is the spreading of the signal over time caused by the different propagation
modes in the fiber.
For multimode transmission, modal dispersion, rather than chromatic dispersion or attenuation, usually
limits the maximum bit rate and link length. For single-mode transmission, modal dispersion is not a
factor. However, at higher bit rates and over longer distances, chromatic dispersion limits the maximum
link length.
An efficient optical data link must have enough light to exceed the minimum power that the receiver
requires to operate within its specifications. In addition, the total dispersion must be within the limits
specified for the type of link in the Telcordia Technologies document GR-253-CORE (Section 4.3) and
International Telecommunications Union (ITU) document G.957.
When chromatic dispersion is at the maximum allowed, its effect can be considered as a power penalty
in the power budget. The optical power budget must allow for the sum of component attenuation,
power penalties (including those from dispersion), and a safety margin for unexpected losses.
Calculating the Fiber-Optic Cable Power Budget for an MX10008 Router
Calculate the link's power budget when planning fiber-optic cable layout and distances to ensure that
fiber-optic connections have sufficient power for correct operation. The power budget is the maximum
amount of power the link can transmit. When you calculate the power budget, you use a worst-case
analysis to provide a margin of error, even though all the parts of an actual system do not operate at the
worst-case levels.
To calculate the worst-case estimate for the fiber-optic cable power budget (PB) for the link:
1. Determine values for the link's minimum transmitter power (PT) and minimum receiver sensitivity
(PR). For example, here, (PT) and (PR) are measured in decibels, and decibels are referenced to 1
milliwatt (dBm):
PT = –15 dBm
PR = –28 dBm
173
NOTE: See the specifications for your transmitter and receiver to find the minimum
transmitter power and minimum receiver sensitivity.
2. Calculate the power budget (PB) by subtracting (PR) from (PT):

–15 dBm – (–28 dBm) = 13 dBm
Calculating the Fiber-Optic Cable Power Margin for an MX10008 Router
Before you begin to calculate the power margin:
• Calculate the power budget. See "Calculating the Fiber-Optic Cable Power Budget for an MX10008
Router" on page 172.
Calculate the link's power margin when planning fiber-optic cable layout and distances to ensure that
fiber-optic connections have sufficient signal power to overcome system losses and still satisfy the
minimum input requirements of the receiver for the required performance level. The power margin (PM )
is the amount of power available after attenuation or link loss (LL) has been subtracted from the power
budget (PB).
When you calculate the power margin, you use a worst-case analysis to provide a margin of error, even
though all the parts of an actual system do not operate at worst-case levels. A power margin (PM )
greater than zero indicates that the power budget is sufficient to operate the receiver and that it does
not exceed the maximum receiver input power. This means the link will work. A (PM) that is zero or
negative indicates insufficient power to operate the receiver. See the specification for your receiver to
find the maximum receiver input power.
To calculate the worst-case estimate for the power margin (PM) for the link:
1. Determine the maximum value for link loss (LL) by adding estimated values for applicable link-loss
factors; for example, use the sample values for various factors as provided in Table 60 on page 173
(here, the link is 2 km long and multimode, and the (PB) is 13 dBm).
Table 60: Estimated Values for Factors Causing Link Loss
Link-Loss Factor Estimated Link Loss Value Sample Link Loss (LL) Calculation Values
Higher-order mode Multimode—0.5 dBm 0.5 dBm

losses
Single-mode—None 0 dBm
174
Table 60: Estimated Values for Factors Causing Link Loss (Continued)
Link-Loss Factor Estimated Link Loss Value Sample Link Loss (LL) Calculation Values
Modal and chromatic Multimode—None, if product of 0 dBm

dispersion bandwidth and distance is less
than 500 MHz/km
Single-mode—None 0 dBm
Connector 0.5 dBm This example assumes five connectors. Loss for
five connectors: 5 (0.5 dBm) = 2.5 dBm.
Splice 0.5 dBm This example assumes two splices. Loss for two
splices: 2 (0.5 dBm) = 1 dBm.
Fiber attenuation Multimode—1 dBm/km This example assumes the link is 2 km long.
Fiber attenuation for 2 km: 2 km (1 dBm/
km) = 2 dBm.
Single-mode—0.5 dBm/km This example assumes the link is 2 km long.

Fiber attenuation for 2 km: 2 km (0.5 dBm/
km) = 1 dBm.
Clock Recovery Module 1 dBm 1 dBm

(CRM)
NOTE: For information about the actual amount of signal loss caused by equipment and other
factors, see your vendor documentation for that equipment.
2. Calculate the (PM) by subtracting (LL) from (PB):

PB– LL = PM
13 dBm – 0.5 dBm [HOL] – 5 (0.5 dBm) – 2 (0.5 dBm) – 2 km (1.0 dBm/km) – 1 dB [CRM] = PM
13 dBm – 0.5 dBm – 2.5 dBm – 1 dBm – 2 dBm – 1 dBm = PM
PM = 6 dBm
175
The calculated power margin is greater than zero, indicating that the link has sufficient power for
transmission. Also, the power margin value does not exceed the maximum receiver input power.
Refer to the specifications for your receiver to find the maximum receiver input power.
MX10008 Alarm and Management Cable

Specifications and Pinouts
IN THIS SECTION
USB Port Specifications for the MX10008 Router | 177
RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the External Clock Ports | 178
Console Port Connector Pinouts for an MX10008 Router
The console port (labeled CON) on the RCB panel is an RS-232 serial interface that uses an RJ-45
connector to connect to a console management device. The default baud rate for the console port is
9600 baud.
Table 61 on page 176 provides the pinout information for the RJ-45 console connector.
NOTE: If your laptop or PC does not have a DB-9 plug connector pin and you want to connect
your laptop or PC directly to an MX10008 router, use a combination of the RJ-45 cable and
RJ-45 to DB-9 adapter and a USB to DB-9 plug adapter. You must provide the USB to DB-9 plug
adapter.
176
Table 61: Console Port Connector Pinouts for the MX10008 Router
Pin Signal Description
1 RTS Output Request to send
2 DTR Output Data terminal ready
TOD Output for PTP applications Time of day for Precision Time
Protocol (PTP). You can use DTR pins
as a TOD universal asynchronous
receiver/transmitter (UART) by using
breakout cables.
3 TxD Output Transmit data
4 Signal Ground Signal ground
5 Signal Ground Signal ground
6 RxD Input Receive data
7 DCD Input Data carrier detect
TOD Output for PTP applications Time of day for PTP. You can use DCD
pins as a TOD UART by using breakout
cables.
8 CTS Input Clear to send

177
SEE ALSO
USB Port Specifications for the MX10008 Router
The following Juniper Networks USB flash drives have been tested and are officially supported for the
USB port in the MX10008 router:
• RE-USB-1G-S—1-gigabyte (GB) USB flash drive
• RE-USB-2G-S—2-GB USB flash drive
• RE-USB-4G-S—4-GB USB flash drive
CAUTION: Any USB memory product not listed as supported for the MX10008 router
has not been tested by Juniper Networks. The use of any unsupported USB memory
product could expose your device to unpredictable behavior. Juniper Networks
Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) can provide only limited support for issues related to
unsupported hardware. We strongly recommend that you use only supported USB flash
drives.
CAUTION: Remove the USB flash drive before upgrading Junos OS or rebooting an
MX10008 router. Failure to do so could expose your device to unpredictable behavior.
NOTE: USB flash drives used with the MX10008 router must support USB 2.0 or later.
Management Port Connector Pinouts for the MX10008 Router
The 1000BASE-T RJ-45 management ports use an RJ-45 connector to connect either to the control
plane and management network in an MX10008 router, or to a management device for out-of-band
management.
Table 62 on page 178 provides the pinout information of the RJ-45 management port connector.
178
Table 62: RJ-45 Management Port Connector Pinouts for the MX10008 Router
Pin Signal Description
1 TRP1+ Transmit/receive data pair 1
2 TRP1– Transmit/receive data pair 1
SEE ALSO

RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the External Clock Ports
The Routing and Control Board (RCB) contains two RJ-45 connectors for building-integrated timing
supply (BITS) external clock support. Table 63 on page 179 provides the pinout information of the RJ-45
management port connectors
179
Table 63: External Clock Pinouts
Pin Description Direction
A1 PortA, Rx, Ring Input
A2 PortA, Rx, Tip Input
A3 Reserved –
A4 PortA, Rx, Ring Output
A5 PortA, Rx, Tip Output
A6 Reserved –
A7 Reserved –
A8 Reserved –
B1 PortB Rx, Ring Input
B2 PortB Rx, Tip Input
B3 Reserved –
B4 PortB Rx, Ring Output
B5 PortB Rx, Tip Output
B6 Reserved –
B7 Reserved –
180
Table 63: External Clock Pinouts (Continued)
Pin Description Direction
B8 Reserved –
SEE ALSO
Routing and Control Board Components

4 CHAPTER
Initial Installation and Configuration
Unpacking the MX10008 Router and Components | 183
Installing the Mounting Hardware | 193
Installing the MX10008 into a Rack | 195
Mount the Juniper Networks MX10008 Router Using the JNP10004-RMK-4POST

Rack-Mount Kit | 202
Installing the Front Door on an MX10008 | 208
Connecting the MX10008 to Power | 219
Connecting the MX10008 to External Devices | 223

182
MX10008 Installation Overview
The MX10008 is a rigid sheet-metal router-chassis that houses the other hardware components such as
RCBs, Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs), power supplies, fan trays, and line cards. The router chassis ships in a
cardbox box that has a two-layer wooden pallet base. The router chassis is bolted to the pallet base. You
can install an MX10008 router in a standard 19 in. (483 mm) equipment rack by using the supplied rack
mount kit and the flange that is attached to the chassis.
To install the MX10008:
1. Unpack the router following the instructions in "Unpacking the MX10008" on page 183.
2. Mount the chassis in the rack following either the instructions in "Manually Mounting an MX10008
in a 4-Post Rack" on page 198 or in "Mounting an MX10008 in a 4-Post Rack Using a Mechanical
Lift" on page 195.
WARNING: Because of the weight of the chassis, mounting using a mechanical lift is
preferred as the easiest and safest method.
3. Install the line cards following the instructions in "Install an MPC in an MX10008" on page 333.
4. Connect the chassis to earth ground by following the instructions in "Connect the MX10008 to Earth
Ground" on page 219.
5. Connect power to the power supplies following either the instructions in "Connect AC Power to an
MX10008" on page 221 or "Connect DC Power to an MX10008" on page 222.
6. Connect to the network.
• To connect the router to a network for out-of-band management, follow instructions in

"Connecting an MX10008 to a Network for Out-of-Band Management" on page 223.
• To connect the router to a management console, follow instructions in Connect a Device to a

Management Console Using an RJ-45 Connector.
7. Configure the router by following the instructions in "Configuring an MX10008 Router" on page 226.
8. Install optional equipment such as the cable management system. See "Install the Cable Management
System" on page 341.
183

Unpacking the MX10008 Router and Components
IN THIS SECTION
Unpacking the MX10008 | 183
Unpacking Line Cards, RCBs, and Switch Fabric Boards | 185
Comparing the MX10008 Order to the Packing List | 187
Register Products—Mandatory to Validate SLAs | 192
Unpacking the MX10008
After you prepare the installation site as described in "MX10008 Site Preparation Checklist" on page
125, you can unpack the router.
NOTE: The chassis is maximally protected inside the shipping box. Do not unpack it until you are
ready to begin the installation.
Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to unpack the MX10008:
• A 13/32 in. (10 mm) open-end wrench or socket wrench to remove the bracket bolts from the
shipping pallet
• A box cutter or a packing knife to slice open the nylon straps and tape that seal the crate and boxes
The chassis ships in a cardboard box that has a two-layer wooden pallet base with foam cushioning
between the layers. The router chassis is bolted to the pallet base.
184
The shipper has the option to either ship the front panel separately or to ship along with the chassis. If
the front panel arrives with the chassis, set aside the front panel box until you are ready to verify the
contents of the order.
To unpack the chassis (see Figure 60 on page 184):
Figure 60: Shipping Crate and Accessory Box
1. Move the shipping box to a staging area as close to the installation site as possible. While the
chassis is bolted to the pallet, you can use a forklift or pallet jack to move it. Make sure there is
enough space to remove components from the chassis.
2. Position the shipping box with the arrows pointing up.
3. Slice the nylon straps that hold the shipping boxes to the pallet with the box cutter or the packing
knife.
4. Lift the shipping box off the chassis.
5. Remove the cardboard accessory box.
185
6. Remove the foam padding from the top of the box.

7. Remove the plastic cover from the router chassis.
8. Use a 13/32 in. (10 mm) open-end wrench or socket wrench to remove the four sets of bracket
bolts that secure the chassis to the shipping pallet (see Figure 61 on page 185).
Figure 61: Bracket Bolt Removal
9. Unpack the accessory box and lay out the contents so that they are ready for use.
10. Verify that your order includes all appropriate parts. See "MX10008 Components and
Configurations" on page 35 for information about base configurations and redundant
configurations and "Comparing the MX10008 Order to the Packing List" on page 187.
11. Store the brackets and bolts inside the accessory box.
12. Save the shipping box and packing materials in case you need to move or ship the router at a later
time.
Unpacking Line Cards, RCBs, and Switch Fabric Boards
Before you unpack a component:

186
• Ensure that you have taken the necessary precautions to prevent electrostatic discharge (ESD)
damage. See "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage" on page 417.
• Ensure that you know how to handle and store the component. (See "Handling and Storing MX10008
Switch Fabric Boards" on page 315).
Line cards, additional Routing and Control Boards (RCBs), and Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs) components
are field-replaceable units (FRUs) that are shipped separately from the router chassis. The RCBs and line
cards are housed in rigid sheet-metal structures. SFBs have an exposed printed circuit board on one side
and sheet metal on the other. All these components are shipped in a cardboard carton, secured with
packing material.
CAUTION: The components are maximally protected inside the shipping carton. Do not
unpack them until you are ready to install the components in the router chassis.
To unpack an RCB, SFB, or line card, (see Figure 62 on page 186):
1. Move the shipping carton to a staging area as close to the installation site as possible.
2. Position the carton so that the arrows are pointing up.
3. Open the top flaps on the shipping carton.
4. Pull out the packing material that holds the component in place.
5. Remove the component from the electrostatic bag.
6. Save the shipping carton and packing materials in case you need to move or ship the RCB, SFB, or
line card later.
Figure 62: Unpacking a Line Card
1— Foam packing material 2— Paper packaging and electrostatic bag

187
Comparing the MX10008 Order to the Packing List
Use the following procedure to compare the sales order and packing list against the contents of the
chassis shipping crate.
The router chassis shipment includes a packing list. Check the parts you receive in the shipping crate
against the items on the packing list. The packing list specifies the part number and description of each
part in your order.
If any part on the packing list is missing, contact your customer service representative, or contact
Juniper Networks Customer Care from within the U.S. or Canada by telephone at 1-888-314-5822. For
international-dial or direct-dial options in countries without toll-free numbers, see https://
www.juniper.net/support/requesting-support.html.
The following items are shipped separately from the chassis.
• Line cards
• Chassis front panel kit
NOTE: The chassis front panel kit is a spare part and can be shipped along with the chassis or
separately.
• Cable management kit
1. Determine the configuration. The parts shipped depend on the configuration you order.
2. Compare premium redundant configuration orders using Table 64 on page 187.
Table 64: Premium Redundant Configuration Order
Component MX10008 Quantity
Chassis, including power bus 1
Routing and Control Boards 2
Fan tray controllers 2
Fan trays 2
188
Table 64: Premium Redundant Configuration Order (Continued)
Power supplies 6
• JNP10K-PWR-AC
• JNP10K-PWR-AC2, only available on chassis with the enhanced power bus
• JNP10K-PWR-AC3
• JNP10K-PWR-DC
• JNP10K-PWR-DC2, only available on chassis with the enhanced power bus
Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs) 6
Covers in the line card positions 8
Accessory kit (see Table 66 on page 189) 1
Rack mount kit (see Table 67 on page 191) 1
Front panel kit (see Table 68 on page 191 or Table 69 on page 192) 1
Documentation Roadmap Card 1
Compare base configuration orders using Table 65 on page 188.
Table 65: Base Configuration Order
Chassis, including power bus 1
Routing and Control Boards 1

189
Table 65: Base Configuration Order (Continued)
Cover in the RCB slot 1
Fan tray controllers 2
Fan trays 2
Power supplies 3
SFBs 5
Cover in an SFB position 1
Covers in the power supply positions 3
Cover in the line card positions 8
Accessory kit (see Table 66 on page 189) 1
Rack mount kit (see Table 67 on page 191) 1
Front panel kit, lockable (see Table 68 on page 191 or Table 69 on page 192) 1
3. Compare the contents of the accessory kit with Table 66 on page 189.
Table 66: MX10008 Accessory Kit
Component AC Configurations DC Configurations

Quantity Quantity
Warranty card 1 1
190
Table 66: MX10008 Accessory Kit (Continued)
Component AC Configurations DC Configurations

Quantity Quantity
End-user license agreement (EULA) 1 1
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap with cable 1 1
Media kit (flash drives, PCMCIA card adapter) 1 1
Chassis ground lug, 2-hole, 10-32, 6 AWG 1 1
Power cord retainer clips (Premium configuration) 12 —
Power cord retainer clips (Base configuration) 6 —
DC terminal lugs, 2-hole, 10-32, 4 AWG (Premium — 24

configuration)
— 12
DC terminal lugs, 2-hole, 10-32, 4 AWG (Base configuration)
ESD bags 2 2
4. Compare the contents of the rack mount kit with Table 67 on page 191.
191
Table 67: MX10008 Rack Mount Kit
Component Quantity
Phillips flat-head screws, 8-32 x .375 in. 12
Rear brackets 2
Right base bracket 1
Left base bracket 1
5. Compare the contents of JNP10008-FRPNL1 (with air filter) front panel kit with Table 68 on page
191, or JNP10008-FRNT-PNL (without air filter) front panel kit with Table 69 on page 192.
Table 68: MX10008 JNP10008-FRPNL1 Front Panel Kit
Component Quantity
Front panel with air filter 1
Left baffle 1
Right baffle 1
Latch bracket set (two interchangeable latch brackets, one right base bracket, and one left base 1
bracket)
Cable seal set (two seals for the right side and one seal for the left side) 1
Phillips flat-head screws 8

192
Table 69: MX10008 JNP10008-FRNT-PNL Front Panel Kit
Component Quantity
Front panel 1
Side baffles (interchangeable) 2
Latch bracket set (two interchangeable latch 1

brackets, one right base bracket, and one left base
bracket)
Phillips flat-head screws 8
Register Products—Mandatory to Validate SLAs
Register all new Juniper Networks hardware products and changes to an existing installed product using
the Juniper Networks website to activate your hardware replacement service-level agreements (SLAs).
CAUTION: Register product serial numbers on the Juniper Networks website. Update
the installation base data if any addition or change to the installation base occurs or if
the installation base is moved. Juniper Networks is not responsible for not meeting the
hardware replacement service-level agreement for products that do not have registered
serial numbers or accurate installation base data.
Register your product(s) at https://tools.juniper.net/svcreg/SRegSerialNum.jsp.
Update your installation base at https://www.juniper.net/customers/csc/management/
updateinstallbase.jsp.

193
Installing the Mounting Hardware
Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to install the mounting hardware:
• A Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1, 2, or 3, depending on the size of your rack screws
• A Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2, to install the screws that connect the rear and base brackets
• 12 Phillips flat-head screws (provided)
• 14 rack screws appropriate for your rack to attach the mounting hardware to the rack (not provided)
An MX10008 can be installed in a four-post rack or in an open-frame rack. Install the mounting
hardware on the rack before installing the router.
To mount the chassis on a four-post rack, you must first install the mounting hardware in the rack. The
MX10008 and MX10016 routers come with a four-piece set of brackets that supports the chassis in the
rack. This rack mount kit, EX-MOD-RMK-4POST, can be ordered as a spare.
NOTE: An MX10008 cannot be installed in a two-post installation rack.
The main pieces of the rack mount kit are:
• One left base bracket. The bracket is labeled LEFT FRONT on the side of the bracket that faces the
interior of the rack, near the holes for attaching the bracket to the rack.
• One right base bracket. The bracket is labeled RIGHT FRONT on the side of the bracket that faces
the interior of the rack, near the holes for attaching the bracket to the rack.
• Two rear brackets. These brackets are labeled REAR on the side of the bracket that faces the interior
of the rack, near the holes for attaching the bracket to the rack. The rear brackets are
interchangeable; you can use either of the rear brackets with the right or left base bracket.
When you install the base and rear brackets, the adjustable portion of the brackets overlap. Use the
overlap area to adjust the total bracket length to fit any of the four standard rack sizes: 19 in. (483 mm),
23.62 in. (600 mm), 30 in. (762 mm), or 31.5 in. (800 mm).
To install the mounting hardware in a four-post rack:
1. Remove the mounting brackets from the rack mount kit box.
2. Decide where to place the chassis in the rack. If the rack is empty, mount the router in the lowest
possible location. See MX10008 Rack Requirements for the router being installed.
194
3. Position the left base bracket at the desired position in the left side of the rack and line up its front
screw holes with the holes in the rack. Use four mounting screws appropriate for your rack to attach
the left base bracket to the rack.
4. Position one of the rear brackets at the left rear of the rack on the same level as the left base bracket,
so that the rear bracket overlaps with the left bracket. The screw holes for connecting the base and
rear brackets should overlap. Use four mounting screws appropriate for your rack to attach the rear
bracket to the rack.
5. Connect left base bracket and rear brackets (see Figure 63 on page 194):
a. Insert six of the flat-head screws provided with the mounting brackets into the overlapping
bracket holes.
b. Tighten the screws fully (to 12–16 in.-lb torque) using a number 2 Phillips screwdriver.
Figure 63: Mounting Brackets for Four-Post Rack Installation
1— Right and left base brackets 2— Rear brackets
6. Position the right base bracket at the desired position in the right side of the rack opposite the
installed left base bracket, so that it is on the same rack level as the left base bracket. If the right and
left base brackets are not on the same level, the chassis will rest at an angle in the rack instead of
resting flat and level. Line up the right base bracket's front screw holes with the holes in the rack. Use
four mounting screws appropriate for your rack to attach the right base bracket to front of the rack.
7. Position the other rear bracket at the right rear of the rack on the same level as the right base
bracket, so that the rear bracket overlaps with the right base bracket. The screw holes for connecting
the base and rear brackets should overlap. Use four mounting screws appropriate for your rack to
attach the rear bracket to the rack.
195
8. Connect the right base and rear brackets (see Figure 63 on page 194):
a. Insert six of the screws provided with the mounting brackets into the overlapping bracket holes.
b. Tighten the screws fully (to 12–16 in.-lb torque) using a number 2 Phillips screwdriver.
Installing the MX10008 into a Rack
IN THIS SECTION
Mounting an MX10008 in a 4-Post Rack Using a Mechanical Lift
Before you install the router:
• Prepare the site for installation as described in "MX10008 Site Preparation Checklist" on page 125.
• Ensure the site has adequate clearance for both airflow and hardware maintenance as described in
"MX10008 Depth Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance" on page 133.
• Unpack the router as described in "Unpacking the MX10008" on page 183.
• In a four-post rack, install the mounting hardware at the desired position (see "Installing the
Mounting Hardware" on page 193).
• Review chassis lifting guidelines described in "MX10008 Chassis Lifting Guidelines" on page 398.
Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to install the router:
• A mechanical lift rated for 350 lb (158.8 kg)
• 14 mounting screws appropriate for your rack
• A Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2 or number 3, depending on the size of your mounting screws
Because of the router's size and weight, we strongly recommend using a mechanical lift to install the
MX10008.
196
NOTE: For instructions on installing a router without using a mechanical lift, see "Manually
Mounting an MX10008 in a 4-Post Rack" on page 198.
CAUTION: Do not install line cards in the chassis until after you mount the chassis
securely on a rack or cabinet.
CAUTION: Before front-mounting the router on a rack or cabinet, have a qualified

technician verify that the rack or cabinet is strong enough to support the router's
weight and is adequately supported at the installation site.
CAUTION: If you are installing more than one router in a rack or cabinet, install the first
router at the bottom of the rack.
To install the router using a mechanical lift (see Figure 64 on page 197):
1. Ensure that the rack or cabinet is placed in its permanent location and is secured to the building.
Ensure that the installation site allows adequate clearance for both airflow and maintenance. For
details, see "MX10008 Depth Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance" on
page 133.
2. Load the router onto the lift, making sure it rests securely on the lift platform.
197
Figure 64: Loading the MX10008 into a Rack Using a Mechanical Lift
3. Using the lift, align the router in front of the rack, centering it in front of the base brackets.
4. Lift the chassis approximately 0.75 in. (1.9 cm) above the surface of the base brackets. Align the
chassis as close as possible to the base brackets.
5. Carefully slide the chassis onto the adjustable base and rear mounting brackets until the chassis
flanges contact the rack rails. The mounting brackets ensure that the holes in the flanges align with
the holes in the rack rails. See Figure 65 on page 198.
198
Figure 65: Attaching the Chassis Flange to the Rack
6. Move the lift away from the rack.

7. Attach the chassis to the rack by installing a mounting screw through the open flange holes and
rack, starting from the bottom.
8. Visually inspect the alignment of the router. If the router is installed properly in the rack, all the
mounting screws on one side of the rack are aligned with the mounting screws on the opposite side
and the router is level.
9. After ensuring that the router is aligned properly, tighten the screws using a screwdriver.
10. After you install the mounting screws and securely bolt the chassis to the rack, reinstall the
components in the chassis.
Manually Mounting an MX10008 in a 4-Post Rack
Before you install the router:
1. Prepare the site for installation as described in "MX10008 Site Preparation Checklist" on page 125.
2. Ensure the site has adequate clearance for both airflow and hardware maintenance as described in
"MX10008 Depth Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance" on page 133.
3. Unpack the router as described in "Unpacking the MX10008" on page 183.
4. Remove all components except the two fan tray controllers from the chassis. See:
199
• "Removing a Routing and Control Board" on page 233
• "Removing an MX10008 Switch Fabric Board" on page 317
• "Removing an MX10008 Fan Tray" on page 239
• "How to Remove a JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Supply" on page 284 or "How to Remove a JNP10K-
PWR-AC Power Supply" on page 249
5. Install the mounting hardware at the desired position (see "Installing the Mounting Hardware" on
page 193).
6. Review chassis lifting guidelines as described in "MX10008 Chassis Lifting Guidelines" on page 398.
Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to install the router:
• 14 mounting screws appropriate for your rack
• A Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2 or number 3, depending on the size of your rack-mounting
screws
If you cannot use a mechanical lift to install the router (the preferred method), you can install it manually.
CAUTION: The chassis weighs approximately 145 lb (66 kg) with only the fan tray
controllers installed. Lifting the chassis and mounting it in a rack or cabinet requires at
least three people. Make sure the chassis is empty (contains only the backplane) before
you lift it.
The chassis has two handles that are designed for subtle positioning of the chassis. Do
not lift the chassis by the handles.
CAUTION: Before front-mounting the router in a rack, have a qualified technician verify
that the rack is strong enough to support the router's weight and is adequately
supported at the installation site.
To install the router in the rack or cabinet (see Figure 67 on page 201):
CAUTION: If you are installing more than one router in a rack or cabinet, install the first
one at the bottom of the rack. Do not attempt to install a router manually in an upper
position in a rack or cabinet.
1. Ensure that the rack or cabinet is placed in its permanent location and is secured to the building.
2. Align the router in front of the rack or cabinet, centering it in front of the adjustable mounting
brackets. Use a pallet jack if one is available.
200
3. With one person on each side and one person in the rear, hold the bottom of the chassis and
carefully lift it onto the adjustable base and rear brackets installed in a four-post rack. See Figure 66
on page 200.
WARNING: To prevent injury, keep your back straight and lift with your legs, not your
back. Do not twist your body as you lift. Balance the load evenly and be sure that your
footing is firm.
Figure 66: Lifting the MX10008 Without Using a Mechanical Lift
4. Carefully slide the router onto the base and rear mounting brackets until the chassis flanges contact
the rack rails. The mounting brackets ensure that the holes in the flanges align with the holes in the
rack rails. See Figure 67 on page 201.
5. Attach the chassis to the rack by installing a mounting screw through the open flange holes and rack,
starting from the bottom.
201
6. Visually inspect the alignment of the chassis. If the chassis is installed properly in the rack, all the
mounting screws on one side of the rack are aligned with the mounting screws on the opposite side
and the router is level.
7. After ensuring that the router is aligned properly, tighten the screws.
Figure 67: Installing an MX10008 in a 4-Post Rack
After you install the mounting screws and securely bolt the chassis to the rack, reinstall the components
in the chassis. See:
• "Installing an MX10008 Switch Fabric Board" on page 321
• "Installing an MX10008 Fan Tray" on page 242
• "How to Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply" on page 254 or "How to Install a JNP10K-PWR-
DC Power Supply" on page 288
SEE ALSO

202
Mount the Juniper Networks MX10008 Router

Using the JNP10004-RMK-4POST Rack-Mount Kit
You can mount a Juniper Networks MX10008 router in a four-post closed-frame rack or a four-post
open-frame rack by using a rack-mount kit. The rack-mount kit (part number JNP10004-RMK-4POST)
ships with the router by default. This topic explains how to mount the router.
The router chassis weighs approximately 145 lb (66 kg) with only the fan tray controllers installed.
You can mount an MX10008 manually or by using a mechanical lift. Because of the router's size and
weight, we strongly recommend that you use a mechanical lift to mount the MX10008.
If you are mounting the router by using a lift, ensure that you have a mechanical lift rated for 500 lb
(226.8 kg).
If you are mounting the router manually, ensure that at least three people are available to lift the chassis
together.
Before you mount the MX10008 router:
• Prepare the site for installation as described in "MX10008 Site Preparation Overview" on page 125.
• Unpack the router as described in "Unpacking the MX10008 Router and Components" on page 183.
• Review the chassis lifting guidelines in "MX10008 Chassis Lifting Guidelines" on page 398.
Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available:
• Twenty eight rack-mount screws appropriate for your rack. These screws are used to secure the
mounting blades, mounting tray, chassis, and safety restraint to the rack (not provided)
• A Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1, 2, or 3, depending on the size of your rack-mount screws (not
provided)
The rack-mount kit consists of the following components:
• One mounting tray
• Two mounting blades
• One safety restraint
• 12 Phillips 8-32 x .375 in flat-head screws

203
CAUTION: Mount the chassis securely, and then install line cards and other
components in the secured chassis.
CAUTION: Before mounting the router on a rack or cabinet, have a qualified technician
verify that the rack is strong enough to support the router's weight and is adequately
supported at the installation site.
CAUTION: If you are mounting multiple units on a rack, plan to mount the first router at
the bottom of the rack. Mount the heaviest unit at the bottom of the rack. Mount the
other units from the bottom of the rack to the top in decreasing order of weight:
heaviest unit on the bottom, lightest unit at the top.
To mount the router:
1. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD grounding strap around your bare wrist, and connect the
other end to a site ESD point.
2. Attach the mounting blades to the front rack posts by using six rack mount screws appropriate for
your rack and a screwdriver (see Figure 68 on page 203).
Figure 68: Attach the Mounting Blades
3. From the rear of the rack, slide the mounting tray into the rear posts of the rack such that the
mounting blades slide into the grooves on the mounting tray. Attach the tray to the rear rack posts
by using eight rack-mount screws appropriate for your rack (see Figure 69 on page 204).
204
Figure 69: Attach the Mounting Tray
4. Check that the mounting tray is level.

5. Attach the mounting blades to the tray with the 12 Phillips 8-32 x .375 in. flat-head screws (see
Figure 70 on page 204).
Figure 70: Attach the Mounting Blades to the Mounting Tray
6. Mount the router into the rack.

205
If you are mounting the router by using a mechanical lift:
a. Load the router onto the lift, making sure that it rests securely on the lift platform (see Figure 71
on page 205).
Figure 71: Load the MX10008 onto a Mechanical Lift
b. Using the lift, align the router in front of the rack, centering it in front of the mounting tray.
c. Lift the chassis approximately 0.75 in. (1.9 cm) above the surface of the mounting tray. Align the
chassis as close as possible to the mounting tray.
If you are mounting the router manually:
a. Align the router in front of the rack or cabinet, centering it in front of the mounting tray. Use a
pallet jack if one is available.
206
WARNING: To prevent injury, keep your back straight and lift with your legs, not
your back. Do not twist your body as you lift. Balance the load evenly and be sure
that your footing is firm.
CAUTION: If you are mounting more than one router, mount the first one at the
bottom of the rack. Do not attempt to mount a router manually in an upper
position in a rack.
NOTE: The chassis has two handles that are designed for subtle positioning of the
chassis. Do not lift the chassis by the handles.
b. With one person on each side and one person in the rear, hold the bottom of the chassis and
carefully lift it onto the mounting tray (see Figure 72 on page 207).
207
Figure 72: Lift the MX10008 Manually
7. Carefully slide the chassis onto the mounting tray until the chassis flanges contact the rack rails.
The mounting blades ensure that the holes in the chassis flanges line up with the holes in the rack
rails.
8. Starting at the bottom, attach the chassis to the rack by inserting 14 rack mount screws through
each open flange hole and rack hole (see Figure 73 on page 208).
208
Figure 73: Attach the Chassis to the Rack
9. If you used a lift to mount the router, move the lift away from the rack.
10. Check the alignment of the router. The mounting screws on each side of the rack should line up,
and the router should be level. Tighten the screws.
11. Insert the safety restraint between the rear posts of the rack. It should rest on the top of the
chassis and align with the holes in the rack.
12. Attach the restraint to the rack by inserting six mounting screws through each open flange hole and
rack hole. Tighten the screws.
Installing the Front Door on an MX10008
IN THIS SECTION
Before You Begin | 209
Install the Front Door | 209
Install the Air Filter | 216

209
The front door is required on the MX10008 router to protect fiber optic cabling and to provide
additional protection from electromagnetic interference (EMI). The front door can be installed with or
without the optional cable management system.
The front door is available in two models:
• JNP10008-FRNT-PNL, without an air filter
• JNP10008-FRPNL1, with an air filter
Both models are covered in the following procedures.
Before You Begin
Ensure you have the following tools and parts before you begin:
• A Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2
• Front door (provided with the router chassis)
• Right base bracket (provided, interchangeable on JNP10008-FRNT-PNL)
• Left base bracket (provided, interchangeable on JNP10008-FRNT-PNL)
• Latch bracket set (two interchangeable latch brackets, one right base bracket, and one left base
bracket provided)
• Eight Phillips flat-head mounting screws (provided)
• Three cable seals - Two seals for the right side and one for the left side (provided with JNP10008-
FRPNL1)
Install the Front Door
Install the front door on the front of the chassis after you mount the chassis in a 4-post rack. To install
the front door:
1. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD grounding strap around your bare wrist and connect the other
end of the strap to the ESD point on the front of the chassis. See Figure 74 on page 210.
210
Figure 74: ESD Point for MX10008 Chassis Front
1— ESD point
2. Remove the plastic bag that is taped to the front door, which holds the brackets and screws.
3. Attach the right and left base brackets to the bottom front of the chassis. Use the Phillips
screwdriver to attach the base brackets to the lower front of the chassis using four of the supplied
flat-head screws.
NOTE: The base brackets are larger than the latch brackets. The right and left base bracket
cannot be interchanged (see Figure 75 on page 210).
Figure 75: Front Door Mounting Hardware
1— Latch brackets 3— Left base bracket
2— Right base bracket
4. Attach the two latch brackets to the chassis. Screw holes are located for each latch bracket
between the top line card slot and the Routing and Control Boards (RCBs). Use the Phillips
screwdriver to attach two supplied screws for each bracket. See Figure 76 on page 211.
211
Figure 76: Attach Base and Latch Brackets on an MX10008
5. Install the cable seals.
a. Remove the top right mounting screw next to the RCB with the Phillips screwdriver. The
mounting screws attach the chassis flanges to the 4-post rack.
b. Align the hole of the RCB cable seal over the mounting hole in the flange. Fasten the seal and
flange to the rack using the Phillips to tighten the mounting screw.
c. Loosen the five mounting screws next to the line card slots along one side of the chassis.
d. Position the keyhole slots of one of the long cable seal over the mounting screws. The long
cable seals are not interchangeable; there is a right and left seal. Install the seals so that the
keyhole slots are on the inside, next to the line card. See Figure 77 on page 212.
212
Figure 77: Install the Cable Seals
1— RCB cable seal, install on the right of 3— Left cable seal

RCB
2— Right cable seal
e. Slide the keyhole slot down behind the mounting screws and align the cable seals with the
chassis. Tighten the mounting screw with a Phillips screwdriver.
f. Repeat Step 5.c through Step 5.e for the remaining cable seal.
6. If you have not yet installed the line cards, or the optional cable management system, do that now
before attaching the door. See "Install an MPC in an MX10008" on page 333 and "Install the Cable
Management System" on page 341.
7. Set the front door into place.
a. Lift the front door and rest it on the two base brackets.
8. Slide the door back on the bracket glides until it engages on the two ramps.
9. Tilt the door towards the chassis until it is vertical with the chassis. The blue release buttons on the
side of the door click into place. See Figure 78 on page 213 for JNP10008-FRPNL1 front door, or
Figure 79 on page 214 for JNP10008-FRNT-PNL front door.
213
Figure 78: Install JNP10008-FRPNL1 Front Door on an MX10008
1— Blue release button

214
Figure 79: Install JNP10008-FRNT-PNL Front Door on an MX10008
1— Blue release button
10.
NOTE: The number of mounting points to attach the side baffle vary between the two front
door models:
• JNP10008-FRNT-PNL, without an air filter—Two mounting points
• JNP10008-FRPNL1, with an air filter—Three mounting points
Install the side baffles.
a. Align the knobs of the right baffle over the mounting holes on the right side of the front door.
Turn the knobs clockwise to fasten the baffle to the front door. See Figure 80 on page 215 for
JNP10008-FRPNL1 front door, or Figure 81 on page 216 for JNP10008-FRNT-PNL front door.
b. Repeat step 10.a to install the left baffle on the left side of the front door.
215
Figure 80: Install the Side Baffles to JNP10008-FRPNL1 Front Door on an MX10008
216
Figure 81: Install the Side Baffles to JNP10008-FRNT-PNL Front Door on an MX10008
Install the Air Filter
If you have the JNP10008-FRPNL1 model of the front door, there is also an air filter to install. Read and
follow the following procedure to add the air filter.
To install the air filter in the front door:
end of the strap to the ESD point on the front of the chassis. See Figure 82 on page 217.
217
1— ESD point
2. Turn the knob of the air filter frame anti-clockwise and move it over the top of the front door. See
Figure 83 on page 217.
Figure 83: Air Filter Frame in an MX10008 Front Door
1— Air Filter Frame

218
CAUTION: Juniper recommends installing the air filter to prevent harmful debris from
entering the chassis.
3. Hold the air filter with both hands and insert it into the front door until it stops. See Figure 84 on
page 218.
Figure 84: Insert the Air Filter into an MX10008 Front Door
1— Air Filter
4. Move the air filter frame over the front door and turn the knob on the air filter frame clockwise back
in place.
NOTE: You must replace the filter every 6 months.

219
Connecting the MX10008 to Power
IN THIS SECTION
The MX10008 router support both AC and DC power supplies. Additionally, MX10008 routers also
support high-voltage alternating current (HVAC) and high-voltage direct current (HVDC) power supplies.
To connect power to a MX10008 router, refer to the following procedures:
NOTE: Do not mix power supply models in the same chassis in a running environment. DC and
HVDC can coexist in the same chassis during the hot swap of DC for HVDC.
Connect the MX10008 to Earth Ground
To meet safety and electromagnetic interference (EMI) requirements and to ensure proper operation,
you must connect the chassis to earth ground before you connect it to power.
You must install the MX10008 in a restricted-access location and ensure that the chassis is always
properly grounded. The MX10008 has a two-hole protective grounding terminal provided on the
chassis. See Figure 86 on page 221. Under all circumstances, use this grounding connection to ground
the chassis. For AC-powered systems, you must also use the grounding wire in the AC power cord along
with the two-hole grounding lug connection. This tested system meets or exceeds all applicable EMC
regulatory requirements with the two-hole protective grounding terminal.
Before you connect earth ground to the protective earthing terminal of an MX10008, ensure that a
licensed electrician has attached an appropriate grounding lug to the grounding cable. Using a grounding
220
NOTE: Mount your router in the rack before attaching the grounding lug to the router. See
"Installing the MX10008 into a Rack" on page 195.
• An electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap (provided).
• Protective earthing terminal lug (provided).
• Grounding cable for your MX10008 (not provided)—The grounding cable must be 6 AWG (13.3 mm²),
minimum 90° C wire, or as permitted by the local code.
• Grounding lug for your grounding cable (provided)—This bracket attaches to the lower left corner of
the MX10008 router chassis next to PSU 5, providing a protective earthing terminal for the router.
The grounding lug required is a Panduit LCD6-10A-L or equivalent.
• A Phillips screwdriver to tighten the two screws that are mounted on the chassis.
An AC-powered MX10008 gains additional grounding when you plug the power supply in the router
into a grounded AC power outlet by using an AC power cord appropriate for your geographical location.
See "MX10008 Power Cables Specifications" on page 145.
To connect earth ground to an MX10008 chassis:
1. Verify that a licensed electrician has attached the cable lug (provided in the accessory kit) to the
grounding cable.
2. Connect the other end of the grounding cable to a proper earth ground, such as the rack in which the
router is mounted.
3. Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to the ESD grounding point
next to the earthing posts (see Figure 85 on page 220).
Figure 85: ESD Point for the MX10008
1— Grounding point
221
4. Remove the two screws on the chassis using a Phillips screwdriver.

5. Place the chassis grounding lug and cable over the PEM nuts with the cable connection pointing to
the left. See Figure 86 on page 221.
Figure 86: Connecting a Grounding Cable to the MX10008
6. Place the two screws over the grounding lug and grounding cable.
7. Tighten the two 10-32 screws using a Phillips screwdriver applying torque between of 30.1 in.-lb (3.4
N-m) and 42.04 in.-lb (4.75 N-m).
8. Dress the grounding cable and ensure that it does not touch or block access to other device
components and that it does not drape where people could trip over it.
SEE ALSO

Connect AC Power to an MX10008
Before you begin to connect power to the router, be sure you understand how to prevent ESD damage.
See "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage" on page 417.
After you ground the chassis, connect the power supplies, and supply power to the chassis, the system
initiates the power-on sequence. This sequence can start incrementally with a single power supply, but it
is not recommended that you bring up an MX10008 system with at less than three power supplies.
222
To connect AC power to an MX10008 chassis:
1. Connect the chassis to earth ground (see "Connect the MX10008 to Earth Ground" on page 219).
CAUTION: To meet safety and electromagnetic interference (EMI) requirements and to

ensure proper operation, an MX10008 must be adequately grounded before it is
connected to power.
For installations that require a separate grounding conductor to the chassis, use the
protective earthing terminal on the rear panel of the MX10008 to connect to the earth
ground.
An MX10008 gets additional grounding when you plug the power supply in the router
into a grounded AC power outlet by using the AC power cord appropriate for your
geographical location. See "MX10008 Power Cables Specifications" on page 145.
2. Install power supplies in the router and apply power. See "How to Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC Power
Supply" on page 254 or "How to Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply" on page 265.
SEE ALSO

Connect DC Power to an MX10008
Before you begin connecting power to the router, be sure you understand how to prevent electrostatic
discharge (ESD) damage. See "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage" on page 417.
The overall process of bringing up a DC-powered chassis involves the proper cabling of the individual
power supplies, adding the power supplies to the chassis, and supplying power. The power-on sequence
can start incrementally with a single power supply, we recommended that you bring up an MX10008
system with at least three power supplies.
Each power supply input feed must be connected to a dedicated DC power source outlet.
To connect DC power to a JNP10K-PWR-DC power supply, see "How to Install a JNP10K-PWR-DC

Power Supply" on page 288. To connect DC power to a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply, see "How to
Install a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply" on page 304.
223
SEE ALSO


Connecting the MX10008 to External Devices
IN THIS SECTION
Connecting an MX10008 to a Network for Out-of-Band Management
Ensure that you have an appropriate cable available. See "MX10008 Cable Specifications for Console
and Management Connections" on page 169.
You can monitor and manage an MX10008 router using a dedicated management channel. Each
MX10008 Routing and Control Board (RCB) has two management ports: a 10/100/1000BASE-T RJ-45
port for copper connections and a 1-Gigabit SFP port for fiber connections. Use the management ports
to connect the RCB to a network for out-of-band management.
NOTE: You cannot use the management ports to perform the initial configuration of the
MX10008. You must configure the management ports before you can successfully connect to the
MX10008 using these ports. See "Configuring an MX10008 Router" on page 226.
To connect an MX10008 to a network for out-of-band management (see Figure 87 on page 224):
224
1. Connect one end of the cable to one of the two management ports (labeled MGNT) on one of the
RCBs.
2. Connect the other end of the cable to the management device.
Figure 87: Connecting an MX10008 to a Network for Out-of-Band Management
SEE ALSO

Connecting an MX10008 Router to a Management Console
Ensure that you have an RJ-45 to DB-9 rollover cable available.
NOTE: If your laptop or PC does not have a DB-9 plug connector pin and you want to connect
your laptop or PC directly to the MX10008 router, use a combination of the RJ-45 cable and
RJ-45 to DB-9 adapter and a USB to DB-9 plug adapter. You must provide the USB to DB-9 plug
adapter.
225
The MX10008 router has a console port with an RJ-45 connector. Use the console port to connect the
device to a management console or to a console server.
To connect the MX10008 router to a management console (see Figure 88 on page 225 and Figure 89 on
page 226):
1. Connect one end of the Ethernet cable to the console port (labeled CON).
2. Connect the other end of the Ethernet cable into the console server (see Figure 88 on page 225) or
management console (see Figure 89 on page 226).
Figure 88: Connecting the MX10008 Router to a Management Console Through a Console Server
226
Figure 89: Connecting the MX10008 Router Directly to a Management Console
SEE ALSO
Configuring an MX10008 Router
Before you begin connecting and configuring the router, set the following parameter values on the
console server or PC:
• Baud Rate—9600
• Flow Control—None
• Data—8
• Parity—None
• Stop Bits—1
• DCD State—Disregard
You must perform the initial configuration of an MX10008 router through the console port using the
command-line interface (CLI).
To connect and configure the router from the console:
1. Connect the console port to a laptop or PC using the RJ-45 cable and RJ-45 to DB-9 adapter. The
console (CON) port is located on the Routing and Control Board of the router.
227
2. Log in as root. A password is not required to log in as root. If the software boots before you
connected to the console port, you might need to press the Enter key for the prompt to appear.
login: root
3. Start the CLI.
root@% cli
4. Enter configuration mode.
root> configure
5. Add a password to the root administration user account.
[edit]
root@# set system root-authentication plain-text-password
New password: password
Retype new password: password
6. (Optional) Configure the name of the router. If the name includes spaces, enclose the name in
quotation marks (“ ”).
[edit]
root@# set system host-name host-name
7. Configure the default gateway.
[edit]
root@# set routing-options static route default next-hop address
8. Configure the IP address and prefix length for the router management interface.
[edit]
root@# set interfaces em0 unit 0 family inet address address/prefix-length
228
CAUTION: Although the CLI permits you to configure two management Ethernet
interfaces within the same subnet, only one interface is usable and supported.
NOTE: The management ports, em0 (MGMT for RJ-45 connections) and em1 (also labeled
MGMT for fiber connections), are found on the port panel of the RCBs of the MX10008
router.
9. (Optional) Configure the static routes to remote prefixes with access to the management port.
[edit]
root@# set routing-options static route remote-prefix next-hop destination-ip retain no-readvertise
10. Enable Telnet service.
[edit]
root@# set system services telnet
NOTE: When Telnet is enabled, you cannot log in to an MX10008 through Telnet using root
credentials. Root login is allowed only for SSH access.
11. Commit the configuration to activate it on the router.
[edit]
root@# commit

5 CHAPTER
Maintaining Components
Removing and Installing Routing and Control Boards | 232
Removing and Installing MX10008 Cooling System Components | 238
Removing and Installing MX10008 MPC Components | 331
Removing and Installing Transceivers and Fiber-Optic Cables | 344
Removing the MX10008 Router | 352

230
Field-Replaceable Units in an MX10008
Field-replaceable units (FRUs) are router components that you can replace at your site. Routers use
these types of FRUs:
• Hot-insertable and hot-removable—You can remove and replace these components without powering
off the router or disrupting the routing function.
• Hot-pluggable—You can remove and replace these components without powering off the router, but
the routing function is interrupted until you replace the component.
Table 70 on page 230 lists the FRUs and their types for the MX10008 routers.
Table 70: FRUs in an MX10008 Router
FRU Type
Power supplies Hot-insertable and hot-removable.
Fan trays Hot-insertable and hot-removable.
Fan tray controllers Hot-insertable and hot-removable.
Routing and Control Board Redundant configuration:

(RCB)
• Primary RCB is hot-pluggable.
• Backup RCB is hot-insertable and hot-removable.
Base configuration:
• Removal of the RCB causes the router to shut down. You can install a
replacement RCB in the second slot. The system restarts to select a
primary and backup. If necessary, you can switch the primary and backup
using the request chassis routing-engine master switch command.
See "MX10008 Components and Configurations" on page 35.

231
Table 70: FRUs in an MX10008 Router (Continued)
FRU Type
Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs) Hot-insertable and hot-removable.
We recommend that you take the SFBs offline before removing them to avoid
traffic loss while the router fabric is being reconfigured. You can take SFBs
offline by using the request chassis sib (offline | online) slot slot-number
command.
Line cards Hot-insertable and hot-removable.
We recommend that you take line cards offline before removing them. You can
take line cards offline by using the request chassis fpc slot slot-number
offline command.
NOTE: Line cards are not part of the base configuration or redundant
configuration. You must order them separately.
Optical transceivers Hot-insertable and hot-removable.
See "MX10008 Optical Transceiver and Cable Support" on page 168 for the
Junos OS release in which the transceivers were introduced.
NOTE: If you have a Juniper Care service contract, register any addition, change, or upgrade of
hardware components at https://www.juniper.net/customers/support/tools/updateinstallbase/.
Failure to do so can result in significant delays if you need replacement parts. This note does not
apply if you replace an existing component with the same type of component.

232
Removing and Installing Routing and Control Boards
IN THIS SECTION
Handling and Storing Routing and Control Boards | 232
Removing a Routing and Control Board | 233
Handling and Storing Routing and Control Boards
IN THIS SECTION
Holding Routing and Control Boards | 232
Storing Routing and Control Boards | 233
Holding Routing and Control Boards

Pay proper attention to the way you are holding Routing and Control Boards (RCBs). RCBs are installed
horizontally and it is best to hold them by the sides of the units when they are not in the chassis.
To handle and store an RCB properly:
1. Orient the RCB so that the faceplate is toward you.

2. Grasp each side of the unit firmly as you slide the unit out of the chassis.
3. Take care not to strike the unit against any object as you carry it.
CAUTION: Never hold the RCB by the connector edge. The connectors are fragile and
the RCB will not seat properly if the connector is damaged.
4. If you must rest an RCB on an edge, place a cushion between the edge and the surface.
233
CAUTION: Do not stack RCBs on top of one another or on top of any other
component.
5. Place each RCB in an individual antistatic bag or separately on an antistatic mat that is placed on a
flat, stable surface.
Storing Routing and Control Boards

You must store RCBs either in the chassis or in a spare shipping container, horizontally and sheet-metal
side down. Do not stack these units on top of one another or on top of any other component. Place
each unit separately in an antistatic bag or on an antistatic mat placed on a flat, stable surface.
NOTE: Because these units are heavy, and because antistatic bags are fragile, inserting the line
card into the bag is best done by two people.
To insert an RCB into an electrostatic bag:
1. Hold the unit horizontally with the faceplate toward you.

2. Have the second person slide the opening of the antistatic bag over the connector edge and then
pull the bag to cover the unit.
If you must insert an RCB into a bag by yourself:
1. Lay the unit horizontally on an antistatic mat that is on a flat, stable surface with the sheet metal side
down.
2. Orient the unit with the faceplate toward you.
3. Carefully insert the connector edge into the opening of the bag and pull the bag toward you to cover
the unit.
Removing a Routing and Control Board
An MX10008 can have one or two Routing and Control Boards (RCBs), depending on the configuration.
RCBs can be installed in either of the two top slots on the front of the chassis.
In redundant configurations, an RCB is a hot-removable and hot-insertable field-replaceable unit (FRU).

In base configurations, you need to install a second RCB before removing a failing RCB in order to
prevent the router from shutting down. We recommend that you take base systems offline before
replacing the RCB.
234
Before you remove an RCB, ensure that you have the following items:
• An electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap
• An antistatic mat
• Cover panel for the empty slot if you are not replacing the RCB.
CAUTION: In base configurations, removal of the RCB causes the system to shut down.
In redundant configurations, removal of the RCB causes the system to reboot and start
the election process for a new primary.
To remove an RCB:
1. Place an antistatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

2. Use the following CLI commands to take the RCB offline.
user@host>request vmhost power-off other-routing engine

Power-off the vmhost ? (yes,no?
yes
Initiating vmhost shutdown...
warning: Initiating Junos shutdown...
shutdown: [pid 42862]
Shutdown NOW!
user@host>request chassis cb slot slot-number offline
You can use the show chassis environment cb | match State CLI command to verify that the RCB is offline.
user@host>show chassis environment cb | match State

State Online Master
State Offline
3. Wrap and fasten one end of an ESD strap around your bare wrist, and connect the other end of the
strap to the ESD point on the chassis (see Figure 90 on page 235).
235
Figure 90: ESD Point on the Front of an MX10008
1— ESD point
4. Simultaneously rotate the RCB handles counterclockwise to unseat the RCB.

5. Grasp the handles, and slide the RCB about halfway out of the chassis (see Figure 91 on page 235).
Figure 91: Removing a Routing and Control Board
6. Grasp each side of the RCB and slide it completely out of the chassis.
7. Place the RCB on the antistatic mat.
8. If you are not replacing the RCB now, install a cover panel in the empty slot.
Installing a Routing and Control Board
An MX10008 can have one or two Routing and Control Boards (RCBs), depending on the configuration.
RCBs can be installed in either of the two top slots on the front of the chassis.
236
In redundant configurations, an RCB is a hot-removable and hot-insertable field-replaceable unit (FRU).

In base configurations, you need to install a second RCB before removing a failing RCB in order to
prevent the router from shutting down.
Before you install a RCB, ensure that you have an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap.
To install an RCB:
strap to the ESD point on the front of an MX10008 (see Figure 92 on page 236).
1— ESD point
2. Either remove the cover panel from the available RCB slot (see Figure 93 on page 236) or remove the
failing RCB (see "Removing a Routing and Control Board" on page 233).
Figure 93: Removing a Routing and Control Board Cover Panel
3. Remove the new RCB from the electrostatic bag and inspect it for any damage before installing it
into the chassis.
4. Lift the RCB by its sides, being careful not to strike the connectors against any object.
5. Carefully align the sides of the RCB with the guides inside the chassis.
237
6. Slide the RCB into the chassis, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned.
7. Grasp both handles and simultaneously rotate them clockwise until the RCB is fully seated and the
handles are vertical (see Figure 94 on page 237).
The RCB begins the power-on sequence after it is fully seated.
Figure 94: Routing and Control Board Installation
8. To verify that the RCB is functioning normally, check the PWR LED on its faceplate and the
CONTROL BOARDS LED on the status panel. Both LEDs should light steadily shortly after the RCB is
installed. If the PWR LED is blinking yellow, there might be insufficient power available. Ensure that
you have adequate power for the additional unit.
You can also use the the show chassis environment cb command to verify that the RCB is online.
SEE ALSO

238
Removing and Installing MX10008 Cooling System

Components
IN THIS SECTION
An MX10008 router has two independent, field-replaceable fan trays. Fan trays must be replaced within
the duration mentioned in Table 71 on page 238.
Table 71: Replacement Duration for the Fan Tray
Chassis Ambient Temperature Duration
27°C 5 minutes
35°C 3 minutes
40°C 2 minutes
NOTE: When replacing the fans or SFBs at 40°C chassis ambient temperature, ensure that the
fans run at 100% fan speed for at least 10 minutes before replacing the fans or SFBs.
Use the test chassis fan tray 0 speed full-speed and test chassis fan tray 1 speed full-speed
commands to set the chassis fans to 100% speed.
To install or remove the fan trays and fan tray controller, see the following sections:
239
Removing an MX10008 Fan Tray
Before you remove a fan tray:
• Ensure you understand how to prevent ESD damage. See "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge
Damage" on page 417.
• Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to remove a fan tray:
• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap
• Replacement fan tray
• A Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1 or 2 (optional), for the captive screws
An MX10008 has two independent, field-replaceable fan trays. Each fan tray is a hot-removable and
hot-insertable field-replaceable unit (FRU); you can remove and replace the fan tray while the router is
running without turning off power to the router or disrupting routing functions. There are two models of
the fan tray, JNP10008-FAN and JNP10008-FAN2.
CAUTION: Do not remove the fan tray unless you have a replacement fan tray
available.
Each fan tray is installed vertically on the rear, or FRU-side, of the chassis.
CAUTION: A fan tray can be removed and replaced while the router is operating. Fan
trays must be replaced within the duration mentioned in Table 71 on page 238.
To remove either the JNP10008-FAN or the JNP10008-FAN2 fan tray:
1. Attach the electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
the ESD point on the rear left side of the chassis. See Figure 95 on page 239.
Figure 95: ESD Point on the Rear of an MX10008

240
1— ESD point
2. Loosen the four captive screws either by unscrewing with your thumb and forefinger or by using a
Phillips screwdriver.
3. Grasp the top and bottom handles and pull the fan tray out about 3 in. (7.6 cm). See Figure 96 on
page 240 and Figure 97 on page 241.
Figure 96: Removing Fan Tray JNP10008-FAN from an MX10008

241
Figure 97: Removing Fan Tray JNP10008-FAN2 from an MX10008
4. Tilt the top of the fan tray forward.
CAUTION: See the heat symbol
on the fan tray. The fan handle and its surfaces including the power supply handles
may be hot. Wear proper protective, heat-resistant gloves while removing the fan tray.
5. Using both hands, lift the fan tray out of the slot and rest it on a flat surface with the handles to the
side.
242
CAUTION: Fan trays must be replaced within the duration mentioned in Table 71 on
page 238.
SEE ALSO

Installing an MX10008 Fan Tray
Before you begin to install a fan tray:
Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to install a fan tray:
• A Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1 or 2 (optional), for the captive screws
• A replacement fan tray
CAUTION: The fan tray can be removed and replaced while the router is operating. Fan
trays must be replaced within the duration mentioned in Table 71 on page 238.
An MX10008 chassis has two independent, field-replaceable fan trays. Each fan tray is a hot-removable
and hot-insertable field-replaceable unit (FRU); you can remove and replace the fan tray while the router
is running without turning off power to the router or disrupting routing functions. There are two models
of the fan tray, JNP10008-FAN and JNP10008-FAN2.
Each fan tray is installed vertically on the rear, or FRU-side, of the chassis.
To install either the JNP10008-FAN or the JNP10008-FAN2 fan tray:
1. Attach the ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to the ESD point on the
rear left side of the chassis (see Figure 98 on page 243).
243
1— ESD point
2. Grasp the top and bottom fan tray handles and align the bottom of the fan tray with the bottom of
the fan tray slot.
3. Rest the bottom edge of the fan tray in the slot and slide the fan tray into place so it is fully seated.
4. Tighten the captive screws until finger tight. See Figure 99 on page 243 or Figure 100 on page 244.
Figure 99: Installing Fan Tray JNP10008-FAN in an MX10008

244
Figure 100: Installing Fan Tray JNP10008-FAN2 in an MX10008
SEE ALSO

Removing an MX10008 Fan Tray Controller
For each of the two fan trays, there is a fan tray controller. Each controller is a hot-removable and hot-
insertable field-replaceable unit (FRU); you can remove and replace one fan tray controller while the
router is running without turning off power to the router or disrupting routing functions. There are two
models of fan tray controller for the MX10008:
• JNP10008-FAN-CTRL, which supports fan tray JNP10008-FAN

245
• JNP10008-FTC2, which supports fan tray JNP10008-FAN2
See Figure 101 on page 245 for JNP10008-FAN-CTRL and Figure 102 on page 245.
Figure 101: JNP10008-FAN-CTRL
Figure 102: JNP10008-FTC2
CAUTION: Do not remove the fan tray controller unless you have a replacement
controller available.
To access a fan tray controller, you must first remove the fan tray. With the fan tray removed, the fan
tray controller is installed horizontally above the Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs) at the top of the chassis.
Before you remove a fan tray controller:
Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to remove a fan tray controller:
246
• An electrostatic bag or an antistatic mat
• Replacement fan tray controller
• A Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1, for the captive screws
All models of fan controller are removed using the same procedure.
1. Remove the fan tray. See "Removing an MX10008 Fan Tray" on page 239.
2. Loosen the two captive screws on each side of the fan tray controller.
3. Grasp the fan tray controller and pull it straight out of the slot. See "Removing an MX10008 Fan Tray
Controller" on page 244 for the MX10008.
Figure 103: Removing an MX10008 Fan Tray Controller
4. Place the fan tray controller in an electrostatic bag or on an antistatic mat.
Installing an MX10008 Fan Tray Controller
Each fan tray of an MX10008, has a fan tray controller. Each controller is a hot-removable and hot-
insertable field-replaceable unit (FRU); you can remove and replace one fan tray controller while the
router is running without turning off power to the router or disrupting routing functions. There are two
models of fan tray controller for the MX10008, JNP10008-FAN-CTRL and JNP10008-FTC2, see Figure
104 on page 247 and Figure 105 on page 247.
247
Figure 104: JNP10008-FAN-CTRL
Figure 105: JNP10008-FTC2
CAUTION: Do not remove the fan tray controller unless you have a replacement
controller available.
To access a fan tray controller, you must first remove the associated fan tray. With the fan tray removed,
the fan tray controller is installed horizontally above the Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs) at the top of the
chassis.
Before you replace a fan tray controller:
• You have removed the associated fan tray and fan tray controller. See "Removing an MX10008 Fan
Tray" on page 239 and "Removing an MX10008 Fan Tray Controller" on page 244.
Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to install a fan tray controller:

248
• Replacement fan tray controller
• A Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1 for the captive screws
To install a fan tray controller:
1. Remove the replacement fan tray controller from the electrostatic bag.
2. Carefully slide the fan tray controller into the fan tray controller slot until it is flush with the
mounting holes. See Figure 106 on page 248.
Figure 106: Replacing an MX10008 Fan Tray Controller
3. Using a Phillips screwdriver, tighten the captive screws for the fan tray controller.
4. Replace the fan tray. See "Installing an MX10008 Fan Tray" on page 242.
Removing and Installing MX10000 Power System

Components
IN THIS SECTION
How to Remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply | 261

249
How to Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply | 265
Remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply | 272
Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply | 276
How to Remove a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply | 300
How to Install a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply | 304
MX10008 and MX10016 routers support both AC and DC power supplies. Additionally, MX10000
routers support high-voltage alternating current (HVAC) or high-voltage direct current (HVDC) power
supplies. To install and remove the power supplies in a MX10008 router or a MX10016 router, refer to
the following sections.
How to Remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply
Before you remove an JNP10K-PWR-AC power supply from the chassis:
Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC power
supply from an MX10008 router:
• Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1
• Replacement power supply or a cover panel for the power supply slot
The JNP10K-PWR-AC power supply in an MX10008 router is a hot-removable and hot-insertable field-
replaceable unit (FRU). You remove all power supplies from the rear of the chassis.
CAUTION: Before you remove a power supply, ensure that you have power supplies
sufficient to power the router left in the chassis. See "Power Requirements for an
MX10008 Router" on page 136.
250
CAUTION: Do not leave the power supply slot empty for a long time while the router is
operational. Either replace the power supply promptly or install a cover panel over the
empty slot.
To remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC power supply from an MX10008 router:
1. Attach the electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
the ESD point on the chassis. There is an ESD point located next to the protective earthing terminal
and below PSU 5 on the MX10008 rear panel (see Figure 107 on page 250) and below PSU_9 on the
MX10016 (see Figure 108 on page 251).
1— ESD point
251
Figure 108: ESD Point on MX10016 Chassis Rear
1— ESD point
2. Set the Enable switch next to the appliance inlet on the power supply to the standby position.
3. Disconnect power from the router by performing one of the two following tasks:
• If the AC power source outlets have a power switch, set them to the off (Ο) position.
• If the AC power source outlets do not have a power switch, gently pull the plug end of the power
cords connected to the power source outlets out of the outlets.
4. Remove the power cords from the AC inlet on the AC power supply faceplate.
5. Turn the adjustment nut of the power cord retainers counterclockwise until you can see the power
cord. Pull the power cord from the slot in the adjustment nuts.
6. Unscrew the captive screw counterclockwise by using the Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1. See
Figure 109 on page 252 and Figure 110 on page 253.
8. Taking care not to touch the power supply output connections, pins, leads, or solder connections,
place one hand under the power supply to support it. Grasp the power supply handle with your other
hand and pull the power supply completely out of the chassis.
CAUTION: Do not bump the output connections. If the connection hits a solid object,
it could damage the power supply.
252
. The power supply surfaces are hot. Allow a few minutes for the power supply to cool
by pulling the power supply halfway out of the chassis, or wear protective, heat-
resistant gloves while removing the power supply.
9. If you are not replacing the power supply, install the cover panel over the slot by inserting your
thumb and forefinger into the finger holes, squeezing and pulling the cover out of the slot.
Figure 109: Removing a JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply from an MX10008

253
Figure 110: Removing a JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply from an MX10016
NOTE: Ensure that the ejector is fully open to avoid scratching the chassis.
SEE ALSO

254
How to Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply
Before you install a JNP10K-PWR-AC power supply in the router:
• If the AC power source outlets have a power switch, set them to the off (O) position.
Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to install an AC power supply:
• Power cords appropriate for your geographical location. See "MX10008 Power Cables Specifications"
on page 145.
• Power cord retainer clips
The JNP10K-PWR-AC power supply in an MX10008 chassis or a MX10016 chassis is a hot-insertable

and hot-removable field-replaceanble unit (FRU). You can install up to 6 power supplies in an MX10008
and 10 in a MX10016 router chassis. All power supplies install in the rear of the chassis in the slots
provided along the left side.
CAUTION: Do not mix AC and DC power supplies in the same chassis.
NOTE: See the heat symbol
. Wear heat-resistant hand gloves while accessing the fan tray and power supply.
To install a JNP10K-PWR-AC power supply in an MX10008 or an MX10016:
1. Attach the electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap
to the ESD point on the chassis. There is an ESD point located next to the protective earthing
terminal and below PSU 5 on the MX10008 rear panel (see Figure 111 on page 255) or below
PSU_9 on the MX10016 (see Figure 112 on page 255).
255
1— ESD point
1— ESD point
2. If the power supply slot has a cover on it, insert your thumb and forefinger into the finger holes,
squeeze and pull the cover out of the slot. Save the cover for later use. See Figure 113 on page 256
for removal on an MX10008 and Figure 114 on page 256 for the MX10016.
256
Figure 113: Removing the Power Supply Cover on an MX10008
Figure 114: Removing the Power Supply Cover on a MX10016
5. Ensure the power switch is set to the standby (O) position. This switch turns off the output voltage;
it does not interrupt AC supply.
number 1.
257
7. Rotate the captive screw away from the faceplate of the power supply to release the latch. You can
install the power supplies in any slot labeled PSU 0 through PSU 5 (top to bottom) on an MX10008
and PSU 0 through PSU 9 on a MX10016.
8. Using both hands, place the power supply in the power supply slot on the rear of the system.
9. Slide the power supply straight into the chassis until the power supply is fully seated in the slot.
Ensure the power supply faceplate is flush with any adjacent power supply faceplates or power
supply covers (see Figure 115 on page 257 and Figure 116 on page 258).
Figure 115: Installing a JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply in an MX10008
258
Figure 116: Installing a JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply in an MX10016
12. Manually load balance the power supplies as you attach each power cable to a dedicated AC power
source outlet. To load balance, route the power cables to alternate between power sources. The
JNP10K-PWR-AC does not share power; all power comes into INP1 (lower receptacle) and only
uses INP2 (top receptacle) at fail over. See Figure 117 on page 259 for MX10008 and Figure 118
on page 259
259
Figure 117: Proper Load Balancing for JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Cables on MX10008
Figure 118: Proper Load Balancing for JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Cables on MX10016
260
WARNING: Ensure that the power cords do not block access to router components
or drape where people can trip on them.
13. Squeeze the two sides of the power cord retainer clip and insert the ends of the clip into the holes
in the bracket on each side of the AC appliance inlets on the AC power supply faceplate. See Figure
119 on page 260.
14. Locate two power cords shipped with the router; the cords have plugs appropriate for your
geographical location.
15. Insert the power cord coupler into the power supply.
Each AC power supply has two independent 16 A rated AC inlets on the faceplate. Each inlet must
be connected to a dedicated AC power feed to achieve 2n source redundancy. If redundancy is not
a requirement, use the default input INP1 for a single connection.
16. Fasten the cord retainer by lowering the clip over the cord and pushing the cord into the
adjustment nut of the cord retainer. Rotate the nut until it is tight against the base of the cord. See
Figure 119: Power Cord and Retainer Clip
1— Enable switch for INP1 appears as INP0 in 2— Enable switch for INP2 appears as INP1 in
output. output.
17. If the AC power source outlets have a power switch, set them to the on (|) position.
261
18. Move the enable switches for input 1 and input 2 to the ON position.
SEE ALSO

How to Remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply
Before you remove an JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply from the chassis:
Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power
supply from an MX10000 router:
• Heat protective gloves able to withstand temperatures of 158°F (70°C)
The JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply in an MX10008 or an MX10016 chassis is a hot-removable and

hot-insertable field-replaceable unit (FRU). You remove all power supplies from the rear of the chassis.
WARNING: Protect yourself from severe burns by wearing heat-protective gloves when
removing a working JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply from the chassis. These power
supplies can reach 158°F (70°C ).
262
MX10008 Router" on page 136.
empty slot.
To remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply from an MX10000 router:
terminal and below PSU 5 on the MX10000 rear panel (see Figure 120 on page 262) and below
1— ESD point
263
1— ESD point
2. Flip the power | switch next to the appliance inlet on the power supply to the standby position.
3. If the AC or DC power source outlets have a power switch, set them to the OFF position.
4. Disconnect the Anderson connectors from each input on the JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply
faceplate.
264
Figure 122: Removing a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 from an MX10008 Chassis
Figure 123: Removing a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 from an MX10016 Chassis
7. Put on your heat protective gloves before removing the power supply from the chassis.
265
place one hand under the power supply to support it. Grasp the power supply handle with your
other hand and pull the power supply completely out of the chassis.
CAUTION: Do not bump the output connections. If the connection hits a solid
object, it could damage the power supply.
9. Place the JNP10K-PWR-AC2 on an antistatic surface to completely cool before placing the power
supply in an antistatic bag for storage.
10. If you are not replacing the power supply, install the cover over the slot by inserting your thumb
and forefinger into the finger holes, squeezing and pulling the cover out of the slot. Do not run the
chassis without a power supply or cover in place.
How to Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply
The JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply in an MX10008 or an MX10016 chassis is a hot-insertable and

hot-removable field-replaceable unit (FRU). You can install up to 6 AC power supplies in a MX10008 and
10 in a MX10016 router chassis. All power supplies install in the rear of the chassis in the slots provided
along the left side.
CAUTION: Do not mix AC and DC power supplies in the same running chassis. You may
have both JNP10K-PWR-AC and JNP10K-PWR-AC2 in the same chassis while
swapping out one type of power supply for the other.
removing a running JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply from the chassis. The power
supply can reach 158°F (70°C).
Before you install a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply in the chassis:
Ensure that you have followed all safety warnings and cautions:
• If the AC or DC power source outlets have a power switch, set them to the off (O) position.
Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to install an JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power
supply:
266
• Power cables appropriate for your geographical location (for low-voltage installations) or input
amperage (for high-voltage installations). See "MX10008 Power Cables Specifications" on page 145.
HVAC and HVDC connectors and lugs must be installed by a qualified electrician before installation.
To install a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply in an MX10008 or an MX10016:
terminal and below PSU5 on the MX10008 rear panel (see Figure 124 on page 266) or below PSU9
on the MX10016 (see Figure 125 on page 267).
1— ESD point
267
1— ESD point
2. If the power supply slot has a cover on it, insert your thumb and forefinger into the finger holes,
squeeze, and pull the cover out of the slot. Save the cover for later use. See Figure 126 on page
267 for removal on a MX10008 and Figure 127 on page 268 for the MX10016.

268
it does not interrupt input power.
number 1.
bottom) on an MX10008, and PSU 0 through PSU 9 on a MX10016.
the power supply straight into the chassis until the power supply is fully seated in the slot. Ensure
the power supply faceplate is flush with any adjacent power supply faceplates or power supply
covers (see Figure 128 on page 269 and Figure 129 on page 269).
269
Figure 128: Installing JNP10K-PWR-AC2 in an MX10008
Figure 129: Installing a JNP10K-PWR-AC2 in an MX10016

270
11. Attach each power cable to a dedicated power (A and B). The JNP10K-PWR-AC2 only requires that
each power supply be connected to a separate source. See Figure 130 on page 270 for some
possible cabling combinations for MX10008 and Figure 131 on page 271 for MX10016.
Figure 130: Proper Load Balancing for JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Cables on MX10008
271
Figure 131: Proper Load Balancing for JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Cables on MX100016
12. For each power cable, insert the end of the cable with the Anderson connector into the JNP10K-
PWR-AC2 power supply module. The connector snaps and locks the cable into position.
13. If the AC or DC power source outlets have a power switch, set them to the on (|) position.
14. Set the three DIP switches to set the inputs and whether the power supply is running at 3000 W,
Set both enable switches to the on position when using both source inputs; power is shared
equally. When not using source redundancy, set the unused source to the O (off) position. The LED
turns red and indicates an error if a source input is not in use and the enable switch is | (on).
272
Table 72: Setting the JNP10K-PWR-AC2 DIP Switches
Switch State Field
Off INP1 is not present
Off INP2 is not present
3 On Enabled for 30 A feed; 5500-W for a single feed, 5000-W for dual
feeds
Off Enabled for 20 A feed; power supply capacity is 3000-W
Remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply
Before you remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply from the chassis:
• Ensure that you understand how to prevent ESD damage. See "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge
• Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available:
• Heat-protective gloves able to withstand temperatures of 158°F (70°C)
• Replacement power supply or a cover for the power supply slot

273
removing a working JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply from the chassis. These power
supplies can reach temperatures between 158°F and 176°F (70°C to 80°C) under
running conditions.
sufficient to power the router left in the chassis. See Power Requirements for MX10008
Components in a JNP10008-SF Fabric.
operational. Either replace the power supply promptly or install a ABPM or a cover over
the empty slot.
To remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply from a MX10008 router:
end of the strap to an ESD point on the chassis. There is an ESD point located next to the
protective earthing terminal and below PSU 5 on the rear of the MX10008 (see Figure 132 on page
273).
Figure 132: ESD Point on the Rear of the MX10008
1— ESD point
2. Flip the power (|) switch next to the appliance inlet on the power supply to the standby position
(O).
3. If the AC power source outlets have a power switch, set them to the off (O) position.
274
4. Remove the retainers using a #1 Philips screw driver and detach the power cords from the PSU.
Figure 133: Detach the Power Cords from JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply
5. Unscrew and remove the retainers, remove the power cord from the PSU, and disconnect the
IEC320-C21 connectors from each input on the JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply faceplate.
275
Figure 134: Remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply from a MX10008
8. Wear heat protective gloves before you remove the power supply from the chassis.
place one gloved-hand under the power supply to support it. Grasp the power supply handle with
your other hand and pull the power supply completely out of the chassis.
CAUTION: Do not bump the output connections. If the connection hits a solid
object, it could damage the power supply.
10. Place the JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply on an antistatic surface to completely cool before
placing the power supply in an antistatic bag for storage.
11. Install the replacement JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply.
276
CAUTION: Use the same type of power supply in all slots. Do not mix power supply
models in a production chassis.
Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply
CAUTION: Use the same type of power supply in all slots. Do not mix power supply
models in a production chassis. The only time you are allowed to have two models
concurrently running in a system is when you are in the process of swapping out all
JNP10K-PWR-AC power supplies with all JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supplies.
removing a running JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply from the chassis. The power
supply can reach temperatures between 158° F to 176° F (70° C to 80° C) under
running conditions.
Before you install a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply in the chassis:
• Ensure that you have followed all safety warnings and cautions.
• Ensure that you understand how to prevent ESD damage. See "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge
• If the AC power source outlets have a power switch, set them to the off (O) position. Ensure that you
have the following parts and tools available to install the JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply:
• Power cables appropriate for your geographical location (for low-voltage installations) or input
amperage (for high-voltage installations). See No Link Title.
To install a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply in a MX10008:
end of the strap to an ESD point on the chassis. There is an ESD point located next to the
protective earthing terminal and below PSU 5 on the rear of the MX10008 (see Figure 132 on page
273).
277
Figure 135: ESD Point on the Rear of the MX10008
1— ESD point
2. Taking care not to touch power supply connections; remove the power supply from its bag.
3. Ensure that the power switch is set to the standby (O) position. This switch turns off the output
voltage; it doesn’t interrupt input power.
number 1.
bottom) on a MX10008.
the power supply straight into the chassis until the power supply is fully seated in the slot. Ensure
that the power supply faceplate is flush with any adjacent power supply faceplates or power supply
covers (see "Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply" on page 276).
278
Figure 136: Install a JNP10K-PWR-AC3
9. Attach each power cable to a dedicated power source (A0, B0, A1, and B1). The JNP10K-PWR-AC3
only requires that each power supply be connected to a separate source.
a. When installing the right angle power cords, the left column of inputs (A0 and B0) should be
connected first. After connecting the A0 and/or B0 inputs, secure the plugs using the retainer
(SKU#540-175625) for the A0 plug and retainer (SKU#540-175626) for the B0 plug. The
retainers are attached to the PSU faceplate with a single captive fastener using a #1 Philips
screws drive. See Figure 137 on page 279.
279
Figure 137: Plug Retainers for A0 and B0 Inputs
b. Next connect the right column of inputs (A1 and B1). After connecting the A1 and/or B1 inputs,
secure the plugs using the retainers (SKU#540-175627). The right column plug retainer is
attached to the PSU faceplate with two captive screws using a #1 Philips screwdriver. See
Figure 138: Plug Retainers for A1 and B1 Inputs
a. If you want to use straight power cords, you may connect the straight power cords in any order.
After connecting the straight power cords, secure the plugs with the retainer
(SKU#540-175624). The retainer is attached to the PSU faceplate with three captive fasteners
using a #1 Philips screw driver. See Figure 139 on page 280
280
Figure 139: Connecting Straight Power Cords
NOTE: Installing baffle is optional, and only to be used when you want to redirect the air
flow from the left side of the PSU to the rear of the router. This ensures NEBs compliance.
The baffle should be installed before the power supply is inserted int the router. See Figure
140 on page 280
Figure 140: Installing Baffle in JNPR10K-PWR-AC3
10. For each power cable, insert the end of the cable with C21 connector into the JNP10K-PWR-AC3
power supply. Use the retainers to keep the power cord in its place in the power supply. See Figure
141 on page 281
281
Figure 141: Installing a JNPR10K-PWR-AC3 using RA Power Cords with Baffle
11. If the AC power source outlets have a power switch, set them to the On (|) position.
12. Set the five DIP switches to set the inputs and whether the power supply is running at 3000 W,
Table 73: DIP Switch Settings for JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply
INP-A0 INP-A1 INP-B0 INP-B1 Switch 4 (High Input Output Power

(Switch 0) (Switch 1) (Switch 2) (Switch 3) 20 A/
Low Input 15 A)
15-A
Off Off Off On Off (15 A) 2500 W
Off Off On Off Off (15 A) 2500 W

282

Low Input 15 A)
Off Off On On Off (15 A) 5000 W
Off On Off Off Off (15 A) 2500 W
Off On Off On Off (15 A) 5000 W
Off On On On Off (15 A) 7500 W
Off On On Off Off (15 A) 5000 W
On Off Off Off Off (15 A) 2500 W
On Off Off On Off (15 A) 5000 W
On Off On Off Off (15 A) 5000 W
On Off On On Off (15 A) 7500 W
On On Off Off Off (15 A) 5000 W
On On Off On Off (15 A) 7500 W
On On On Off Off (15 A) 7500 W
On On On On Off (15 A) 7800 W
20-A
Off Off Off On On (20 A) 3000 W

283

Low Input 15 A)
Off Off On Off On (20 A) 3000 W
Off Off On On On (20 A) 6000 W
Off On Off Off On (20 A) 3000 W
Off On Off On On (20 A) 6000 W
Off On On Off On (20 A) 6000 W
Off On On On On (20 A) 7800 W
On Off Off Off On (20 A) 3000 W
On Off Off On On (20 A) 6000 W
On Off On Off On (20 A) 6000 W
On Off On On On (20 A) 7800 W
On On Off Off On (20 A) 6000 W
On On Off On On (20 A) 7800 W
On On On Off On (20 A) 7800 W
On On On On On (20 A) 7800 W
13. If the AC power source outlet has a power switch, turn it off before plugging in the AC power cord
to the power outlet.
284
14. Verify that the INP A0, INP A1, INP B0, and INP B1 LEDs on the power supply faceplate are lit and
are On steadily.
15. Press the power switch to the On (|) position.
How to Remove a JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Supply
Before you remove a DC power supply from the router:
Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to remove a JNP10K-PWR-DC power
supply:
• Phillips (+) screwdriver, numbers 1 and 2
• 13/32 in. (10 mm) nut driver or socket wrench
• Replacement power supply or a cover for the power supply slot
The JNP10K-PWR-DC power supply in an MX10008 and in an MX10016 chassis is a hot-removable

and hot-insertable field-replaceable unit (FRU). You remove DC power supplies from the rear of the
chassis.
CAUTION: Before you remove a power supply, ensure that sufficient power supplies
are left in the chassis to power the router (see "Power Requirements for an MX10008
Router" on page 136).
WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, ensure that power is removed

from the DC circuit. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the
panel board that services the DC circuit, router the circuit breaker to the OFF position,
and tape the router handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.
empty slot.
To remove a JNP10K-PWR-DC power supply from an MX10000 router:

285
Figure 142: ESD Point on an MX10008 Chassis Rear
1— ESD point
1— ESD point
2. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cables leads is 0 V and that there is no
chance that the cable leads might become active during the removal process.
3. Ensure the black power supply output switch, to the right of the captive screw, is set to the standby
position.
286
4. Unscrew the captive screw counterclockwise by using the Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1.
5. Rotate the captive screw away from the faceplate of the power supply to release the latch. See
Figure 144: Removing a JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Supply from an MX10008

287
Figure 145: Removing a JNP10K-PWR-DC Supply from an MX10016
6. Taking care not to touch power supply components, pins, leads, or solder connections, place one
hand under the power supply to support it. Grasp the power supply handle with your other hand
and pull the power supply completely out of the chassis.
288
. The power supply surfaces are hot. Allow a few minutes for the power supply to
cool by pulling the power supply halfway out of the chassis, or wear heat-resistant
gloves while removing the power supply.
7. If you are not replacing the power supply, install the cover panel over the slot.
a. Insert your thumb and forefinger into the finger holes of the cover panel.
b. Squeeze and place the cover in the slot.
c. Release your fingers and the cover remains in the slot.

8. Remove the plastic cable cover that shields the DC power input terminal studs counterclockwise by
using the number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver.
9. Unscrew the nuts counterclockwise using the 13/32 in. (10 mm) nut driver or socket wrench from
the input terminal studs.
10. Remove the cable lugs from the input terminal studs.
SEE ALSO
How to Install a JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Supply
Before you install a JNP10K-PWR-DC power supply in the chassis, ensure that you have followed all
safety warnings and cautions:

289
CAUTION: Before you connect power to the router, a licensed electrician must attach a
cable lug to the grounding and power cables that you supply. A cable with an incorrectly
attached lug can damage the router (for example, by causing a short circuit).
CAUTION: Do not mix AC and DC power supplies in the same chassis.

ensure proper operation, you must connect MX10000 routers to earth ground before
you connect them to power. For installations that require a separate grounding
conductor to the chassis, use the protective earthing terminal on the router chassis to
connect to earth ground. For instructions on connecting an MX10000 router to ground
using a separate grounding conductor, see "Connect the MX10008 to Earth Ground" on
page 219.
NOTE: Each battery return of the DC power supply must be connected as an isolated DC return
(DC-I).
• Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to install a JNP10K-PWR-DC power
supply:
• DC power source cables (not provided) with the cable lugs (provided) attached
The provided terminal lugs in an MX10000 are sized for either4 AWG (21.1 mm2) or 6 AWG (13.3
mm2) power source cables. When running all JNP10K-PWR-DC power supply modules in the
chassis, the DC power source cables that you provide must be 6 AWG (13.3 2) mm²) stranded wire
We recommend that you install heat-shrink tubing insulation around the crimped section of the
power cables and lugs.
NOTE: If you upgrade the JNP10K-PWR-DC to a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 and set the input
mode to high (80-A), you must use 4 AWG (21.1 mm²) stranded wire.
290
NOTE: See the heat symbol
. Wear heat-resistant gloves while accessing the fan tray and power supply.
• Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2
• Multimeter
The JNP10K-PWR-DC power supply in an MX10008 and MX10016 chassis is a hot-removable and hot-
insertable field-replaceable unit (FRU). You can install up to 6 JNP10K-PWR-DC power supplies in an
MX10008 router chassis and 10 in an MX10016 router chassis. All power supplies install in the rear of
the chassis in the slots along the left side of the chassis.
To install a JNP10K-PWR-DC power supply in an MX10000:
PSU_9 on the MX10016 rear panel (see Figure 147 on page 291).
1— ESD point
291
1— ESD point
2. Taking care not to touch power supply components, pins, leads, or solder connections, remove the
power supply from its bag.
. The power supply surfaces are hot. Allow a few minutes for the power supply to
cool by pulling the power supply halfway out of the chassis, or wear heat-resistant
gloves while removing the power supply.
it does not interrupt DC.
5. Remove the plastic cable cover from the DC power input terminals by using the
Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2, to loosen the screws (see Figure 148 on page 292).
292
Figure 148: Removing the Plastic Cable Cover on an MX10008 DC Power Supply
6. Remove the nuts from each DC power input terminal, using the 13/32 in. (10 mm) nut driver or
socket wrench to loosen the nuts.
7. Ensure that the power source circuit breaker is open so that the voltage across the DC power
source cable leads is 0 V and that the cable leads do not become active while you are connecting
DC power.
8. Install a power lug on each DC power cable. Ensure the lug meets the double hole standard lug
terminal for 4 AWG wire. The lugs should be dual, 1/4 in. spaced 5/8 in. apart. The terminal must
accommodate double hole standard lug terminal for 4 AWG or larger wire.
9. Verify that the DC power cables are correctly labeled before making connections to the power
supply.
In a typical power distribution scheme where the return is connected to chassis ground at the
battery plant, you can use a multimeter to verify the resistance of the –48V and RTN DC cables to
chassis ground:
293
• The cable with very high resistance (indicating an open circuit) to chassis ground is negative (–)
and will be installed on the –48V (input) DC power input terminal.
• The cable with very low resistance (indicating a closed circuit) to chassis ground is positive (+)
and will be installed on the RTN (return) DC power input terminal.
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity.
The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (–) to indicate their polarity.
There is no standard color coding for DC power cables.
10. Install heat-shrink tubing insulation around the power cables.

To install heat-shrink tubing:
a. Slide the tubing over the portion of the cable where it is attached to the lug barrel. Ensure that
tubing covers the end of the wire and the barrel of the lug attached to it.
b. Shrink the tubing with a heat gun. Ensure that you heat all sides of the tubing evenly so that it
shrinks around the cable tightly.
Figure 149 on page 294 shows the steps to install heat-shrink tubing.
NOTE: Do not overheat the tubing.

294
Figure 149: How to Install Heat-Shrink Tubing
11. Install each power cable lug on the DC power input terminal, securing it with the nut (see Figure
150 on page 295). Apply between 24 in.-lb (2.7 Nm) and 25 in.-lb (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut.
(Use the 13/32 in. [10 mm] nut driver or socket wrench.)
a. Secure each positive (+) DC source power cable lug to the RTN (return) DC power input
terminal.
b. Secure each negative (–) DC source power cable lug to the –48V (input) DC power input
terminal.
295
Figure 150: Connecting the DC Power Supply Cables to an JNP10K-PWR-DC
Each power supply has two independent sets of DC power input terminals (INPUT 1: RTN –48V/–
60V: and INPUT 2: : RTN –48V/–60V). For feed redundancy, each power supply must be powered
by dedicated power feeds derived from feed INPUT 1 and feed INPUT 2. This configuration
provides the commonly deployed INPUT 1 / INPUT 2 feed redundancy for the router. There is basic
insulation between the inputs and the chassis ground. Also, there is basic insulation between RTN
input feeds.
12. Install the plastic cable cover over each set of power cables by using the Phillips (+) screwdriver,
number 2, to tighten the screw.
13. If the power supply slot on the chassis has a cover panel on it, insert your thumb and forefinger into
the finger holes, squeeze, and pull the cover out of the slot. Save the cover panel for later use (see
Figure 151 on page 296 for MX10008 installations and Figure 152 on page 296 for MX10016
installations).
296
Figure 151: Removing the PSU Cover Panel on an MX10008
Figure 152: Removing the Power Supply Cover Panel on an MX10016
number 1.
15. Pull the captive screw away from the faceplate of the power supply to release the latch. You can
install the power supplies in any slot labeled PSU 0 through PSU 5 (top to bottom) on an MX10008
and PSU 0 through PSU 9 on an MX10016.
16. Using both hands, place the power supply in the power supply slot on the rear of the router.
297
17. Slide the power supply straight into the chassis until the power supply is fully seated in the slot.
Ensure the power supply faceplate is flush with any adjacent power supply faceplates or power
supply cover panels (see Figure 153 on page 297 and Figure 154 on page 298).
Figure 153: Installing a JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Supply in an MX10008

298
Figure 154: Installing a JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Supply in an MX10016
20. Route INP1 cables to a power source and INP2 to another power source. The JNP10K-PWR-DC
shares power, so if power dips on one input, the power supply is able to load balance internally. See
299
Figure 155: Proper Load Balancing for JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Cables on MX10008
Figure 156: Proper Load Balancing for JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Cables on MX100016
300
21. Set the enable switches for input 1 and input 2 (see Figure 157 on page 300).
Set both enable switches to the | (on) position when using both source inputs. When not using
source redundancy, set the unused source to the O (off) position. The LED turns red and indicates
an error if a source input is not in use and the enable switch is | (on).
Figure 157: Setting the Enable Switches for the Power Source
1— Dip switches for enabling input sources 2— Power switch, on (|) and standby (o)
22. Verify that the input 1 and 2 LEDs on the power supply faceplate are lit and are on steadily.
SEE ALSO

How to Remove a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply
Before you remove a DC power supply from the router:

301
Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to remove a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power
supply:
• Heat protective gloves able to withstand temperatures of 158°F (70°C)
• Phillips (+) screwdriver, numbers 1 and 2
The JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply in an MX10000 chassis is a hot-removable and hot-insertable

field-replaceable unit (FRU). You remove power supplies from the rear of the chassis.
CAUTION: A working JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply can reach temperatures of

158°F (70°C); In order to avoid injury, do not touch a running power supply with your
bare hands.
MX10008 Router" on page 136, Calculating Power Requirements for an MX10016 , and
"Power Requirements for an MX10008 Router" on page 136.
empty slot.
To remove a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply from an MX10000 router:
terminal and below PSU 5 on the MX10008 rear panel (see Figure 158 on page 302 and below
302
1— ESD point
1— ESD point
2. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cables leads is 0 V and that there is no
chance that the cables might become active during the removal process.
3. Ensure the black power supply output router, to the right of the captive screw, is set to the standby
position.
4. Unscrew the captive screw counterclockwise by using the Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1.
5. Rotate the captive screw away from the faceplate of the power supply to release the latch. (See
Figure 160 on page 303 and Figure 161 on page 303.)
303
Figure 160: Removing a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply on an MX10008
Figure 161: Removing a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply on an MX10016
6. Put on the heat resistant gloves to protect your hands from the hot power supply.
304
7. Taking care not to touch power supply components, pins, leads, or solder connections, place one
gloved hand under the power supply to support it. Grasp the power supply handle with your other
hand and pull the power supply completely out of the chassis.
8. If you are not replacing the power supply, install the cover panel over the slot.
a. Insert your thumb and forefinger into the finger holes of the cover panel.
b. Squeeze and place the cover in the slot.
c. Release your fingers and the cover remains in the slot.

9. Unscrew the screw on the plastic cable cover that shield the input terminal studs counterclockwise
by using the Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.
10. Unscrew the nuts counterclockwise using the 13/32 in. (10 mm) nut driver or socket wrench from
the input terminal studs.
11. Remove the cable lugs from the input terminal studs.
How to Install a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply
Before you install an HVDC power supply in the chassis, ensure that you have followed all safety
warnings and cautions:

removing a working HVDC power supply from the chassis. HVDC power supplies can
reach 158°F(70°C).
CAUTION: Before you connect power to the router, a licensed electrician must attach a
cable lug to the grounding and power cables that you supply. A cable with an incorrectly
attached lug can damage the router (for example, by causing a short circuit).
305
CAUTION: Do not mix AC, DC, or HVDC power supplies in the same running chassis.
You can mix DC and HVDC power supplies while swapping out one type for another
during installation.

ensure proper operation, you must connect MX10008 routers to earth ground before
you connect them to power. For installations that require a separate grounding
conductor to the chassis, use the protective earthing terminal on the router chassis to
connect to earth ground. For instructions on connecting an MX10000 router to ground
using a separate grounding conductor, see "Connect the MX10008 to Earth Ground" on
page 219.
NOTE: The battery returns of the JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply must be connected as an
isolated DC return (DC-I).
• Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to install a DC power supply:
• Use high current cable assembly, CBL-PWR2-BARE (not provided) with the cable lugs (provided)
attached
The provided terminal lugs for the JNP10K-PWR-DC2 are Panduit LCD4-14A-L, or equivalent,
and sized for 4 AWG (21.1 mm2) power source cables. We recommend that you install heat-shrink
tubing insulation around the crimped section of the power cables and lugs.
• Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2
• Multimeter
The JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply in an MX10000 chassis is a hot-removable and hot-insertable

field-replaceable unit (FRU). You can install up to 6 power supplies in an MX10008 router chassis. All
HVDC power supplies install in the rear of the chassis in the slots along the left side of the chassis.
To install a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply in an MX10008 or PMTX10016 :

306
1— ESD point
1— ESD point
2. Taking care not to touch power supply components, pins, leads, or solder connections, remove the
power supply from its bag.
307
it does not interrupt DC.
5. Remove the plastic cable cover from the power input terminals by using the Phillips (+) screwdriver,
number 2, to loosen the screws (see Figure 164 on page 307).
Figure 164: Removing the Plastic Cable Cover on a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply
6. Remove the nuts from each DC power input terminal, using the 13/32 in. (10 mm) nut driver or
socket wrench to loosen the nuts.
7. Ensure that the power source circuit breaker is open so that the voltage across the DC power
source cable leads is 0 V and that the cable leads do not become active while you are connecting
DC power.
8. Verify that the DC power cables are correctly labeled before making connections to the power
supply. In a typical power distribution scheme where the return is connected to chassis ground at
the battery plant, you can use a multimeter to verify the resistance of the –48V and RTN DC cables
to chassis ground:
• The cable with very high resistance (indicating an open circuit) to chassis ground is negative (–)
and will be installed on the –48V (input) DC power input terminal.
308
• The cable with very low resistance (indicating a closed circuit) to chassis ground is positive (+)
and will be installed on the RTN (return) DC power input terminal.
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity.
The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (–) to indicate their polarity.
There is no standard color coding for DC power cables.
9. Install heat-shrink tubing insulation around the power cables.

To install heat-shrink tubing:
a. Slide the tubing over the portion of the cable where it is attached to the lug barrel. Ensure that
tubing covers the end of the wire and the barrel of the lug attached to it.
b. Shrink the tubing with a heat gun. Ensure that you heat all sides of the tubing evenly so that it
shrinks around the cable tightly.
Figure 165 on page 308 shows the steps to install heat-shrink tubing.
NOTE: Do not overheat the tubing.
Figure 165: How to Install Heat-Shrink Tubing

309
10. Install each power cable lug on the DC power input terminal, securing it with the nut (see Figure
166 on page 309). Apply between 24 in.-lb (2.7 N-m) and 25 in.-lb (2.8 N-m) of torque to each nut.
(Use the 13/32 in. [10 mm] nut driver or socket wrench.)
a. Secure each positive (+) DC source power cable lug to the RTN (return) DC power input
terminal.
b. Secure each negative (–) DC source power cable lug to the –48V (input) DC power input
terminal.
Each power supply has two independent sets of DC power input terminals (INPUT 1: RTN –48V/–
60V: and INPUT 2: : RTN –48V/–60V). For feed redundancy, each power supply must be powered
by dedicated power feeds derived from feed INPUT 1 and feed INPUT 2. This configuration
provides the commonly deployed INPUT 1 / INPUT 2 feed redundancy for the router. There is basic
insulation between the inputs and the chassis ground. Also, there is basic insulation between RTN
input feeds.
Figure 166: Connecting the DC Power Supply Cables to a JNP10K-PWR-DC2
11. Install the plastic cable cover over each set of power cables by using the Phillips (+) screwdriver,
number 2, to tighten the screw.
310
12. If the power supply slot on the chassis has a cover panel on it, insert your thumb and forefinger into
the finger holes, squeeze, and pull the cover out of the slot. Save the cover panel for later use (see
Figure 167 on page 310 and Figure 168 on page 310).
number 1.
311
15. Using both hands, place the power supply in the power supply slot on the rear of the router. Slide
the power supply straight into the chassis until the power supply is fully seated in the slot. The
power supply will protrude from the chassis about 2 in. (5 cm) (see Figure 169 on page 311 and
Figure 169: Installing a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 in an MX10008

312
Figure 170: Installing a JNP10K-PWR-DC2 in an MX10016
18. Route INP1 cables to a power source and INP2 to another power source. The JNP10K-PWR-DC
shares power, so if power dips on one input, the power supply is able to load balance internally. See
Figure 171: Proper Load Balancing for JNP10k-PWR-DC2 Power Cables on MX10008
313
Figure 172: Proper Load Balancing for JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Cables on MX100016
19. Set the three dip switches to select the inputs and confirm whether the power supply is running at
2200 W, 2750 W, 4400 W, or 5500 W. See Table 74 on page 313 and Figure 173 on page 314.
Set both enable routers to the on position when using both source inputs. When not using source
redundancy, set the unused source to the O (off) position. The LED turns red and indicates an error
if a source input is not in use and the enable router is | (on).
Table 74: Setting the JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Dip Switches
Switch State Field
1 On IP0 is present
314
Table 74: Setting the JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Dip Switches (Continued)
Switch State Field
Off IP0 is not present
2 On IP1 is present
Off IP1 is not present
3 On Enabled for 80 A feed; 2750-W for a single feed, 5500-W for dual
feeds
Off Enabled for 60 A feed; 2200-W for a single feed, 4400-W for dual
feeds
Figure 173: Setting the Enable Routers for the Power Source
1— Dip switches 2— Power switch, on (|) and standby (O)
20. Verify that the input 1 and 2 LEDs on the power supply faceplate are lit and are on steadily.
315
Removing and Installing MX10008 Switch Fabric

Boards
IN THIS SECTION
Removing an MX10008 Switch Fabric Board | 317
Installing an MX10008 Switch Fabric Board | 321
Upgrade from JNP10008-SF to JNP10008-SF2 | 326
Handling and Storing MX10008 Switch Fabric Boards
IN THIS SECTION
Holding Switch Fabric Boards | 315
Storing Switch Fabric Boards | 317
The MX10008 Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs have fragile components. To avoid damaging the SFBs, you
must follow safe handling practices.
Holding Switch Fabric Boards

While removing an SFB from the router chassis, you should hold the SFB vertically until it is clear of the
router chassis. Then you should rotate the SFB 90 degrees and place it on an antistatic mat or in an
electrostatic bag for storage (see Figure 1).
316
Figure 174: SFB
The proper method of holding an SFB is to:
1. Hold the SFB by the ejectors while you keep the SFB vertical, and slide the SFB about three-quarters
of the way out of the chassis.
2. Place one hand underneath the SFB to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.
CAUTION: Never hold an SFB by the connector edge. The connectors are fragile. You
cannot align and seat an SFB properly if the connectors are damaged.
CAUTION: Do not stack SFBs on top of one another or on top of any other
component.
317
Storing Switch Fabric Boards

You must store SFBs either in the chassis or in a spare shipping container, horizontally and sheet-metal
each unit separately in an antistatic bag or on an antistatic mat placed on a flat, stable surface.
NOTE: Because these units are heavy, and because antistatic bags are fragile, inserting the line
card into the bag is best done by two people.
NOTE: The JNP10008-SF2 SFBs are shipped with protective plastic covers on the fabric
interface connectors. The plastic covers keep the connectors clean and free of dust and other
particles. When you remove JNP10008-SF2 SFB from the router, re-insert the protective plastic
covers on the fabric interface connectors and then place the SFB in an antistatic bag or on an
antistatic mat placed on a flat, stable surface.
To insert an SFB into an electrostatic bag:

If you must insert an SFB into a bag by yourself:
1. Lay the unit horizontally on an antistatic mat that is on a flat, stable surface with the sheet metal side
down.
3. Carefully insert the connector edge into the opening of the bag and pull the bag toward you to cover
the unit.
Removing an MX10008 Switch Fabric Board
An MX10008 router has six Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs) that are located in the middle of the chassis
behind the fan trays. SIB 0 through SIB 2 are located behind the left fan tray and SIB 3 through SIB 5 are
located behind the right fan tray. You must remove the appropriate fan tray to access the failing SFB.
See "Removing an MX10008 Fan Tray" on page 239.
Ensure you have the following equipment on hand before replacing an SFB:
318
• Electrostatic bag or antistatic mat
• Replacement SFB
• SFB blank (JNP10008-SF-BLNK)
CAUTION: Do not remove the SFB unless you have a replacement SFB or a SFB blank
(JNP10008-SF-BLNK) available.
NOTE: If you are not installing another SFB into the empty card slot within a short time, install
the SFB blank into the slot to maintain proper airflow in the card cage.
To remove an SFB (see Figure 177 on page 320):
1. Set the fans to full speed by using the test chassis fan tray speed 0 full and test chassis fan tray speed
1 full commands and wait for ten minutes.
2. Take the SFB offline using the request chassis sfb offline slot slot number command.
NOTE:
3. Place an electrostatic bag or an antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

4. Remove the appropriate fan tray (see "Removing an MX10008 Fan Tray" on page 239).
strap to the ESD point on the chassis. There is an ESD point located next to the protective earthing
terminal and below PSU 5 on the MX10008 rear panel (see Figure 175 on page 318).
1— ESD point
319
6. Loosen the captive screws at the top and bottom of the card.
7. Grasp both handles and spread them apart, and then slide the SFB about a quarter of the way out
of the slot. See Figure 176 on page 319.
Figure 176: Loosening Captive Screws and Spread Ejector Handles
8. Grasp the ejector handle with one hand and place your other hand under the SFB for support as
you slide the SFB out of the slot (see Figure 177 on page 320).
CAUTION: The SFB surface and handles may be hot. Allow a few minutes for the
surface and handles to cool by pulling out the SFB halfway out of the chassis. Wear
proper protective, heat-resistant gloves while removing an SFB.
320
Figure 177: Removing the SFB from an MX10008 Chassis
9. Support the SFB as you rotate the SFB 90 degrees and place it on the antistatic mat with the
printed circuit board facing upward. Be careful not to bump or handle the SFB by the connectors. If
you do not have an antistatic mat, have another person help you slide the electrostatic bag over the
SFB before placing it on the stable surface. See Figure 178 on page 321.
CAUTION: Do not stack hardware components on top of one another after you
remove them. Place each component on an antistatic mat resting on a stable, flat
surface.
321
Figure 178: Extracted SFB
1— Connectors 2— Printed circuit board
10. If you removed an JNP10008-SF2 SFB from the router, re-insert the protective plastic covers on
the fabric interface connectors of the SFB to keep the connectors clean and free of dust and other
particles (see Figure 179 on page 321).
Figure 179: Inserting Protective Plastic Covers on JNP10008-SF2 SFB Interface Connectors
Installing an MX10008 Switch Fabric Board
An MX10008 router has six Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs) that are located in the middle of the chassis
behind the fan trays. SFB 0 through SFB 2 are located behind the left fan tray, and SFB 3 through SFB 5
are located behind the right fan tray. You must remove the appropriate fan tray to install an SFB. See
"Removing an MX10008 Fan Tray" on page 239. Fan trays must be replaced within the duration
mentioned in Table 75 on page 322.
322
Table 75: Replacement Duration for the Fan Tray
Chassis Ambient Temperature Duration
27°C 5 minutes
35°C 3 minutes
40°C 2 minutes
NOTE: When replacing the fans or SIBs at 40°C chassis ambient temperature, ensure that the
fans run at 100% fan speed for at least 10 minutes before replacing the fans or SIBs.
Use the test chassis fan tray 0 speed full-speed and test chassis fan tray 1 speed full-speed
commands to set the chassis fans to 100% speed.
Ensure you have the following equipment on hand before installing an SFB:
• Replacement SFB
To install an SFB:
1. Place an electrostatic bag or an antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

strap to the ESD point on the chassis. There is an ESD point located next to the protective earthing
terminal and below PSU 5 on the MX10008 rear panel (see Figure 180 on page 323).
323
1— ESD point
3. Either remove the failing SFB and store it in an electrostatic bag or on an antistatic mat (see
"Removing an MX10008 Switch Fabric Board" on page 317) or remove the cover panel by grasping
each side of the plate and pulling the panel straight out (see Figure 181 on page 323 for an example
using the MX10008).
Figure 181: Removing an SFB Cover Plate on an MX10008
4. If you are installing JNP10008-SF2 SFBs, remove the protective plastic covers on the fabric
interface connectors and save the plastic covers for future use (see Figure 182 on page 324).
324
Figure 182: Removing Protective Plastic Covers from JNP10008-SF2 SFB Interface Connectors
5. Lift the SFB by the handle with one hand and support the lower edge with the other hand.
6. Holding the SFB vertically, slide the SFB into the open slot until the ejector handles engage and
start to close.
7. Grasp the two ejector handles and fold them inward until they latch to so that the SFB is fully
seated (see Figure 183 on page 324 for the MX10008.
Figure 183: Installing an MX10008 SFB
8. Tighten the captive screws by using your thumb and forefinger.

9. Install the appropriate fan tray (see "Installing an MX10008 Fan Tray" on page 242).
325
10. Set the fans to normal speed by using the test chassis fan tray speed 0 normal and test chassis fan tray
speed 1 normal command.
11. Bring the SFB online by using the request chassis sfb online slot slot number command. You can check
the status of the SFB by using the show chassis sfb and the show chassis fabric plane-location
commands.
root> show chassis sfb

Slot State Uptime
0 Online 1 day, 17 hours, 7 minutes, 53 seconds
3 Online 1 day, 17 hours, 7 minutes
4 Empty
5 Empty
root> show chassis fabric plane-location

------------Fabric Plane Locations-------------
Plane 0 Switch Fabric Board 0
326
NOTE: If you completely powered off the SFB using the set chassis sib power-off slot slot
command, you must delete the existing configuration in order to bring the SFB online. To
delete the existing configuration and bring a replacement SFB online, use the delete chassis
sib power-off slot slot number command.
NOTE: Hyper-mode is the default forwarding mode on the JNP10004-SF2 SFB.
Upgrade from JNP10008-SF to JNP10008-SF2
The MX10008 routers support Switch Fabric Board (SFB; model number: JNP10008-SF) and the
enhanced Switch Fabric Board (SFB2; model number: JNP10008-SF2). SFB2 is designed to support
higher bandwidth than that provided by SFB on the MX10008 routers.
This topic explains how to upgrade from JNP10008-SF Switch Fabric Board (SFB) to enhanced Switch
Fabric Board JNP10008-SF2 on MX10008 routers.
NOTE: Smooth upgrade from JNP10008-SF to JNP10008-SF2 is not supported in MX10008

routers.
NOTE: The MX10008 routers support either JNP10008-SF or JNP10008-SF2 only. The routers
do not support JNP10008-SF and JNP10008-SF2 at the same time.
NOTE: The JNP10008-SF2 operates only with the following power supplies and fan tray:
• JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply
• JNP10K-PWR-AC3 power supply
• JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply
• JNP10008-FAN2 fan tray

327
• JNP10008-FTC2 fan tray controller
Ensure that you have the following tools and parts before upgrading from SFB to SFB2:
• Phillips screwdriver, number 2
• JNP10008-SF2s
• JNP10008-FAN2 fan trays and JNP10008-FTC2 fan tray controllers if your MX10008 router has
JNP10008-FAN trays and JNP10008-FAN-CTLR installed
• JNP10K-PWR-AC2 or JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supplies if your MX10008 router has JNP10K-

PWR-AC or JNP10K-PWR-DC power supplies installed
Ensure that you complete the following tasks before upgrading from JNP10008-SF to JNP10008-SF2:
1. Prepare the router and install the version of Junos OS Release (21.4R1 or later) that supports SFB2.
2. Use the following CLI command to power off both the Routing and Control Boards (RCBs).
user@host>request vmhost power-off
3. Wait for the RCBs to gracefully shut down. Once the RCBs are powered off the router will
automatically shut down.
Remove JNP10008-SFs
strap to the ESD point on the chassis.
2. Remove both the fan trays. See "Removing and Installing MX10008 Cooling System Components" on
page 238.
3. Using your fingers, loosen the captive screws at the top and bottom of the SFB.
4. Grasp both handles and spread them apart, and then slide the SFB about a quarter of the way out of
the slot.
5. Grasp the ejector handle with one hand and place your other hand under the SFB for support as you
slide the SFB out of the slot see (Figure 184 on page 328).
328
CAUTION: The SFB surface and handles may be hot. Allow a few minutes for the
surface and handles to cool by pulling out the SFB halfway out of the chassis. Wear
proper protective, heat-resistant gloves while removing an SFB.
Figure 184: Removing the SFB from an MX10008
6. Support the SFB as you rotate the SFB 90 degrees and place it on the antistatic mat with the printed
circuit board facing upward. Be careful not to bump or handle the SFB by the connectors. If you do
not have an antistatic mat, have another person help you slide the electrostatic bag over the SFB
before placing it on the stable surface.
CAUTION: Do not stack hardware components on top of one another after you
remove them. Place each component on an antistatic mat resting on a stable, flat
surface.
7. Repeat step 3 to step 6 to remove the remaining SFBs.

329
8. Remove the power supplies if you have JNP10K-PWR-AC or JNP10K-PWR-DC power supplies
installed on your router. See "Removing and Installing MX10000 Power System Components" on
page 248
9. Place all the removed SFBs, power supplies, and fan trays in Electrostatic bags or on antistatic mat.
Install JNP10008-SF2s
strap to the ESD point on the chassis.
2. Remove the protective plastic covers that are on the fabric interface connectors of the JNP10008-
SF2 SFB and save them for future use (see Figure 185 on page 329).
Figure 185: Removing Protective Plastic Covers from JNP10008-SF2 SFB Interface Connectors
3. Lift the JNP10008-SF2 by the handle with one hand and support the lower edge with the other
hand.
4. Holding the JNP10008-SF2 vertically, slide the JNP10008-SF2 into the open slot until the ejector
handles engage and start to close.
5. Grasp the two ejector handles and fold them inward until they latch to seat the JNP10008-SF2 (see
330
Figure 186: Installing an JNP10008-SF2
6. Hand-tighten the captive screws.
7. Repeat step 2 to step 5 to install the remaining JNP10008-SF2s.
8. Install the JNP10008-FAN2 fan trays and JNP10008-FTC2 fan tray controllers. See "Removing and
Installing MX10008 Cooling System Components" on page 238.
9. Install the JNP10K-PWR-AC2 or JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supplies if you removed the JNP10K-
PWR-AC or JNP10K-PWR-DC power supplies from the router.
10. Power on the router.

331
Removing and Installing MX10008 MPC

Components
IN THIS SECTION
How to Handle and Store an MX10008 MPC | 331
Install an MPC in an MX10008 | 333
Remove an MPC | 337
An MX10008 Modular Port Concentrator (MPC) is a field-replaceable unit (FRU) that you can install in
any of the line card slots on the front of the chassis. An MPC is hot-insertable and hot-removable; you
can remove and replace them without powering off the router or disrupting router functions.
NOTE: When upgrading the firmware for any line card, be sure the power supply is stable.
Prevent any power outages, and do not remove the line card from the router. Losing power to
the line card during a firmware upgrade can cause serious damage.
How to Handle and Store an MX10008 MPC
IN THIS SECTION
Handling MPCs | 331
Storing MPCs | 332
Handling MPCs
Pay proper attention to how you are handling MPCs. Because MPCs are installed horizontally, we
recommend that you hold them by the sides of the units when they are not in the chassis. A running
332
MPC can be hot, use heat protective gloves, and allow the unit to cool half way out of the chassis before
removing.
To handle e an MPC properly:
1. Orient the MPC so that the faceplate of the unit is toward you.
2. Grasp each side of the unit firmly as you slide the unit out of the chassis.
3. Take care not to strike the unit against any object as you carry it.
CAUTION: Never hold an MPC by the connector edge. The connectors are fragile. You
cannot seat an MPC properly if the connectors are damaged (see Figure 187 on page
332).
Figure 187: Connector Edge of an MPC
1— Connectors
4. If you must rest an MPC on an edge, place a cushion between the connector edge and the surface.
CAUTION: Do not stack MPCs on top of one another or on top of any other
component.
5. Place each MPC in an individual antistatic bag or separately on an antistatic mat that is placed on a
flat, stable surface.
Storing MPCs
You must store MPCs either in the chassis or in a spare shipping container, horizontally and sheet-metal
each unit in an individual antistatic bag or separately on an antistatic mat placed on a flat, stable surface.
333
NOTE: Because these MPCs are heavy, and because electrotatic bags are fragile, inserting an
MPC into the bag is best done by two people.
NOTE: The MX10K-LC9600 line cards are shipped with a protective plastic cover on the fabric
interface connectors. The plastic cover keeps the connectors clean and free of dust and other
particles. When you remove MX10K-LC9600 line card from the router, re-insert the protective
plastic cover on the fabric interface connectors and then place the line card in an antistatic bag
or on an antistatic mat placed on a flat, stable surface.
To insert an MPC into an antistatic bag with the help of another person:

To insert an into a bag by yourself:
1. Lay the unit horizontally on an antistatic mat that is on a flat, stable surface, with the sheet-metal
side of the unit facing down.
3. Carefully insert the connector edge into the opening of the bag, and then pull the bag toward you to
cover the unit.
Install an MPC in an MX10008
Before you install a line card in the router chassis:
• Ensure that you have taken the necessary precautions to prevent antistatic discharge (ESD) damage.
See Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage.
• Inspect the connector edge of the MPC for physical damage. Installing a damaged MPC might
damage the router.
• Ensure that you know how to handle and store the line card (see
334
• Ensure that the router has sufficient power to power the line card while maintaining its n+1 power
redundancy. To determine whether the router has enough power available for the line card, use the
show chassis power-budget-statistics command.
• In addition to the MPC, ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to install an MPC
in the router:
• ESD grounding strap
• An antistatic bag or an antistatic mat
To install an MPC in the router chassis:
end of the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. An ESD point is located above the status
LED panel on the front of the router chassis. See Figure 188 on page 334.
1— ESD point
2. Remove the MPC cover by grasping the handles and pulling straight out to expose the slot for the
MPC. See Figure 189 on page 335.
335
Figure 189: Remove the MPC Cover
3. Remove the MPC from the antistatic bag and place on the antistatic mat. Inspect it for any damage
before installing it into the chassis.
CAUTION: Do not lift the MPC by holding the edge connectors or the handles on the
faceplate. Neither the handles nor the edge connectors can support the weight of the
line card. Lifting the line card by the handles or edge connectors might bend them,
which would prevent the line cards from being properly seated in the chassis. See
Figure 190: MPC Connectors
1— Connectors
4. If you are installing MX10K-LC9600, remove the protective plastic cover on the fabric interface
connectors and save the plastic cover for future use (see Figure 191 on page 336).
336
Figure 191: Removing Protective Plastic Cover from the MX10K-LC9600 Interface Connectors
5. With the faceplate towards you, grasp and lift the MPC by the sides. An MPC can weigh up to
31.57 lb (14.32 kg). Be prepared to accept the full weight of the MPC as you lift the MPC.
6. Align the sides of the MPC with the guides inside the chassis slot. Slide the MPC all the way into the
slot until the handle holes align and you feel resistance. See Figure 192 on page 336.
Figure 192: Installing an MPC
7. Grasp both ejector handles, and simultaneously rotate them clockwise until the MPC is fully seated
and the handles are vertical.
8. Insert the appropriate cable into the cable connector ports on the MPC. Secure the cables so that
they do not support their own weight.
Place any excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop, using the cable management system.
Placing fasteners on a loop helps to maintain the shape of the loop.
337
CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cables hang free from the connector. Do not allow
the fastened loops of a cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.
CAUTION: Avoid bending a fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc
smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that
are difficult to diagnose.
Verify that the MPC is functioning correctly by using the show chassis fpc and show chassis fpc pic-status
commands.
You can install the optional cable management kit after the card is installed.
Remove an MPC
If you have the optional cable management system, it is not necessary to remove the cable management
system before removing the MPC. However, we recommend that you take the MPCs offline before
removing them.
Before you remove an MPC from the router chassis:
damage (see Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage).
• Ensure that you know how to handle and store the MPC (see "How to Handle and Store an
MX10008 MPC" on page 331).
• Ensure you have the following parts and tools available to remove an MPC from an MX10008
chassis:
• ESD grounding strap
• An antistatic bag or an antistatic mat
NOTE: Placing an MPC in an antistatic bag might require a second person to assist with
sliding the MPC into the bag.
• Replacement MPC or line card blank (JNP10K-LC-BLNK) for the empty slot
338
• Heat resistant gloves
CAUTION: Do not remove the MPC unless you have a replacement MPC or a line card
blank (JNP10K-LC-BLNK) available.
NOTE: If you are not installing another MPC into the empty card slot within a short time, install
the line card blank into the slot to maintain proper airflow in the card cage.
The air filters in the line card blanks will prevent dust and other particles entering the chassis. If
an empty MPC slot is not covered, dust and other particles may accumulate on the connector
pins of the installed MPCs and SFBs and affect the performance of the router.
When you remove an MPC, the router continues to function, although the interfaces that are installed
on the MPC that is being removed no longer function.
To remove an MPC from an MX10008 router chassis:
1. Place the antistatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

end of the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. An ESD point is located above the status
LED panel on the front of the router chassis. See Figure 193 on page 338.
1— ESD point
3. Label the cables connected to each port on the MPC so that you can reconnect the cables to the
correct ports later.
4. Use one of the following methods to take the MPC offline:
• Press and hold the offline button on the MPC. The green OK/FAIL LED next to the button
begins to blink. Hold the button down until the LED goes off.
339
• Issue the following CLI command:
user@host>request chassis fpc slot slot-number offline
For more information about the CLI command, see the CLI Explorer.
5. Disconnect the cables from the ports that are installed in the MPC.
LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the
ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cables connected
to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered, except when inserting

or removing a cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and protects your eyes
from accidental exposure to laser light.
CAUTION: Avoid bending a fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An
arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems
that are difficult to diagnose.
6. Arrange the disconnected cables in the cable manager to prevent the cables from developing stress
points.
7. Simultaneously turn both the ejector handles of the MPC counterclockwise to unseat the MPC.
340
Figure 194: Removing an MPC
8. Put on the heat resistant gloves.

9. Grasp the handles, and holding the MPC straight, slide it halfway out of the card cage.
CAUTION: The MPC and the handles may be hot. Allow a few minutes for the MPC
and handles to cool by pulling out the MPC halfway out of the chassis.
10. Grasp both sides of the MPC at the midpoint, and remove the MPC from the chassis. Slide the MPC
completely out of the chassis, and place the MPC on the antistatic mat or in the antistatic bag.
CAUTION: The weight of the MPC is concentrated in the back end. Be prepared to
accept the full weight of the MPC—up to 31.57 lb. (14.32 kg)—as you slide the MPC
out of the chassis.
When the MPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles, bus bars,
or edge connectors. They cannot support the weight of the MPC.
Do not stack MPCs on top of one another after removal. Place each MPC
individually in an antistatic bag or on its own antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
341
CAUTION: After removing an MPC from the chassis, wait at least 30 seconds
before replacing it with another MPC, or inserting an MPC into a different slot.
11. If you removed an MX10K-LC9600 from the router, re-insert the protective plastic cover on the
fabric interface connectors of the line card to keep the connectors clean and free of dust and other
particles (see Figure 195 on page 341).
Figure 195: Inserting Protective Plastic Cover on MX10K-LC9600 Interface Connectors
Install the Cable Management System
The cable management system is an optional kit that can be ordered to organize and protect optical
cabling attached to the line cards. After a card is installed, you can still remove the line card without
needing to remove the cable management system.
Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to install the cable management system on a
line card:
• The cable management system
To install the cable management system (see Figure 196 on page 342):
1. Open the shipping carton of the cable management system and check that you have:
• Two handle extensions
• One cable tray

342
Figure 196: Cable Management System Components
1— Handle extensions 2— Cable tray
2. Use the Phillips screwdriver to loosen and remove the screws on the two line card handles (see
Figure 197: Removing the Screws on the Line Card Handles
3. Replace the blue cap on each line card handle with the two handle extensions (see Figure 198 on
page 343).
343
Figure 198: Adding Handle Extensions
4. Tighten the screws into the handle extensions.

5. Snap open the blue clips on the ends of the cable tray with your hands.
6. Place the cable tray across the front of the line card so that the two ends of the cable tray are under
the handle extensions.
7. Snap close the blue clips of the cable tray around the handle extensions (see Figure 199 on page
343).
Figure 199: Adding the Cable Tray
8. Drape the optical cables using one of the following methods:
• Drape and tie the optical cables to the side (see Figure 200 on page 344).
344
• Drape some of the cables under the handle extension and some cables over the handle extension.
Figure 200: Completed Cable Management System
Removing and Installing Transceivers and Fiber-

Optic Cables
IN THIS SECTION
Remove a Transceiver | 345
Install a Transceiver | 347
Disconnect a Fiber-Optic Cable from a Router | 349
Connect a Fiber-Optic Cable to a Router | 350
Maintain the Fiber-Optic Cables in a Router | 351

345
Remove a Transceiver
Before you begin removing a transceiver from the router, ensure that you have taken the necessary
precautions for safe handling of lasers (see Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings).
• Rubber safety caps to cover the transceiver and fiber-optic cable connector
• Dust cover to cover the port or a replacement transceiver
The transceivers for the router are hot-removable and hot-insertable field-replaceable units (FRUs). You
can remove and replace the transceivers without powering off the device or disrupting device functions.
NOTE: After you remove a transceiver or when you change the media-type configuration, wait
for 6 seconds for the interface to display the operational commands.
Figure 201 on page 345 shows how to remove a QSFP+ transceiver. The procedure is the same for all
types of transceivers except the QSFP28 and CFP transceivers.
To remove a transceiver from the router:
Figure 201: Removing an SFP, SFP+, XFP, or a QSFP+ Transceiver
1. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

2. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD wrist strap around your bare wrist, and connect the other end
of the strap to the ESD point on the router.
3. Label the cable connected to the transceiver so that you can reconnect the cable correctly later.
346
LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the
ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cables that are
connected to transceivers emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
LASER WARNING: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when

inserting or removing a cable. The rubber safety cap keeps the port clean and
prevents accidental exposure to laser light.
CAUTION: Do not bend fiber-optic cables beyond their minimum bend radius.
Bending the cables beyond their minimum bend radius can damage the cables and
cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
4. Remove the cable connected to the transceiver (see "Disconnect a Fiber-Optic Cable from a
Router" on page 349).
5. Cover the transceiver and the end of each fiber-optic cable connector with a rubber safety cap
immediately after disconnecting the fiber-optic cables.
6. By using your fingers, pull the ejector lever away from the transceiver to unlock the transceiver.
CAUTION: Before removing the transceiver, make sure you open the ejector lever
completely until you hear it click. This prevents damage to the transceiver.
7. Grasp the transceiver ejector lever, and gently slide the transceiver approximately 0.5 in. (1.3 cm)
straight out of the port.
CAUTION: To prevent electrostatic discharge (ESD) damage to the transceiver, do

not touch the connector pins at the end of the transceiver.
8. By using your fingers, grasp the body of the transceiver and pull it straight out of the port.
9. Place the transceiver in the electrostatic bag or on the antistatic mat placed on a flat, stable
surface.
10. Cover the empty port with the dust cover or install the replacement transceiver into the port.
347
Install a Transceiver
Before you begin installing a transceiver in a router, ensure that you have taken the necessary
precautions for safe handling of lasers (see Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings).
Ensure that you have a rubber safety cap available to cover the transceiver.
The transceivers for the router are hot-removable and hot-insertable field-replaceable units (FRUs). You
can remove and replace transceivers without powering off the device or disrupting device functions.
NOTE: After you insert a transceiver or after you change the media-type configuration, wait for 6
seconds for the interface to display the operational commands.
NOTE: We recommend that you use only optical transceivers and optical connectors purchased
from Juniper Networks with your Juniper Networks device.
CAUTION: The Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) provides

complete support for Juniper-supplied optical modules and cables. However, JTAC does
not provide support for third-party optical modules and cables that are not qualified or
supplied by Juniper Networks. If you face a problem running a Juniper device that uses
third-party optical modules or cables, JTAC may help you diagnose host-related issues if
the observed issue is not, in the opinion of JTAC, related to the use of the third-party
optical modules or cables. Your JTAC engineer will likely request that you check the
third-party optical module or cable and, if required, replace it with an equivalent
Juniper-qualified component.
Use of third-party optical modules with high-power consumption (for example,
coherent ZR or ZR+) can potentially cause thermal damage to or reduce the lifespan of
the host equipment. Any damage to the host equipment due to the use of third-party
optical modules or cables is the users’ responsibility. Juniper Networks will accept no
liability for any damage caused due to such use.
Figure 202 on page 349 shows how to install a QSFP+ transceiver. The procedure is the same for all
types of transceivers except the QSFP28 and CFP transceivers.
To install a transceiver in the router:

348
CAUTION: To avoid electrostatic discharge (ESD) damage to the transceiver, do not

touch the connector pins at the end of the transceiver.
1. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD wrist strap around your bare wrist, and connect the other end
of the strap to the ESD point on the router.
2. Remove the transceiver from its bag.
3. Check whether the transceiver is covered with a rubber safety cap. If it is not, cover the transceiver
with a rubber safety cap.

inserting or removing a cable. The rubber safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents
accidental exposure to laser light.
4. If the port in which you want to install the transceiver is covered with a dust cover, remove the dust
cover, and save the cover in case you need to cover the port later. If you are hot-swapping a
transceiver, wait for at least 10 seconds after removing the transceiver from the port before installing
a new transceiver.
5. Using both hands, carefully place the transceiver in the empty port. The connectors must face the
device chassis.
CAUTION: Before you slide the transceiver into the port, ensure that the transceiver is
aligned correctly. Misalignment of the transceiver might cause the pins to bend, making
the transceiver unusable.
6. Slide the transceiver in gently until it is fully seated. See Figure 202 on page 349 for an example of
inserting a QSFP transceiver.
7. Remove the rubber safety cap when you are ready to connect the cable to the transceiver.
LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends
of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cables that are connected
to transceivers emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
349
Figure 202: Installing a Transceiver
1— Ejector lever
Disconnect a Fiber-Optic Cable from a Router
Before you disconnect a fiber-optic cable from an optical transceiver installed in the router, ensure that
you have taken the necessary precautions for safe handling of lasers (see Laser and LED Safety
Guidelines and Warnings).
• Rubber safety cap to cover the transceiver
• Rubber safety cap to cover the fiber-optic cable connector
The router has field-replaceable optical transceivers to which you can connect fiber-optic cables.
To disconnect a fiber-optic cable from an optical transceiver installed in the router:
1. (Recommended) Disable the port in which the transceiver is installed by using the disable statement
at the [edit interfaces] hierarchy level for the specific interface.
LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends
of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cables connected to
transceivers emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
350
LASER WARNING: Do not stare into the laser beam emitted by an interface or view it
directly with optical instruments even if the interface has been disabled.
2. Carefully unplug the fiber-optic cable connector from the transceiver.

3. Cover the transceiver with a rubber safety cap.

inserting or removing a cable. The rubber safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents
accidental exposure to laser light.
4. Cover the fiber-optic cable connector with the rubber safety cap.
Connect a Fiber-Optic Cable to a Router
Before you connect a fiber-optic cable to an optical transceiver installed in the router, ensure that you
have taken the necessary precautions for safe handling of lasers (see Laser and LED Safety Guidelines
and Warnings).
The router has field-replaceable unit (FRU) optical transceivers to which you can connect fiber-optic
cables. You can remove and replace the cables without powering off the device or disrupting the routing
functions.
To connect a fiber-optic cable to an optical transceiver installed in the router:
LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of
fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cables connected to
transceivers emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
LASER WARNING: Do not stare into the laser beam emitted by an interface or view it
directly with optical instruments even if the interface has been disabled.
1. If the fiber-optic cable connector is covered by a rubber safety cap, remove the cap. Save the cap.
2. If the optical transceiver is covered by a rubber safety cap, remove the cap. Save the cap.
3. Insert the cable connector into the optical transceiver.
4. Secure the cables so that they are not supporting their own weight. Place excess cable out of the
way in a neatly coiled loop. Placing fasteners on a loop helps cables maintain their shape.
351
CAUTION: Do not bend fiber-optic cables beyond their minimum bend radius. Bending
the cables beyond their minimum bend radius can damage the cables and cause
problems that are difficult to diagnose.
CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cables hang free from the connector. Do not allow
fastened loops of cables to dangle, which stresses the cables at the fastening point.
Maintain the Fiber-Optic Cables in a Router
To maintain fiber-optic cables:
• When you unplug a fiber-optic cable from a transceiver, place rubber safety caps over the transceiver
and on the end of the cable.
• Anchor fiber-optic cable to avoid stress on the connectors. When attaching a fiber-optic cable to a
transceiver, be sure to secure the fiber-optic cable so that the cable is not supporting its own weight
as it hangs to the floor. Never let a fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector.
• Do not bend fiber-optic cables beyond their minimum bend radius. Bending the cables beyond their
minimum bend radius can damage the cables and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
• Frequent plugging and unplugging of fiber-optic cables in and out of optical instruments can damage
the instruments, which are expensive to repair. Attach a short fiber extension to the optical
equipment. Any wear and tear due to frequent plugging and unplugging is then absorbed by the
short fiber extension, which is easier and less expensive to replace than the instruments.
• Keep fiber-optic cable connections clean. Microscopic deposits of oil and dust in the canal of the
transceiver or cable connector can cause loss of light, reduction in signal power, and possibly
intermittent problems with the optical connection.
To clean the transceiver canal, use an appropriate fiber-cleaning device such as RIFOCS Fiber Optic
Adaptor Cleaning Wands (part number 946). Follow the directions in the cleaning kit you use.
After cleaning the transceiver, make sure that the connector tip of the fiber-optic cable is clean. Use
only an approved alcohol-free fiber-optic cable cleaning kit such as the Cletop-S® Fiber Cleaner.
Follow the directions in the cleaning kit you use.
352
Removing the MX10008 Router
IN THIS SECTION
Powering Off an MX10008 Router | 352
Removing an MX10008 Router From a Four-Post Rack Using a Mechanical Lift | 355
Manually Removing an MX10008 Router from a 4-Post Rack | 356
Powering Off an MX10008 Router
Before you power off an MX10008:
• Ensure that you do not need to forward traffic through the router.
NOTE: Use the following procedure to power off an MX10008.
Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to power off the router:
• An ESD grounding strap
• An external management device such as a PC
• An RJ-45 to DB-9 rollover cable to connect the external management device to the console port on
one of the RCBs
To power off an MX10008:
1. Connect to the router using one of the following methods:
• Connect a management device to the console (CON) port on an RCB by following the instructions
in "Connecting an MX10008 to a Network for Out-of-Band Management" on page
223"Connecting an MX10008 Router to a Management Console" on page 224.
353
• Connect a management device to one of the two management (MGMT) ports on the RCB by
following the instructions in "Connecting an MX10008 to a Network for Out-of-Band
Management" on page 223.
2. Shut down Junos OS from the external management device by issuing the request vmhost halt
operational mode CLI command. This command shuts down the router gracefully and preserves
system state information. A message appears on the console, confirming that the operating system
has halted.
You see the following output (or something similar, depending on the hardware being shut down)
after entering the command:
Shutdown NOW!
System going down IMMEDIATELY
Terminated
Poweroff for hypervisor to respawn
Oct 25 10:35:05 init: event-processing (PID 1114) exited with status=1
Oct 25 10:35:05 init: packet-forwarding-engine (PID 1424) exited with status=8
.
Waiting (max 60 seconds) for system process `vnlru_mem' to stop...done
Waiting (max 60 seconds) for system process `vnlru' to stop...done
Waiting (max 60 seconds) for system process `bufdaemon' to stop...done
Waiting (max 60 seconds) for system process `syncer' to stop...
Syncing disks, vnodes remaining...0 0 0 0 done
syncing disks... All buffers synced.

Uptime: 11h0m30s
Normal shutdown (no dump device defined)
unloading fpga driver
unloading fx-scpld
Powering system off using ACPI
kvm: 28646: cpu0 disabled perfctr wrmsr: 0xc1 data 0xabcd
pci-stub 0000:01:00.2: transaction is not cleared; proceeding with reset anyway
pci-stub 0000:01:00.1: transaction is not cleared; proceeding with reset anyway
hub 1-1:1.0: over-current change on port 1
Stopping crond: [ OK ]
Stopping libvirtd daemon: [ OK ]
Shutting down ntpd: [ OK ]
Shutting down system logger: [ OK ]
Shutting down sntpc: [ OK ]
Stopping sshd: [ OK ]
Stopping vehostd: [ OK ]
354
Stopping watchdog: [ OK ]
Stopping xinetd: [ OK ]
Sending all processes the TERM signal... [ OK ]
Sending all processes the KILL signal... [ OK ]
Saving random seed: [ OK ]
Syncing hardware clock to system time [ OK ]
Turning off swap: [ OK ]
Unmounting file systems: [ OK ]
init: Re-executing /sbin/init
Halting system...
System halted.
CAUTION: The final output of any version of the request vmhost halt command is the
“The operating system has halted.” Wait at least 60 seconds after first seeing this
message before following the instructions in Step 4 and Step 5 to power off the router.
3. Attach the grounding strap to your bare wrist and to one of the two site ESD points on the chassis.
4. Disconnect power to the router by performing one of the following tasks:
• AC power supply—Set the enable switch to the OFF (O) position and gently pull out the coupler
for the power cord from the faceplate.
• DC power supply—Switch the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit to
the OFF position.
5. Remove the power source cable from the power supply faceplate:
• AC power supply—Remove the power cord from the power supply faceplate by detaching the
power cord retainer and gently pulling out the plug end of the power cord connected to the
power supply faceplate.
• DC power supply—Loosen the thumbscrews securing the DC power connector on the power
source cables. Remove the power source cables from the power supply.
6. Remove any remaining cables and optics before removing it from the rack.
SEE ALSO

355
Removing an MX10008 Router From a Four-Post Rack Using a

Mechanical Lift
Before you remove the router using a lift:
• Ensure that the rack is stable and secured to the building.
• Ensure there is enough space to place the removed router in its new location and along the path to
the new location. See "MX10008 Depth Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware
• Review "General Safety Guidelines and Warnings" on page 392.
• Review the chassis lifting guidelines described in "MX10008 Chassis Lifting Guidelines" on page 398.
• Ensure that the router has been safely powered off (see "Powering Off an MX10008 Router" on page
352).
CAUTION: When removing more than one router chassis from a rack, remove the
routers in order from top to bottom.
Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to remove the router:
• A mechanical lift rated for 500 lb (226.8 kg)
• A Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2 or number 3, depending on the size of your mounting screws
Because of the router's size and weight, we strongly recommend using a mechanical lift to install the
MX10008.
NOTE: For instructions on installing a router without using a mechanical lift, see "Manually
Mounting an MX10008 in a 4-Post Rack" on page 198.
To remove the router using a mechanical lift (see Figure 203 on page 356):
1. Use the appropriate Phillips (+) screwdriver to remove the 14 mounting screws that attach the
chassis flange to the rack.
2. Move the lift to the rack and position it so that its platform is centers about 0.5 in. (1.27 cm) below
the bottom of the router chassis and as close to it as possible.
3. Carefully slide the router from the adjustable base bracket attached to the rack onto the lift.
4. Move the lift away from the rack and lower the lift.
5. Use the lift to transport the router to its new location.
356
Figure 203: Moving the MX10008 Using a Mechanical Lift
Manually Removing an MX10008 Router from a 4-Post Rack
Before you manually remove the router from a rack:
• Ensure that the rack is stable and secured to the building.
• Ensure there is enough space to place the removed router in its new location and along the path to
the new location. See "MX10008 Depth Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware
• Review "General Safety Guidelines and Warnings" on page 392.
• Review the chassis lifting guidelines described in "MX10008 Chassis Lifting Guidelines" on page 398.
357
• Ensure that the router has been safely powered off (see "Powering Off an MX10008 Router" on page
352).
Ensure you have a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2 or number 3, depending on the size of your
mounting screws.
If you cannot use a mechanical lift to remove the router (the preferred method), you can install it
manually.
CAUTION: The chassis weighs approximately 145 lb (66 kg) with only the fan tray
controllers installed. Lifting the chassis and mounting it in a rack or cabinet requires at
least three people.
Make sure the chassis is empty (contains only the backplane) before you lift it.
CAUTION: When removing more than one router chassis from a rack, remove the
routers in order from top to bottom.
To manually remove an MX10008 from a rack:
1. Remove all line cards, RCBs, power supplies, fan trays, SFBs, and optics before attempting to move
the router chassis.
• "Removing a Routing and Control Board" on page 233
• "How to Remove a JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply" on page 249
• "How to Remove a JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Supply" on page 284
• "Removing an MX10008 Fan Tray" on page 239
• "Removing an MX10008 Switch Fabric Board" on page 317
Ensure that all of the removed components are stored in electrostatic bags.
2. Use the appropriate Phillips (+) screwdriver to remove the 14 mounting screws that attach the
chassis flange to the rack.
WARNING: To prevent injury, keep your back straight and lift with your legs, not your
back. Do not twist your body as you lift. Balance the load evenly and be sure that your
footing is firm.
3. Position one person on each side and another in the rear of the chassis. There are two handles on the
side, but these handles are only meant to help guide the empty chassis out of the base and rear
brackets.
358
4. On each side, hold the bottom of the chassis and carefully lift it up from the base and rear brackets
on the four-post rack.
5. Carefully lift it out of the rack. If you have a pallet jack, move the router onto the pallet jack. See
Figure 204: Lifting the MX10008 Without Using a Mechanical Lift
6. Carefully move the chassis to its new location.

After moving the router to its new location, reinstall the components in the chassis or store the
components in electrostatic bags.
SEE ALSO

6 CHAPTER
Troubleshooting Hardware
Restoring Junos OS | 360
Alarm Messages | 364

360
Restoring Junos OS
IN THIS SECTION
Creating an Emergency Boot Device | 360
Performing a Recovery Installation Using an Emergency Boot Device | 362
Creating an Emergency Boot Device
Before you begin, you need to download the installation media image for your device and Junos OS
release from https://www.juniper.net/customers/support/ .
If Junos OS on the device is damaged in some way that prevents the software from loading properly, you
can use an emergency boot device to repartition the primary disk and load a fresh installation of Junos
OS. Use the following procedure to create an emergency boot device.
NOTE: You can create the emergency boot device on another Juniper Networks router or router,
or any PC or laptop that supports Linux. The steps you take to create the emergency boot device
vary, depending on the device.
To create an emergency boot device:
1. Use FTP to copy the installation media image into the /var/tmp directory on the device.
2. Insert a USB device into the USB port.
3. From the Junos OS command-line interface (CLI), start the shell:
user@device> start shell

%
4. Switch to the root account using the su command:
% su
Password: password
361
NOTE: The password is the root password for the device. If you logged in to the device as
root, you do not need to perform this step.
5. Enter the following command on the device:
root@device% dd if=/var/tmp/filename of=/dev/da1 bs=16k
The device writes the installation media image to the USB device:
root@device% dd if=install-media-qfx-5e-15.1X53-D30.5-domestic.img of=/dev/da0 bs=1m

1399+0 records in
1399+0 records out
1466957824 bytes transferred in 394.081902 secs (3722469 bytes/sec)
6. Enter the following command:
root@device% dd if=/var/tmp/filename of=/dev/da0 bs=1048576
The device writes the installation media image to the USB device:
root@device% dd if=/var/tmp/jinstall-vjunos-usb-13.2.img of=/dev/da0 bs=1048576

11006+1 records in
11006+1 records out
180332544 bytes transferred in 71.764266 secs (2512846 bytes/sec)
NOTE: The device automatically create a recovery Junos OS image.

The “Select a recovery image” menu appears on the console when one of these routers is
booted and unable to load a version of Junos OS. You can follow the instructions in the
“Select a recovery image” menu to load the Junos OS image for one of these routers.
7. Log out of the shell:
root@device% exit
% exit
user@device>
362
Performing a Recovery Installation Using an Emergency Boot Device
If Junos OS on your device is damaged in some way that prevents the software from loading correctly,
you might need to perform a recovery installation using an emergency boot device (for example, a USB
flash drive) to restore the default factory installation. After you have recovered the software, you need
to restore the device configuration. You can either create a new configuration as you did when the
device was shipped from the factory, or if you saved the previous configuration, you can simply restore
that file to the device.
We recommend that you perform the following steps before you perform the recovery installation:
1. Ensure that you have an emergency boot device to use during the installation. See "Creating an
Emergency Boot Device" on page 360 for information about how to create an emergency boot
device.
2. Copy the existing configuration in the file /config/juniper.conf.gz from the device to a remote
system, such as a server, or to an emergency boot device. For extra safety, you can also copy the
backup configurations (the files named /config/juniper.conf.n, where n is a number from 0 through 9)
to a remote system or to an emergency boot device.
You can use the system snapshot feature to complete this step. The system snapshot feature takes a
“snapshot” of the files currently used to run the MX10008 router—the complete contents of the /
config and /var directories, which include the running Juniper Networks Junos OS, the active
configuration, and the rescue configuration—and copies all of these files into a memory source.
WARNING: The recovery installation process completely overwrites the entire

contents of the internal flash storage.
3. Copy any other stored files to a remote system as desired.
To reinstall Junos OS:
1. Insert the emergency boot device into the router.
2. Power cycle the router.
The emergency boot device is detected. At this time, you can load Junos OS from the emergency
boot device onto the internal flash storage.
3. Install Junos OS by choosing one of the following options:

363
• If you have a snapshot saved on the emergency boot device, the system prompts you with the
following option.
Junos Snapshot Installer - (c) Juniper Networks 2013

Reboot
Install Junos Snapshot [14.1X53-D11_vjunos.61]
Boot to host shell
[debug]
│
Select Install Junos Snapshot to install the snapshot.
• If Junos OS is installed at the factory on the emergency boot device, the system prompts you with
the following option.
Juniper Linux Installer - (c) Juniper Networks 2014

Reboot
Install Juniper Linux Platform
Boot to host shell [debug]
Select Install Juniper Linux Platform to install the Junos OS software from the emergency boot
device.
The device copies the software from the emergency boot device, occasionally displaying status
messages. Copying the software can take up to 12 minutes.
4. After the software is copied from the emergency device to the device, the device reboots from the
internal flash storage on which the software was just installed. When the reboot is complete, the
device displays the Junos OS login prompt:
root@router#
5. Create a new configuration as you did when the device was shipped from the factory, or restore the
previously saved configuration file to the device.
6. Remove the emergency boot device.

364
Alarm Messages
IN THIS SECTION
Understanding Alarms | 364
Interface Alarm Messages | 366
Understanding Alarms
The MX10008 router supports different alarm types and severity levels. Table 76 on page 364 provides
a list of alarm terms and definitions that can help you in monitoring the device.
Table 76: Alarm Terms and Definitions
Term Definition
Alarm Signal alerting you to conditions that might prevent normal operation. On the device, alarm
indicators might include the LCD panel and LEDs on the device. The LCD panel (if present on the
device) displays the chassis alarm message count. Blinking yellow LEDs indicate minor alarm
conditions for chassis components.
Alarm Failure event that triggers an alarm.

condition
365
Table 76: Alarm Terms and Definitions (Continued)
Term Definition
Alarm Seriousness of the alarm. The level of severity can be either major (yellow) or minor (red).
severity
levels • Major (yellow or amber)—Indicates a critical situation on the device that has resulted from
one of the following conditions.
A yellow alarm condition requires immediate action.
• One or more hardware components have failed.
• One or more hardware components have exceeded temperature thresholds.
• An alarm condition configured on an interface has triggered a critical warning.
• Minor (red)—Indicates a noncritical condition on the device that, if left ignored or

unaddressed, might cause an interruption in service or degradation in performance.
A red alarm condition requires monitoring or maintenance. For example, a missing rescue
configuration generates a red system alarm.
Alarm types Alarms include the following types:
• Chassis alarm—Predefined alarm triggered by a physical condition on the device such as a

power supply failure or excessive component temperature.
• Interface alarm—Alarm you configure to alert you when an interface link is down. Applies to
ethernet, fibre-channel, and management-ethernet interfaces. You can configure a red (major) or
yellow (minor) alarm for the link-down condition, or have the condition ignored.
• System alarm—Predefined alarm that might be triggered by a missing rescue configuration,

failure to install a license for a licensed software feature, or high disk usage.
SEE ALSO
show chassis alarms

show system alarms
366
Interface Alarm Messages
You configure interface alarms to alert you when an interface is down.
To configure an interface link-down condition to trigger a red or yellow alarm, or to configure the link-
down condition to be ignored, use the alarm statement at the [edit chassis] hierarchy level. You can
specify the ethernet, fibre-channel, or management-ethernet interface type.
By default, major alarms are configured for interface link-down conditions on the control plane and
management network interfaces in an MX10008 router. The link-down alarms indicate that connectivity
to the control plane network is down. You can configure these alarms to be ignored using the alarm
statement at the [edit chassis] hierarchy level.
7 CHAPTER
Contacting Customer Support and

Returning the Chassis or Components
Contact Customer Support | 368
Returning the MX10008 Chassis or Components | 369

368
Contact Customer Support
You can contact Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) 24 hours a day, 7 days a week in
one of the following ways:
• On the Web, using the Service Request Manager link at:
https://support.juniper.net/support/
• By telephone:
• From the US and Canada: 1-888-314-JTAC
• From all other locations: 1-408-745-9500
NOTE: If contacting JTAC by telephone, enter your 12-digit service request number
followed by the pound (#) key if this is an existing case, or press the star (*) key to be
routed to the next available support engineer.
When requesting support from JTAC by telephone, be prepared to provide the following information:
• Your existing service request number, if you have one
• Details of the failure or problem
• Type of activity being performed on the device when the problem occurred
• Configuration data displayed by one or more show commands
• Your name, organization name, telephone number, fax number, and shipping address
The support representative validates your request and issues an RMA number for return of the
component.
369
Returning the MX10008 Chassis or Components
IN THIS SECTION
Returning a Router or Component for Repair or Replacement | 369
Locating the Serial Number on an MX10008 Router or Component | 370
Contacting Customer Support to Obtain a Return Materials Authorization for a Router or Component | 383
Packing an MX10008 Router or Component for Shipping | 384
Returning a Router or Component for Repair or Replacement
If you need to return an MX10008 router, or an MX10016 router, or a component to Juniper Networks
for repair or replacement, follow this procedure:
1. Determine the serial number of the component. For instructions, see "Locating the Serial Number on
an MX10008 Router or Component" on page 370.
2. Obtain a Return Materials Authorization (RMA) number from the Juniper Technical Assistance Center
(JTAC), as described in "Contacting Customer Support to Obtain a Return Materials Authorization for
a Router or Component" on page 383.
NOTE: Do not return any component to Juniper Networks unless you have first obtained an
RMA number. Juniper Networks reserves the right to refuse shipments that do not have an
RMA. Refused shipments are returned to the customer through collect freight.
3. Pack the router or component for shipping, as described in "Packing an MX10008 Router or
Component for Shipping" on page 384.
For more information about return and repair policies, see the customer support page at https://
www.juniper.net/support/guidelines.html.
370
Locating the Serial Number on an MX10008 Router or Component
IN THIS SECTION
Listing the Chassis and Component Details Using the CLI | 370
Locating the Chassis Serial Number ID Label on an MX10008 | 377
Locating the Serial Number ID Labels on MX10008 Power Supplies | 378
Locating the Serial Number ID Labels on MX10008 Fan Trays and Fan Tray Controllers | 381
Locating the Serial Number ID Labels on MX10008 Routing and Control Boards | 382
Locating the Serial Number ID Labels on an MX10008 Line Card | 382
Locating the Serial Number ID Labels on an MX10008 Switch Fabric Board (SFB) | 383
If you are returning a router or component to Juniper Networks for repair or replacement, you must
locate the serial number of the router or component. You must provide the serial number to the Juniper
Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) when you contact them to obtain a Return Materials
Authorization (RMA). See "Contacting Customer Support to Obtain a Return Materials Authorization for
a Router or Component" on page 383.
If the router is operational and you can access the command-line interface (CLI), you can list serial
numbers for the router and for some components with a CLI command. If you do not have access to the
CLI or if the serial number for the component does not appear in the command output, you can locate
the serial number ID label on the router or component.
NOTE: If you want to find the serial number ID label on a component, you need to remove the
component from the router chassis, for which you must have the required parts and tools
available.
Listing the Chassis and Component Details Using the CLI
To list the MX10008 chassis and the components and their serial numbers, use the show chassis hardware
CLI operational mode command.
user@device> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
371
Item Version Part number Serial number Description

Chassis AF218 JNP10008 [MX10008]
Midplane REV 05 750-071974 CAGY2639 Midplane 8
Routing Engine 0 BUILTIN BUILTIN RE X10
Routing Engine 1 BUILTIN BUILTIN RE X10
CB 0 REV 05 750-079562 CAJX5293 Control Board
CB 1 REV 03 750-079562 CAJS5123 Control Board
FPC 0 REV 04 750-084779 CAKR7006 JNP10K-LC2101
CPU REV 05 750-073391 CAKG1690 LC 2101 PMB
PIC 0 BUILTIN BUILTIN 4xQSFP28 SYNCE
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-064669 8543 QSFP28-LPBK
CPU REV 05 750-073391 CAKR1015 LC 2101 PMB
372

FPC 2 REV 04 750-084779 CAKN5712 JNP10K-LC2101
CPU REV 05 750-073391 CAKN1558 LC 2101 PMB
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ120306G QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ120401P QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ1210021 QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ120801J QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ120307V QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ120304X QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ120301B QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
373

Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ120307F QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ112108Y QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ11180EV QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ120400W QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
CPU REV 05 750-073391 CAKJ2876 LC 2101 PMB
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ120900E QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ120306T QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ120306A QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ120800R QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ11180DG QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ120306Z QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ120905A QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ120902C QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ11210AL QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ11180DF QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ120308H QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
374

Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ11180E8 QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ11180ED QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ120900M QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ11200ZL QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ120901K QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ12030C2 QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ120901D QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ120902R QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ11200XW QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
375

Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ11180EG QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ11210AA QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ120401L QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ12030AA QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ11180F1 QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ11180EJ QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ120308N QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
CPU REV 05 750-073391 CAKN1560 LC 2101 PMB
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ11180HC QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-061409 1GCQA231090 QSFP-100GBASE-LR4-T2
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-061409 1GCQA2380AW QSFP-100GBASE-LR4-T2
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-061409 1GCQA23200V QSFP-100GBASE-LR4-T2
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-061409 1GCQA2280GV QSFP-100GBASE-LR4-T2
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-061409 1GCQA22804D QSFP-100GBASE-LR4-T2
376
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-061409 1GCQA22813P QSFP-100GBASE-LR4-T2

Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-061409 1GCQA23204M QSFP-100GBASE-LR4-T2
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-061409 1GCQA2280LW QSFP-100GBASE-LR4-T2
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-061409 1GCQA2310CM QSFP-100GBASE-LR4-T2
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-061409 1GCQA23801F QSFP-100GBASE-LR4-T2
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-061409 1GCQA2380PB QSFP-100GBASE-LR4-T2
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-061409 1GCQA229044 QSFP-100GBASE-LR4-T2
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-058734 1ECQ11210NP QSFP-100GBASE-SR4
CPU REV 05 750-073391 CAKR1004 LC 2101 PMB
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-058732 1BTQA21807H QSFP-100GBASE-LR4
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-058732 1BTQA2180H4 QSFP-100GBASE-LR4
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-058732 1BTQA21807B QSFP-100GBASE-LR4
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-058732 1BTQA21808P QSFP-100GBASE-LR4
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-058732 1BTQA21807F QSFP-100GBASE-LR4
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-058732 1BTQA2180GH QSFP-100GBASE-LR4
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-058732 1BTQA21807J QSFP-100GBASE-LR4
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-058732 1BTQA2180GK QSFP-100GBASE-LR4
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-058732 1BTQA21807S QSFP-100GBASE-LR4
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-058732 1BTQA218079 QSFP-100GBASE-LR4
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-058732 1BTQA2180GS QSFP-100GBASE-LR4
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-058732 1BTQA2180GM QSFP-100GBASE-LR4
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-058732 1BTQA21807A QSFP-100GBASE-LR4
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-058732 1BTQA21807E QSFP-100GBASE-LR4
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-058732 1BTQA218088 QSFP-100GBASE-LR4
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-058732 1BTQA21807R QSFP-100GBASE-LR4
377

Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-058732 1BTQA2180KN QSFP-100GBASE-LR4
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-058732 1BTQA21807G QSFP-100GBASE-LR4
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-061412 1HTQ521000N QSFP-100G-CWDM4
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-061412 1HTQ5209020 QSFP-100G-CWDM4
FPD Board REV 07 711-054687 CAGY2459 Front Panel Display
PEM 0 REV 02 740-073146 1EDL62503RK Power Supply AC
PEM 1 REV 02 740-073146 1EDL631051X Power Supply AC
PEM 2 REV 02 740-073146 1EDL73104YE Power Supply AC
PEM 3 REV 02 740-073146 1EDL62503AL Power Supply AC
PEM 4 REV 02 740-073146 1EDL62102EE Power Supply AC
PEM 5 REV 02 740-073146 1EDL625036K Power Supply AC
FTC 0 REV 03 750-072657 CAGY3565 Fan Controller 8
FTC 1 REV 03 750-072657 CAGY3562 Fan Controller 8
Fan Tray 0 REV 04 760-072656 CAHC8375 Fan Tray 8
Fan Tray 1 REV 04 760-072656 CAHC8372 Fan Tray 8
SFB 0 REV 28 750-072655 ACPR2589 Switch Fabric 8
SFB 1 REV 03 750-072655 CAGY3066 Switch Fabric 8
SFB 2 REV 28 750-072655 ACPP8485 Switch Fabric 8
SFB 3 REV 07 750-072655 ACNL2260 Switch Fabric 8
SFB 4 REV 01 750-072655 ACPN5048 Switch Fabric 8
SFB 5 REV 03 750-072655 CAGY3050 Switch Fabric 8
Locating the Chassis Serial Number ID Label on an MX10008

The serial number ID label is located on a label on the right side of the chassis. See Figure 205 on page
378 for the location on an MX10008 .
378
Figure 205: MX10008 Serial Number Label
Locating the Serial Number ID Labels on MX10008 Power Supplies

The power supplies installed in an MX10008 are field-replaceable units (FRUs). For each FRU, you must
remove the FRU from the router chassis to see the FRU serial number ID label.
• JNP10K-PWR-AC power supply—The serial number ID label is on the right side of the power supply.
See Figure 206 on page 379.
379
Figure 206: JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply Serial Number Location
• JNP10K-PWR-AC2 power supply—The serial ID label is on the right side of the power supply. See
Figure 207: JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply Serial Number Location
• JNP10K-PWR-DC power supply—The serial number ID label is on the left side of the power supply.
380
Figure 208: JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Supply Serial Number Location
• JNP10K-PWR-DC2 power supply—The serial number ID label is on the left side of the power supply.
Figure 209: JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply Serial Number Location

381
Locating the Serial Number ID Labels on MX10008 Fan Trays and Fan Tray Controllers
The two fan trays and their associated fan tray controllers installed in an MX10008 are field-replaceable
units (FRUs). For each FRU, you must remove the FRU from the router chassis to see the FRU serial
number ID label.
• Fan tray–The serial number ID label for both fan tray models (JNP10008-FAN and JNP10008-FAN2)
is located on the inside of the fan tray at the base of the fan tray control board. See Figure 210 on
page 381.
Figure 210: MX10008 Fan Tray Serial Number Location
• Fan tray controller–The serial number ID label for both fan tray controller models (JNP10008-FAN-
CTRL and JNP10008-FTC2) is located on the top of the fan tray controller. See Figure 211 on page
381.
Figure 211: MX10008 Fan Tray Controller Serial Number Location

382
Locating the Serial Number ID Labels on MX10008 Routing and Control Boards
The serial number ID label for an RCB is located on the connector end of the unit. See Figure 212 on
page 382.
Figure 212: MX10008 RCB Serial Number Location
Locating the Serial Number ID Labels on an MX10008 Line Card

The serial number ID label for a line card is located on the connector end of the card. See Figure 213 on
page 383.
383
Figure 213: MX10008 Line Card Serial Number Location
Locating the Serial Number ID Labels on an MX10008 Switch Fabric Board (SFB)
The serial number ID label for an SFB is located on the PC board. See Figure 214 on page 383.
Figure 214: MX10008 SFB Serial Number Location
Contacting Customer Support to Obtain a Return Materials Authorization

for a Router or Component
If you are returning a MX10008 router or component to Juniper Networks for repair or replacement,
you must first obtain a Return Materials Authorization (RMA) from the Juniper Networks Technical
Assistance Center (JTAC).
After locating the serial number of the device or component you want to return, open a service request
with Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) on the Web or by telephone.
For instructions on locating the serial number of the device or component you want to return, see the
following device instructions:
384
• "Locating the Serial Number on an MX10008 Router or Component" on page 370
Before you request an RMA from JTAC, be prepared to provide the following information:
• Your existing service request number, if you have one
• Serial number of the component
• Your name, organization name, telephone number, fax number, and shipping address
• Details of the failure or problem
• Type of activity being performed on the device when the problem occurred
• Configuration data displayed by one or more show commands
You can contact JTAC 24 hours a day, seven days a week on the Web or by telephone:
• Service Request Manager: https://support.juniper.net/support/
• Telephone: +1-888-314-JTAC (+1-888-314-5822), toll-free in the USA, Canada, and Mexico
NOTE: For international or direct-dial options in countries without toll-free numbers, see https://
www.juniper.net/support/requesting-support.html.
If you are contacting JTAC by telephone, enter your 12-digit service request number followed by the
pound (#) key for an existing case, or press the star (*) key to be routed to the next available support
engineer.
The support representative validates your request and issues an RMA number for return of the
component.
Packing an MX10008 Router or Component for Shipping
IN THIS SECTION
Packing an MX10008 Chassis for Shipping | 385
Packing MX10008 Components for Shipping | 388

385
Follow this procedure if you are returning an MX10008 chassis or component to Juniper Networks for
repair or replacement.
Before you pack an MX10008 or component:
• Pack your chassis or component using one of these materials:
• Use the packing material from the replacement chassis or component
• Retrieve the original shipping carton and packing materials
Contact your JTAC representative if you do not have these materials, to learn about approved packing
materials. See "Contact Customer Support" on page 368.
• ESD grounding strap.
• Electrostatic bag, one for each component.
• If you are returning the chassis:
• A 13/32-in. or 10-mm open-end or socket wrench to install the bracket bolts on the chassis and
shipping pallet
• An appropriate screwdriver for the mounting screws used on your rack.
This topic covers:
Packing an MX10008 Chassis for Shipping

The MX10008 is shipped in a cardboard box that has a two-layer wooden pallet base with foam
cushioning between the layers. The router chassis is bolted to the pallet base with four pallet fasteners,
two on each side of the chassis. See Figure 11 for the stacking configuration of the MX10008 .
386
Figure 215: Stacking Configuration for Packing the MX10008 Chassis
To pack an MX10008 for shipping:
1. Power down the chassis and remove the power cables. See "Powering Off an MX10008 Router" on
page 352.
2. Remove the cables that connect the MX10008 to all external devices.
3. Remove all line cards and pack them in their original shipping containers. See "Packing an MX10008
Router or Component for Shipping" on page 384.
4. Install covers over empty slots.
Leave components that came installed in the chassis in the chassis, such as the Control Boards or
power supplies.
5. Move the wooden pallet and packing material to a staging area as close to the router as possible.
Make sure there is enough space to move the chassis from the rack to the wooden pallet.
6. Position a mechanical lift under the device. If a mechanical lift is not available, have three people
support the weight of the router while another person uses the screwdriver to remove the front
mounting screws that attach the chassis mounting brackets to the rack. For MX10008 removal, see
387
"Removing an MX10008 Router From a Four-Post Rack Using a Mechanical Lift" on page 355 or
"Manually Removing an MX10008 Router from a 4-Post Rack" on page 356. .
7. Remove the router from the rack (see "MX10008 Chassis Lifting Guidelines" on page 398) and
place the router on the shipping pallet. Position the router on the pallet so that the front of the
router is facing the silkscreened “front” mark on the pallet. The pallet also has crop marks to guide
you in positioning the chassis
8. Use the 13/32-in. or 10-mm open-end or socket wrench to install the four sets of brackets and
bolts that secure the chassis to the wooden pallet.
9. Slide the plastic cover over the router chassis. The plastic cover is part of the router’s original
packing materials.
10. Place the packing foam on top of and around the router.
11. Place the power cords in the box.
12. Remove the adjustable mounting brackets from the rack and place them and their connecting
screws in the accessory box.
13. If you are returning accessories or FRUs with the router, pack them as instructed in "Packing
MX10008 Components for Shipping" on page 388.
14. Verify that all accessories are present. See "Unpacking Line Cards, RCBs, and Switch Fabric Boards"
on page 185.
15. Slide the cardboard box over the chassis, making sure that the arrows on the box point up and the
pallet fasteners to secure the cardboard box to the wooden pallet are near the bottom.
16. Attach the cardboard box to the wooden pallet by screwing two screws into each of the four pallet
fasteners. See Figure 12.
388
Figure 216: Attaching the MX10008 to the Pallet
17. Write the RMA number on the exterior of the box to ensure proper tracking.
Packing MX10008 Components for Shipping

Before you begin packing a router component, ensure that you have the following parts and tools
available:
• Antistatic bag, one for each component
CAUTION: Do not stack router components. Return individual components in separate

boxes if they do not fit together on one level in the shipping box.
To pack and ship MX10008 components:
1. Place individual FRUs in antistatic bags.

2. Use the original packing materials if they are available. If the original packing materials are not
available, ensure the component is adequately packed to prevent damage during transit. The packing
material you use must be able to support the weight of the component.
3. Ensure that the components are adequately protected with packing materials and packed so that the
pieces are prevented from moving around inside the carton.
389
4. Close the top of the cardboard shipping box and seal it with packing tape.
5. Write the RMA number on the exterior of the box to ensure proper tracking.

8 CHAPTER
Safety and Compliance Information
Definitions of Safety Warning Levels | 393
Qualified Personnel Warning | 395
Warning Statement for Norway and Sweden | 395
Fire Safety Requirements | 396
Restricted Access Warning | 398
Ramp Warning | 400
Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning | 405
Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 406
Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 409
General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 415
Action to Take After an Electrical Accident | 417
AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines | 419
AC Power Disconnection Warning | 420
DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines for MX10008 Router | 421

DC Power Disconnection Warning | 422
DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning | 423
DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning | 424
DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning | 426
Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning | 427
TN Power Warning | 428
Agency Approvals and Compliance Statements | 429

392
General Safety Guidelines and Warnings
The following guidelines help ensure your safety and protect the device from damage. The list of
guidelines might not address all potentially hazardous situations in your working environment, so be
alert and exercise good judgment at all times.
• Perform only the procedures explicitly described in the hardware documentation for this device.
Make sure that only authorized service personnel perform other system services.
• Keep the area around the device clear and free from dust before, during, and after installation.
• Keep tools away from areas where people could trip over them while walking.
• Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry, such as rings, bracelets, or chains, which could become caught
in the device.
• Wear safety glasses if you are working under any conditions that could be hazardous to your eyes.
• Do not perform any actions that create a potential hazard to people or make the equipment unsafe.
• Never attempt to lift an object that is too heavy for one person to handle.
• Never install or manipulate wiring during electrical storms.
• Never install electrical jacks in wet locations unless the jacks are specifically designed for wet
environments.
• Operate the device only when it is properly grounded.
• Follow the instructions in this guide to properly ground the device to earth.
• Replace fuses only with fuses of the same type and rating.
• Do not open or remove chassis covers or sheet-metal parts unless instructions are provided in the
hardware documentation for this device. Such an action could cause severe electrical shock.
• Do not push or force any objects through any opening in the chassis frame. Such an action could
result in electrical shock or fire.
• Avoid spilling liquid onto the chassis or onto any device component. Such an action could cause
electrical shock or damage the device.
• Avoid touching uninsulated electrical wires or terminals that have not been disconnected from their
power source. Such an action could cause electrical shock.
393
• Some parts of the chassis, including AC and DC power supply surfaces, power supply unit handles,
SFB card handles, and fan tray handles might become hot. The following label provides the warning
for hot surfaces on the chassis:
• Always ensure that all modules, power supplies, and cover panels are fully inserted and that the
installation screws are fully tightened.
Definitions of Safety Warning Levels
The documentation uses the following levels of safety warnings (there are two Warning formats):
NOTE: You might find this information helpful in a particular situation, or you might overlook this
important information if it was not highlighted in a Note.
CAUTION: You need to observe the specified guidelines to prevent minor injury or
discomfort to you or severe damage to the device.
Attention Veillez à respecter les consignes indiquées pour éviter toute incommodité ou
blessure légère, voire des dégâts graves pour l’appareil.
LASER WARNING: This symbol alerts you to the risk of personal injury from a laser.
Avertissement Ce symbole signale un risque de blessure provoquée par rayon laser.
WARNING: This symbol means danger. You are in a situation that could cause bodily
injury. Before you work on any equipment, be aware of the hazards involved with
electrical circuitry, and familiarize yourself with standard practices for preventing
accidents.
394
Waarschuwing Dit waarschuwingssymbool betekent gevaar. U verkeert in een situatie

die lichamelijk letsel kan veroorzaken. Voordat u aan enige apparatuur gaat werken,
dient u zich bewust te zijn van de bij elektrische schakelingen betrokken risico's en dient
u op de hoogte te zijn van standaard maatregelen om ongelukken te voorkomen.
Varoitus Tämä varoitusmerkki merkitsee vaaraa. Olet tilanteessa, joka voi johtaa
ruumiinvammaan. Ennen kuin työskentelet minkään laitteiston parissa, ota selvää
sähkökytkentöihin liittyvistä vaaroista ja tavanomaisista onnettomuuksien
ehkäisykeinoista.
Avertissement Ce symbole d'avertissement indique un danger. Vous vous trouvez dans

une situation pouvant causer des blessures ou des dommages corporels. Avant de
travailler sur un équipement, soyez conscient des dangers posés par les circuits
électriques et familiarisez-vous avec les procédures couramment utilisées pour éviter
les accidents.
Warnung Dieses Warnsymbol bedeutet Gefahr. Sie befinden sich in einer Situation, die
zu einer Körperverletzung führen könnte. Bevor Sie mit der Arbeit an irgendeinem
Gerät beginnen, seien Sie sich der mit elektrischen Stromkreisen verbundenen Gefahren
und der Standardpraktiken zur Vermeidung von Unfällen bewußt.
Avvertenza Questo simbolo di avvertenza indica un pericolo. La situazione potrebbe

causare infortuni alle persone. Prima di lavorare su qualsiasi apparecchiatura, occorre
conoscere i pericoli relativi ai circuiti elettrici ed essere al corrente delle pratiche
standard per la prevenzione di incidenti.
Advarsel Dette varselsymbolet betyr fare. Du befinner deg i en situasjon som kan føre
til personskade. Før du utfører arbeid på utstyr, må du vare oppmerksom på de
faremomentene som elektriske kretser innebærer, samt gjøre deg kjent med vanlig
praksis når det gjelder å unngå ulykker.
Aviso Este símbolo de aviso indica perigo. Encontra-se numa situação que lhe poderá
causar danos físicos. Antes de começar a trabalhar com qualquer equipamento,
familiarize-se com os perigos relacionados com circuitos eléctricos, e com quaisquer
práticas comuns que possam prevenir possíveis acidentes.
¡Atención! Este símbolo de aviso significa peligro. Existe riesgo para su integridad física.
Antes de manipular cualquier equipo, considerar los riesgos que entraña la corriente
eléctrica y familiarizarse con los procedimientos estándar de prevención de accidentes.
Varning! Denna varningssymbol signalerar fara. Du befinner dig i en situation som kan
leda till personskada. Innan du utför arbete på någon utrustning måste du vara
medveten om farorna med elkretsar och känna till vanligt förfarande för att förebygga
skador.
395
Qualified Personnel Warning
WARNING: Only trained and qualified personnel should install or replace the device.
Waarschuwing Installatie en reparaties mogen uitsluitend door getraind en bevoegd
personeel uitgevoerd worden.
Varoitus Ainoastaan koulutettu ja pätevä henkilökunta saa asentaa tai vaihtaa tämän
laitteen.
Avertissement Tout installation ou remplacement de l'appareil doit être réalisé par du

personnel qualifié et compétent.
Warnung Gerät nur von geschultem, qualifiziertem Personal installieren oder

auswechseln lassen.
Avvertenza Solo personale addestrato e qualificato deve essere autorizzato ad installare

o sostituire questo apparecchio.
Advarsel Kun kvalifisert personell med riktig opplæring bør montere eller bytte ut dette
utstyret.
Aviso Este equipamento deverá ser instalado ou substituído apenas por pessoal
devidamente treinado e qualificado.
¡Atención! Estos equipos deben ser instalados y reemplazados exclusivamente por

personal técnico adecuadamente preparado y capacitado.
Varning! Denna utrustning ska endast installeras och bytas ut av utbildad och
kvalificerad personal.
Warning Statement for Norway and Sweden
WARNING: The equipment must be connected to an earthed mains socket-outlet.

Advarsel Apparatet skal kobles til en jordet stikkontakt.
Varning! Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat nätuttag.

396
Fire Safety Requirements
IN THIS SECTION
Fire Suppression | 396
Fire Suppression Equipment | 396
In the event of a fire emergency, the safety of people is the primary concern. You should establish
procedures for protecting people in the event of a fire emergency, provide safety training, and properly
provision fire-control equipment and fire extinguishers.
In addition, you should establish procedures to protect your equipment in the event of a fire emergency.
Juniper Networks products should be installed in an environment suitable for electronic equipment. We
recommend that fire suppression equipment be available in the event of a fire in the vicinity of the
equipment and that all local fire, safety, and electrical codes and ordinances be observed when you
install and operate your equipment.
Fire Suppression
In the event of an electrical hazard or an electrical fire, you should first turn power off to the equipment
at the source. Then use a Type C fire extinguisher, which uses noncorrosive fire retardants, to extinguish
the fire.
Fire Suppression Equipment
Type C fire extinguishers, which use noncorrosive fire retardants such as carbon dioxide and Halotron™,
are most effective for suppressing electrical fires. Type C fire extinguishers displace oxygen from the
point of combustion to eliminate the fire. For extinguishing fire on or around equipment that draws air
from the environment for cooling, you should use this type of inert oxygen displacement extinguisher
instead of an extinguisher that leaves residues on equipment.
Do not use multipurpose Type ABC chemical fire extinguishers (dry chemical fire extinguishers). The
primary ingredient in these fire extinguishers is monoammonium phosphate, which is very sticky and
397
difficult to clean. In addition, in the presence of minute amounts of moisture, monoammonium

phosphate can become highly corrosive and corrodes most metals.
Any equipment in a room in which a chemical fire extinguisher has been discharged is subject to
premature failure and unreliable operation. The equipment is considered to be irreparably damaged.
NOTE: To keep warranties effective, do not use a dry chemical fire extinguisher to control a fire
at or near a Juniper Networks device. If a dry chemical fire extinguisher is used, the unit is no
longer eligible for coverage under a service agreement.
We recommend that you dispose of any irreparably damaged equipment in an environmentally

responsible manner.
Installation Instructions Warning
WARNING: Read the installation instructions before you connect the device to a power
source.
Waarschuwing Raadpleeg de installatie-aanwijzingen voordat u het systeem met de
voeding verbindt.
Varoitus Lue asennusohjeet ennen järjestelmän yhdistämistä virtalähteeseen.
Avertissement Avant de brancher le système sur la source d'alimentation, consulter les

directives d'installation.
Warnung Lesen Sie die Installationsanweisungen, bevor Sie das System an die
Stromquelle anschließen.
Avvertenza Consultare le istruzioni di installazione prima di collegare il sistema

all'alimentatore.
Advarsel Les installasjonsinstruksjonene før systemet kobles til strømkilden.
Aviso Leia as instruções de instalação antes de ligar o sistema à sua fonte de energia.
¡Atención! Ver las instrucciones de instalación antes de conectar el sistema a la red de

alimentación.
Varning! Läs installationsanvisningarna innan du kopplar systemet till dess

strömförsörjningsenhet.
398
MX10008 Chassis Lifting Guidelines
The weight of a fully loaded base AC configuration is approximately 285 lb (129.27 kg) and 332 lb
(150.59 kg) for the redundant AC configuration. Similarly, the weight of a redundant DC configuration is
319 lb (144.69 kg). Observe the following guidelines for lifting and moving an MX10008:
CAUTION: If you are installing the MX10008 without a mechanical lift, remove all
power supplies, RCBs, SFBs, cover panels, and fan trays before attempting to install the
router. Unless you are using a mechanical lift, at least three people are required to
perform the rack installation.
• Before installing an MX10008, read the guidelines in "MX10008 Site Preparation Checklist" on page
125 to verify that the intended site meets the specified power, environmental, and clearance
requirements.
• Before lifting or moving the MX10008, disconnect all external cables.
• When raising the MX10008 into the rack, have two people lift and align the router with the rack
while another person secures the router to the rack. As when lifting any heavy object, lift most of the
weight with your legs rather than your back. Keep your knees bent and your back relatively straight
and avoid twisting your body as you lift. Balance the load evenly and be sure that your footing is
solid.

Restricted Access Warning
WARNING: This unit is intended for installation in restricted access areas. A restricted
access area is an area to which access can be gained only by service personnel through
399
the use of a special tool, lock and key, or other means of security, and which is
controlled by the authority responsible for the location.
Waarschuwing Dit toestel is bedoeld voor installatie op plaatsen met beperkte toegang.
Een plaats met beperkte toegang is een plaats waar toegang slechts door
servicepersoneel verkregen kan worden door middel van een speciaal instrument, een
slot en sleutel, of een ander veiligheidsmiddel, en welke beheerd wordt door de
overheidsinstantie die verantwoordelijk is voor de locatie.
Varoitus Tämä laite on tarkoitettu asennettavaksi paikkaan, johon pääsy on rajoitettua.

Paikka, johon pääsy on rajoitettua, tarkoittaa paikkaa, johon vain huoltohenkilöstö
pääsee jonkin erikoistyökalun, lukkoon sopivan avaimen tai jonkin muun turvalaitteen
avulla ja joka on paikasta vastuussa olevien toimivaltaisten henkilöiden valvoma.
Avertissement Cet appareil est à installer dans des zones d'accès réservé. Ces dernières
sont des zones auxquelles seul le personnel de service peut accéder en utilisant un outil
spécial, un mécanisme de verrouillage et une clé, ou tout autre moyen de sécurité.
L'accès aux zones de sécurité est sous le contrôle de l'autorité responsable de
l'emplacement.
Warnung Diese Einheit ist zur Installation in Bereichen mit beschränktem Zutritt
vorgesehen. Ein Bereich mit beschränktem Zutritt ist ein Bereich, zu dem nur
Wartungspersonal mit einem Spezialwerkzeugs, Schloß und Schlüssel oder anderer
Sicherheitsvorkehrungen Zugang hat, und der von dem für die Anlage zuständigen
Gremium kontrolliert wird.
Avvertenza Questa unità deve essere installata in un'area ad accesso limitato. Un'area
ad accesso limitato è un'area accessibile solo a personale di assistenza tramite
un'attrezzo speciale, lucchetto, o altri dispositivi di sicurezza, ed è controllata
dall'autorità responsabile della zona.
Advarsel Denne enheten er laget for installasjon i områder med begrenset adgang. Et
område med begrenset adgang gir kun adgang til servicepersonale som bruker et
spesielt verktøy, lås og nøkkel, eller en annen sikkerhetsanordning, og det kontrolleres
av den autoriteten som er ansvarlig for området.
Aviso Esta unidade foi concebida para instalação em áreas de acesso restrito. Uma área
de acesso restrito é uma área à qual apenas tem acesso o pessoal de serviço autorizado,
que possua uma ferramenta, chave e fechadura especial, ou qualquer outra forma de
segurança. Esta área é controlada pela autoridade responsável pelo local.
¡Atención! Esta unidad ha sido diseñada para instalarse en áreas de acceso restringido.
Área de acceso restringido significa un área a la que solamente tiene acceso el personal
de servicio mediante la utilización de una herramienta especial, cerradura con llave, o
400
algún otro medio de seguridad, y que está bajo el control de la autoridad responsable
del local.
Varning! Denna enhet är avsedd för installation i områden med begränsat tillträde. Ett
område med begränsat tillträde får endast tillträdas av servicepersonal med ett speciellt
verktyg, lås och nyckel, eller annan säkerhetsanordning, och kontrolleras av den
auktoritet som ansvarar för området.
Ramp Warning
WARNING: When installing the device, do not use a ramp inclined at more than 10
degrees.
Waarschuwing Gebruik een oprijplaat niet onder een hoek van meer dan 10 graden.
Varoitus Älä käytä sellaista kaltevaa pintaa, jonka kaltevuus ylittää 10 astetta.
Avertissement Ne pas utiliser une rampe dont l'inclinaison est supérieure à 10 degrés.
Warnung Keine Rampen mit einer Neigung von mehr als 10 Grad verwenden.
Avvertenza Non usare una rampa con pendenza superiore a 10 gradi.
Advarsel Bruk aldri en rampe som heller mer enn 10 grader.
Aviso Não utilize uma rampa com uma inclinação superior a 10 graus.
¡Atención! No usar una rampa inclinada más de 10 grados.
Varning! Använd inte ramp med en lutning på mer än 10 grader.
Rack-Mounting and Cabinet-Mounting Warnings
Ensure that the rack or cabinet in which the device is installed is evenly and securely supported. Uneven
mechanical loading could lead to a hazardous condition.
401
WARNING: To prevent bodily injury when mounting or servicing the device in a rack,
take the following precautions to ensure that the system remains stable. The following
directives help maintain your safety:
• Install the device in a rack that is secured to the building structure.
• Mount the device at the bottom of the rack if it is the only unit in the rack.
• When mounting the device on a partially filled rack, load the rack from the bottom
to the top, with the heaviest component at the bottom of the rack.
• If the rack is provided with stabilizing equipment, install the stabilizers before
mounting or servicing the device in the rack.
Waarschuwing Om lichamelijk letsel te voorkomen wanneer u dit toestel in een rek

monteert of het daar een servicebeurt geeft, moet u speciale voorzorgsmaatregelen
nemen om ervoor te zorgen dat het toestel stabiel blijft. De onderstaande richtlijnen
worden verstrekt om uw veiligheid te verzekeren:
• De Juniper Networks switch moet in een stellage worden geïnstalleerd die aan een
bouwsel is verankerd.
• Dit toestel dient onderaan in het rek gemonteerd te worden als het toestel het enige
in het rek is.
• Wanneer u dit toestel in een gedeeltelijk gevuld rek monteert, dient u het rek van
onderen naar boven te laden met het zwaarste onderdeel onderaan in het rek.
• Als het rek voorzien is van stabiliseringshulpmiddelen, dient u de stabilisatoren te

monteren voordat u het toestel in het rek monteert of het daar een servicebeurt
geeft.
Varoitus Kun laite asetetaan telineeseen tai huolletaan sen ollessa telineessä, on
noudatettava erityisiä varotoimia järjestelmän vakavuuden säilyttämiseksi, jotta
vältytään loukkaantumiselta. Noudata seuraavia turvallisuusohjeita:
• Juniper Networks switch on asennettava telineeseen, joka on kiinnitetty

rakennukseen.
• Jos telineessä ei ole muita laitteita, aseta laite telineen alaosaan.
• Jos laite asetetaan osaksi täytettyyn telineeseen, aloita kuormittaminen sen

alaosasta kaikkein raskaimmalla esineellä ja siirry sitten sen yläosaan.
402
• Jos telinettä varten on vakaimet, asenna ne ennen laitteen asettamista telineeseen

tai sen huoltamista siinä.
Avertissement Pour éviter toute blessure corporelle pendant les opérations de montage
ou de réparation de cette unité en casier, il convient de prendre des précautions
spéciales afin de maintenir la stabilité du système. Les directives ci-dessous sont
destinées à assurer la protection du personnel:
• Le rack sur lequel est monté le Juniper Networks switch doit être fixé à la structure
du bâtiment.
• Si cette unité constitue la seule unité montée en casier, elle doit être placée dans le
bas.
• Si cette unité est montée dans un casier partiellement rempli, charger le casier de
bas en haut en plaçant l'élément le plus lourd dans le bas.
• Si le casier est équipé de dispositifs stabilisateurs, installer les stabilisateurs avant de

monter ou de réparer l'unité en casier.
Warnung Zur Vermeidung von Körperverletzung beim Anbringen oder Warten dieser
Einheit in einem Gestell müssen Sie besondere Vorkehrungen treffen, um
sicherzustellen, daß das System stabil bleibt. Die folgenden Richtlinien sollen zur
Gewährleistung Ihrer Sicherheit dienen:
• Der Juniper Networks switch muß in einem Gestell installiert werden, das in der
Gebäudestruktur verankert ist.
• Wenn diese Einheit die einzige im Gestell ist, sollte sie unten im Gestell angebracht
werden.
• Bei Anbringung dieser Einheit in einem zum Teil gefüllten Gestell ist das Gestell von
unten nach oben zu laden, wobei das schwerste Bauteil unten im Gestell
anzubringen ist.
• Wird das Gestell mit Stabilisierungszubehör geliefert, sind zuerst die Stabilisatoren
zu installieren, bevor Sie die Einheit im Gestell anbringen oder sie warten.
Avvertenza Per evitare infortuni fisici durante il montaggio o la manutenzione di questa

unità in un supporto, occorre osservare speciali precauzioni per garantire che il sistema
rimanga stabile. Le seguenti direttive vengono fornite per garantire la sicurezza
personale:
403
• Il Juniper Networks switch deve essere installato in un telaio, il quale deve essere
fissato alla struttura dell'edificio.
• Questa unità deve venire montata sul fondo del supporto, se si tratta dell'unica unità
da montare nel supporto.
• Quando questa unità viene montata in un supporto parzialmente pieno, caricare il

supporto dal basso all'alto, con il componente più pesante sistemato sul fondo del
supporto.
• Se il supporto è dotato di dispositivi stabilizzanti, installare tali dispositivi prima di

montare o di procedere alla manutenzione dell'unità nel supporto.
Advarsel Unngå fysiske skader under montering eller reparasjonsarbeid på denne

enheten når den befinner seg i et kabinett. Vær nøye med at systemet er stabilt.
Følgende retningslinjer er gitt for å verne om sikkerheten:
• Juniper Networks switch må installeres i et stativ som er forankret til

bygningsstrukturen.
• Denne enheten bør monteres nederst i kabinettet hvis dette er den eneste enheten i
kabinettet.
• Ved montering av denne enheten i et kabinett som er delvis fylt, skal kabinettet
lastes fra bunnen og opp med den tyngste komponenten nederst i kabinettet.
• Hvis kabinettet er utstyrt med stabiliseringsutstyr, skal stabilisatorene installeres før

montering eller utføring av reparasjonsarbeid på enheten i kabinettet.
Aviso Para se prevenir contra danos corporais ao montar ou reparar esta unidade numa
estante, deverá tomar precauções especiais para se certificar de que o sistema possui
um suporte estável. As seguintes directrizes ajudá-lo-ão a efectuar o seu trabalho com
segurança:
• O Juniper Networks switch deverá ser instalado numa prateleira fixa à estrutura do
edificio.
• Esta unidade deverá ser montada na parte inferior da estante, caso seja esta a única
unidade a ser montada.
• Ao montar esta unidade numa estante parcialmente ocupada, coloque os itens mais
pesados na parte inferior da estante, arrumando-os de baixo para cima.
404
• Se a estante possuir um dispositivo de estabilização, instale-o antes de montar ou

reparar a unidade.
¡Atención! Para evitar lesiones durante el montaje de este equipo sobre un bastidor,
oeriormente durante su mantenimiento, se debe poner mucho cuidado en que el
sistema quede bien estable. Para garantizar su seguridad, proceda según las siguientes
instrucciones:
• El Juniper Networks switch debe instalarse en un bastidor fijado a la estructura del

edificio.
• Colocar el equipo en la parte inferior del bastidor, cuando sea la única unidad en el
mismo.
• Cuando este equipo se vaya a instalar en un bastidor parcialmente ocupado,

comenzar la instalación desde la parte inferior hacia la superior colocando el equipo
más pesado en la parte inferior.
• Si el bastidor dispone de dispositivos estabilizadores, instalar éstos antes de montar

o proceder al mantenimiento del equipo instalado en el bastidor.
Varning! För att undvika kroppsskada när du installerar eller utför underhållsarbete på
denna enhet på en ställning måste du vidta särskilda försiktighetsåtgärder för att
försäkra dig om att systemet står stadigt. Följande riktlinjer ges för att trygga din
säkerhet:
• Juniper Networks switch måste installeras i en ställning som är förankrad i

byggnadens struktur.
• Om denna enhet är den enda enheten på ställningen skall den installeras längst ned
på ställningen.
• Om denna enhet installeras på en delvis fylld ställning skall ställningen fyllas nedifrån
och upp, med de tyngsta enheterna längst ned på ställningen.
• Om ställningen är försedd med stabiliseringsdon skall dessa monteras fast innan

enheten installeras eller underhålls på ställningen.
405
Grounded Equipment Warning
WARNING: This device must be properly grounded at all times. Follow the instructions
in this guide to properly ground the device to earth.
Waarschuwing Dit apparaat moet altijd goed geaard zijn. Volg de instructies in deze
gids om het apparaat goed te aarden.
Varoitus Laitteen on oltava pysyvästi maadoitettu. Maadoita laite asianmukaisesti

noudattamalla tämän oppaan ohjeita.
Avertissement L’appareil doit être correctement mis à la terre à tout moment. Suivez les
instructions de ce guide pour correctement mettre l’appareil à la terre.
Warnung Das Gerät muss immer ordnungsgemäß geerdet sein. Befolgen Sie die
Anweisungen in dieser Anleitung, um das Gerät ordnungsgemäß zu erden.
Avvertenza Questo dispositivo deve sempre disporre di una connessione a massa.

Seguire le istruzioni indicate in questa guida per connettere correttamente il dispositivo
a massa.
Advarsel Denne enheten på jordes skikkelig hele tiden. Følg instruksjonene i denne
veiledningen for å jorde enheten.
Aviso Este equipamento deverá estar ligado à terra. Siga las instrucciones en esta guía
para conectar correctamente este dispositivo a tierra.
¡Atención! Este dispositivo debe estar correctamente conectado a tierra en todo

momento. Siga las instrucciones en esta guía para conectar correctamente este
dispositivo a tierra.
Varning! Den här enheten måste vara ordentligt jordad. Följ instruktionerna i den här
guiden för att jorda enheten ordentligt.
Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning
LASER WARNING: Because invisible radiation might be emitted from the aperture of
the port when no fiber cable is connected, avoid exposure to radiation and do not stare
into open apertures.
406
Waarschuwing Aangezien onzichtbare straling vanuit de opening van de poort kan

komen als er geen fiberkabel aangesloten is, dient blootstelling aan straling en het kijken
in open openingen vermeden te worden.
Varoitus Koska portin aukosta voi emittoitua näkymätöntä säteilyä, kun kuitukaapelia ei
ole kytkettynä, vältä säteilylle altistumista äläkä katso avoimiin aukkoihin.
Avertissement Des radiations invisibles à l'il nu pouvant traverser l'ouverture du port

lorsqu'aucun câble en fibre optique n'y est connecté, il est recommandé de ne pas
regarder fixement l'intérieur de ces ouvertures.
Warnung Aus der Port-Öffnung können unsichtbare Strahlen emittieren, wenn kein
Glasfaserkabel angeschlossen ist. Vermeiden Sie es, sich den Strahlungen auszusetzen,
und starren Sie nicht in die Öffnungen!
Avvertenza Quando i cavi in fibra non sono inseriti, radiazioni invisibili possono essere
emesse attraverso l'apertura della porta. Evitate di esporvi alle radiazioni e non guardate
direttamente nelle aperture.
Advarsel Unngå utsettelse for stråling, og stirr ikke inn i åpninger som er åpne, fordi
usynlig stråling kan emiteres fra portens åpning når det ikke er tilkoblet en fiberkabel.
Aviso Dada a possibilidade de emissão de radiação invisível através do orifício da via de

acesso, quando esta não tiver nenhum cabo de fibra conectado, deverá evitar an
EXposição à radiação e não deverá olhar fixamente para orifícios que se encontrarem a
descoberto.
¡Atención! Debido a que la apertura del puerto puede emitir radiación invisible cuando
no existe un cable de fibra conectado, evite mirar directamente a las aperturas para no
exponerse a la radiación.
Varning! Osynlig strålning kan avges från en portöppning utan ansluten fiberkabel och
du bör därför undvika att bli utsatt för strålning genom att inte stirra in i oskyddade
öppningar.
Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings
IN THIS SECTION
General Laser Safety Guidelines | 407

407
Class 1 Laser Product Warning | 408
Class 1 LED Product Warning | 408
Laser Beam Warning | 409
Juniper Networks devices are equipped with laser transmitters, which are considered a Class 1 Laser
Product by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and are evaluated as a Class 1 Laser Product per
IEC/EN 60825-1 requirements.
Observe the following guidelines and warnings:
General Laser Safety Guidelines
When working around ports that support optical transceivers, observe the following safety guidelines to
prevent eye injury:
• Do not look into unterminated ports or at fibers that connect to unknown sources.
• Do not examine unterminated optical ports with optical instruments.
• Avoid direct exposure to the beam.
LASER WARNING: Unterminated optical connectors can emit invisible laser radiation.
The lens in the human eye focuses all the laser power on the retina, so focusing the
eye directly on a laser source—even a low-power laser—could permanently damage the
eye.
Avertissement Les connecteurs à fibre optique sans terminaison peuvent émettre un
rayonnement laser invisible. Le cristallin de l’œil humain faisant converger toute la
puissance du laser sur la rétine, toute focalisation directe de l’œil sur une source laser,
—même de faible puissance—, peut entraîner des lésions oculaires irréversibles.
408
Class 1 Laser Product Warning
LASER WARNING: Class 1 laser product.

Waarschuwing Klasse-1 laser produkt.
Varoitus Luokan 1 lasertuote.
Avertissement Produit laser de classe I.
Warnung Laserprodukt der Klasse 1.
Avvertenza Prodotto laser di Classe 1.
Advarsel Laserprodukt av klasse 1.
Aviso Produto laser de classe 1.
¡Atención! Producto láser Clase I.
Varning! Laserprodukt av klass 1.
Class 1 LED Product Warning
LASER WARNING: Class 1 LED product.

Waarschuwing Klasse 1 LED-product.
Varoitus Luokan 1 valodiodituote.
Avertissement Alarme de produit LED Class I.
Warnung Class 1 LED-Produktwarnung.
Avvertenza Avvertenza prodotto LED di Classe 1.
Advarsel LED-produkt i klasse 1.
Aviso Produto de classe 1 com LED.
¡Atención! Aviso sobre producto LED de Clase 1.
Varning! Lysdiodprodukt av klass 1.

409
Laser Beam Warning
LASER WARNING: Do not stare into the laser beam or view it directly with optical
instruments.
Waarschuwing Niet in de straal staren of hem rechtstreeks bekijken met optische
instrumenten.
Varoitus Älä katso säteeseen äläkä tarkastele sitä suoraan optisen laitteen avulla.
Avertissement Ne pas fixer le faisceau des yeux, ni l'observer directement à l'aide

d'instruments optiques.
Warnung Nicht direkt in den Strahl blicken und ihn nicht direkt mit optischen Geräten
prüfen.
Avvertenza Non fissare il raggio con gli occhi né usare strumenti ottici per osservarlo
direttamente.
Advarsel Stirr eller se ikke direkte p strlen med optiske instrumenter.
Aviso Não olhe fixamente para o raio, nem olhe para ele directamente com
instrumentos ópticos.
¡Atención! No mirar fijamente el haz ni observarlo directamente con instrumentos

ópticos.
Varning! Rikta inte blicken in mot strålen och titta inte direkt på den genom optiska
instrument.
Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and

Warnings
IN THIS SECTION
Battery Handling Warning | 410
Jewelry Removal Warning | 411
Lightning Activity Warning | 412

410
Operating Temperature Warning | 413
Product Disposal Warning | 414
While performing the maintenance activities for devices, observe the following guidelines and warnings:
Battery Handling Warning
WARNING: Replacing a battery incorrectly might result in an explosion. Replace a

battery only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer.
Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Waarschuwing Er is ontploffingsgevaar als de batterij verkeerd vervangen wordt.
Vervang de batterij slechts met hetzelfde of een equivalent type dat door de fabrikant
aanbevolen is. Gebruikte batterijen dienen overeenkomstig fabrieksvoorschriften
weggeworpen te worden.
Varoitus Räjähdyksen vaara, jos akku on vaihdettu väärään akkuun. Käytä vaihtamiseen
ainoastaan saman- tai vastaavantyyppistä akkua, joka on valmistajan suosittelema.
Hävitä käytetyt akut valmistajan ohjeiden mukaan.
Avertissement Danger d'explosion si la pile n'est pas remplacée correctement. Ne la

remplacer que par une pile de type semblable ou équivalent, recommandée par le
fabricant. Jeter les piles usagées conformément aux instructions du fabricant.
Warnung Bei Einsetzen einer falschen Batterie besteht Explosionsgefahr. Ersetzen Sie
die Batterie nur durch den gleichen oder vom Hersteller empfohlenen Batterietyp.
Entsorgen Sie die benutzten Batterien nach den Anweisungen des Herstellers.
Advarsel Det kan være fare for eksplosjon hvis batteriet skiftes på feil måte. Skift kun
med samme eller tilsvarende type som er anbefalt av produsenten. Kasser brukte
batterier i henhold til produsentens instruksjoner.
Avvertenza Pericolo di esplosione se la batteria non è installata correttamente.

Sostituire solo con una di tipo uguale o equivalente, consigliata dal produttore. Eliminare
le batterie usate secondo le istruzioni del produttore.
411
Aviso Existe perigo de explosão se a bateria for substituída incorrectamente. Substitua

a bateria por uma bateria igual ou de um tipo equivalente recomendado pelo fabricante.
Destrua as baterias usadas conforme as instruções do fabricante.
¡Atención! Existe peligro de explosión si la batería se reemplaza de manera incorrecta.

Reemplazar la baterían EXclusivamente con el mismo tipo o el equivalente
recomendado por el fabricante. Desechar las baterías gastadas según las instrucciones
del fabricante.
Varning! Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Ersätt endast batteriet med samma
batterityp som rekommenderas av tillverkaren eller motsvarande. Följ tillverkarens
anvisningar vid kassering av använda batterier.
Jewelry Removal Warning
WARNING: Before working on equipment that is connected to power lines, remove

jewelry, including rings, necklaces, and watches. Metal objects heat up when connected
to power and ground and can cause serious burns or can be welded to the terminals.
Waarschuwing Alvorens aan apparatuur te werken die met elektrische leidingen is
verbonden, sieraden (inclusief ringen, kettingen en horloges) verwijderen. Metalen
voorwerpen worden warm wanneer ze met stroom en aarde zijn verbonden, en kunnen
ernstige brandwonden veroorzaken of het metalen voorwerp aan de aansluitklemmen
lassen.
Varoitus Ennen kuin työskentelet voimavirtajohtoihin kytkettyjen laitteiden parissa, ota

pois kaikki korut (sormukset, kaulakorut ja kellot mukaan lukien). Metalliesineet
kuumenevat, kun ne ovat yhteydessä sähkövirran ja maan kanssa, ja ne voivat aiheuttaa
vakavia palovammoja tai hitsata metalliesineet kiinni liitäntänapoihin.
Avertissement Avant d'accéder à cet équipement connecté aux lignes électriques, ôter
tout bijou (anneaux, colliers et montres compris). Lorsqu'ils sont branchés à
l'alimentation et reliés à la terre, les objets métalliques chauffent, ce qui peut provoquer
des blessures graves ou souder l'objet métallique aux bornes.
Warnung Vor der Arbeit an Geräten, die an das Netz angeschlossen sind, jeglichen
Schmuck (einschließlich Ringe, Ketten und Uhren) abnehmen. Metallgegenstände
erhitzen sich, wenn sie an das Netz und die Erde angeschlossen werden, und können
schwere Verbrennungen verursachen oder an die Anschlußklemmen angeschweißt
werden.
412
Avvertenza Prima di intervenire su apparecchiature collegate alle linee di alimentazione,

togliersi qualsiasi monile (inclusi anelli, collane, braccialetti ed orologi). Gli oggetti
metallici si riscaldano quando sono collegati tra punti di alimentazione e massa: possono
causare ustioni gravi oppure il metallo può saldarsi ai terminali.
Advarsel Fjern alle smykker (inkludert ringer, halskjeder og klokker) før du skal arbeide
på utstyr som er koblet til kraftledninger. Metallgjenstander som er koblet til
kraftledninger og jord blir svært varme og kan forårsake alvorlige brannskader eller
smelte fast til polene.
Aviso Antes de trabalhar em equipamento que esteja ligado a linhas de corrente, retire
todas as jóias que estiver a usar (incluindo anéis, fios e relógios). Os objectos metálicos
aquecerão em contacto com a corrente e em contacto com a ligação à terra, podendo
causar queimaduras graves ou ficarem soldados aos terminais.
¡Atención! Antes de operar sobre equipos conectados a líneas de alimentación, quitarse

las joyas (incluidos anillos, collares y relojes). Los objetos de metal se calientan cuando
se conectan a la alimentación y a tierra, lo que puede ocasionar quemaduras graves o
que los objetos metálicos queden soldados a los bornes.
Varning! Tag av alla smycken (inklusive ringar, halsband och armbandsur) innan du
arbetar på utrustning som är kopplad till kraftledningar. Metallobjekt hettas upp när de
kopplas ihop med ström och jord och kan förorsaka allvarliga brännskador; metallobjekt
kan också sammansvetsas med kontakterna.
Lightning Activity Warning
WARNING: Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods
of lightning activity.
Waarschuwing Tijdens onweer dat gepaard gaat met bliksem, dient u niet aan het
systeem te werken of kabels aan te sluiten of te ontkoppelen.
Varoitus Älä työskentele järjestelmän parissa äläkä yhdistä tai irrota kaapeleita
ukkosilmalla.
Avertissement Ne pas travailler sur le système ni brancher ou débrancher les câbles

pendant un orage.
413
Warnung Arbeiten Sie nicht am System und schließen Sie keine Kabel an bzw. trennen
Sie keine ab, wenn es gewittert.
Avvertenza Non lavorare sul sistema o collegare oppure scollegare i cavi durante un
temporale con fulmini.
Advarsel Utfør aldri arbeid på systemet, eller koble kabler til eller fra systemet når det
tordner eller lyner.
Aviso Não trabalhe no sistema ou ligue e desligue cabos durante períodos de mau
tempo (trovoada).
¡Atención! No operar el sistema ni conectar o desconectar cables durante el transcurso

de descargas eléctricas en la atmósfera.
Varning! Vid åska skall du aldrig utföra arbete på systemet eller ansluta eller koppla loss
kablar.
Operating Temperature Warning
WARNING: To prevent the device from overheating, do not operate it in an area that
exceeds the maximum recommended ambient temperature. To prevent airflow
restriction, allow at least 6 in. (15.2 cm) of clearance around the ventilation openings.
Waarschuwing Om te voorkomen dat welke switch van de Juniper Networks router dan
ook oververhit raakt, dient u deze niet te bedienen op een plaats waar de maximale
aanbevolen omgevingstemperatuur van 40° C wordt overschreden. Om te voorkomen
dat de luchtstroom wordt beperkt, dient er minstens 15,2 cm speling rond de ventilatie-
openingen te zijn.
Varoitus Ettei Juniper Networks switch-sarjan reititin ylikuumentuisi, sitä ei saa käyttää
tilassa, jonka lämpötila ylittää korkeimman suositellun ympäristölämpötilan 40° C. Ettei
ilmanvaihto estyisi, tuuletusaukkojen ympärille on jätettävä ainakin 15,2 cm tilaa.
Avertissement Pour éviter toute surchauffe des routeurs de la gamme Juniper

Networks switch, ne l'utilisez pas dans une zone où la température ambiante est
supérieure à 40° C. Pour permettre un flot d'air constant, dégagez un espace d'au moins
15,2 cm autour des ouvertures de ventilations.
Warnung Um einen Router der switch vor Überhitzung zu schützen, darf dieser nicht in
einer Gegend betrieben werden, in der die Umgebungstemperatur das empfohlene
414
Maximum von 40° C überschreitet. Um Lüftungsverschluß zu verhindern, achten Sie

darauf, daß mindestens 15,2 cm lichter Raum um die Lüftungsöffnungen herum frei
bleibt.
Avvertenza Per evitare il surriscaldamento dei switch, non adoperateli in un locale che
ecceda la temperatura ambientale massima di 40° C. Per evitare che la circolazione
dell'aria sia impedita, lasciate uno spazio di almeno 15.2 cm di fronte alle aperture delle
ventole.
Advarsel Unngå overoppheting av eventuelle rutere i Juniper Networks switch Disse

skal ikke brukes på steder der den anbefalte maksimale omgivelsestemperaturen
overstiger 40° C (104° F). Sørg for at klaringen rundt lufteåpningene er minst 15,2 cm
(6 tommer) for å forhindre nedsatt luftsirkulasjon.
Aviso Para evitar o sobreaquecimento do encaminhador Juniper Networks switch, não

utilize este equipamento numa área que exceda a temperatura máxima recomendada de
40° C. Para evitar a restrição à circulação de ar, deixe pelo menos um espaço de 15,2 cm
à volta das aberturas de ventilação.
¡Atención! Para impedir que un encaminador de la serie Juniper Networks switch se

recaliente, no lo haga funcionar en un área en la que se supere la temperatura ambiente
máxima recomendada de 40° C. Para impedir la restricción de la entrada de aire, deje un
espacio mínimo de 15,2 cm alrededor de las aperturas para ventilación.
Varning! Förhindra att en Juniper Networks switch överhettas genom att inte använda
den i ett område där den maximalt rekommenderade omgivningstemperaturen på 40° C
överskrids. Förhindra att luftcirkulationen inskränks genom att se till att det finns fritt
utrymme på minst 15,2 cm omkring ventilationsöppningarna.
Product Disposal Warning
WARNING: Disposal of this device must be handled according to all national laws and
regulations.
Waarschuwing Dit produkt dient volgens alle landelijke wetten en voorschriften te
worden afgedankt.
Varoitus Tämän tuotteen lopullisesta hävittämisestä tulee huolehtia kaikkia

valtakunnallisia lakeja ja säännöksiä noudattaen.
415
Avertissement La mise au rebut définitive de ce produit doit être effectuée

conformément à toutes les lois et réglementations en vigueur.
Warnung Dieses Produkt muß den geltenden Gesetzen und Vorschriften entsprechend
entsorgt werden.
Avvertenza L'eliminazione finale di questo prodotto deve essere eseguita osservando le

normative italiane vigenti in materia
Advarsel Endelig disponering av dette produktet må skje i henhold til nasjonale lover og
forskrifter.
Aviso A descartagem final deste produto deverá ser efectuada de acordo com os
regulamentos e a legislação nacional.
¡Atención! El desecho final de este producto debe realizarse según todas las leyes y
regulaciones nacionales
Varning! Slutlig kassering av denna produkt bör skötas i enlighet med landets alla lagar
och föreskrifter.
General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings
WARNING: Certain ports on the device are designed for use as intrabuilding (within-
the-building) interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in GR-1089-CORE)
and require isolation from the exposed outside plant (OSP) cabling. To comply with
NEBS (Network Equipment-Building System) requirements and protect against lightning
surges and commercial power disturbances, the intrabuilding ports must not be
metallically connected to interfaces that connect to the OSP or its wiring. The
intrabuilding ports on the device are suitable for connection to intrabuilding or
unexposed wiring or cabling only. The addition of primary protectors is not sufficient
protection for connecting these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring.
Avertissement Certains ports de l’appareil sont destinés à un usage en intérieur
uniquement (ports Type 2 ou Type 4 tels que décrits dans le document GR-1089-CORE)
et doivent être isolés du câblage de l’installation extérieure exposée. Pour respecter les
exigences NEBS et assurer une protection contre la foudre et les perturbations de
tension secteur, les ports pour intérieur ne doivent pas être raccordés physiquement
aux interfaces prévues pour la connexion à l’installation extérieure ou à son câblage. Les
416
ports pour intérieur de l’appareil sont réservés au raccordement de câbles pour intérieur
ou non exposés uniquement. L’ajout de protections ne constitue pas une précaution
suffisante pour raccorder physiquement ces interfaces au câblage de l’installation
extérieure.
CAUTION: Before removing or installing components of a device, connect an

electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to an ESD point and wrap and fasten the
other end of the strap around your bare wrist. Failure to use an ESD grounding strap
could result in damage to the device.
Attention Avant de retirer ou d’installer des composants d’un appareil, raccordez un
bracelet antistatique à un point de décharge électrostatique et fixez le bracelet à votre
poignet nu. L’absence de port d’un bracelet antistatique pourrait provoquer des dégâts
sur l’appareil.
• Install the device in compliance with the following local, national, and international electrical codes:
• United States—National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 70), United States National Electrical
Code.
• Other countries—International Electromechanical Commission (IEC) 60364, Part 1 through Part 7.
• Evaluated to the TN power system.
• Canada—Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1, CSA C22.1.
• Suitable for installation in Information Technology Rooms in accordance with Article 645 of the
National Electrical Code and NFPA 75.
Peut être installé dans des salles de matériel de traitement de l’information conformément à
l’article 645 du National Electrical Code et à la NFPA 75.
• Locate the emergency power-off switch for the room in which you are working so that if an electrical
accident occurs, you can quickly turn off the power.
• Make sure that you clean grounding surface and give them a bright finish before making grounding
connections.
• Do not work alone if potentially hazardous conditions exist anywhere in your workspace.
• Never assume that power is disconnected from a circuit. Always check the circuit before starting to
work.
• Carefully look for possible hazards in your work area, such as moist floors, ungrounded power
extension cords, and missing safety grounds.
417
• Operate the device within marked electrical ratings and product usage instructions.
• To ensure that the device and peripheral equipment function safely and correctly, use the cables and
connectors specified for the attached peripheral equipment, and make certain they are in good
condition.
You can remove and replace many device components without powering off or disconnecting power to
the device, as detailed elsewhere in the hardware documentation for this device. Never install
equipment that appears to be damaged.
Action to Take After an Electrical Accident
If an electrical accident results in an injury, take the following actions in this order:
1. Use caution. Be aware of potentially hazardous conditions that could cause further injury.
2. Disconnect power from the device.
3. If possible, send another person to get medical aid. Otherwise, assess the condition of the victim, and
then call for help.
Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage
Device components that are shipped in antistatic bags are sensitive to damage from static electricity.
Some components can be impaired by voltages as low as 30 V. You can easily generate potentially
damaging static voltages whenever you handle plastic or foam packing material or if you move
components across plastic or carpets. Observe the following guidelines to minimize the potential for
electrostatic discharge (ESD) damage, which can cause intermittent or complete component failures:
• Always use an ESD wrist strap when you are handling components that are subject to ESD damage,
and make sure that it is in direct contact with your skin.
If a grounding strap is not available, hold the component in its antistatic bag (see Figure 217 on page
418) in one hand and touch the exposed, bare metal of the device with the other hand immediately
before inserting the component into the device.
418
WARNING: For safety, periodically check the resistance value of the ESD grounding
strap. The measurement must be in the range 1 through 10 Mohms.
Avertissement Par mesure de sécurité, vérifiez régulièrement la résistance du bracelet
antistatique. Cette valeur doit être comprise entre 1 et 10 mégohms (Mohms).
• When handling any component that is subject to ESD damage and that is removed from the device,
make sure the equipment end of your ESD wrist strap is attached to the ESD point on the chassis.
If no grounding strap is available, touch the exposed, bare metal of the device to ground yourself
before handling the component.
• Avoid contact between the component that is subject to ESD damage and your clothing. ESD
voltages emitted from clothing can damage components.
• When removing or installing a component that is subject to ESD damage, always place it component-
side up on an antistatic surface, in an antistatic card rack, or in an antistatic bag (see Figure 217 on
page 418). If you are returning a component, place it in an antistatic bag before packing it.
Figure 217: Placing a Component into an Antistatic Bag

419
CAUTION: ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 cables such as Category 5e and Category 6 can get

electrostatically charged. To dissipate this charge, always ground the cables to a suitable
and safe earth ground before connecting them to the system.
Attention Les câbles ANSI/TIA/EIA-568, par exemple Cat 5e et Cat 6, peuvent
emmagasiner des charges électrostatiques. Pour évacuer ces charges, reliez toujours les
câbles à une prise de terre adaptée avant de les raccorder au système.
AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines
The following electrical safety guidelines apply to AC-powered devices:
• Note the following warnings printed on the device:
“CAUTION: THIS UNIT HAS MORE THAN ONE POWER SUPPLY CORD. DISCONNECT ALL
POWER SUPPLY CORDS BEFORE SERVICING TO AVOID ELECTRIC SHOCK.”
“ATTENTION: CET APPAREIL COMPORTE PLUS D'UN CORDON D'ALIMENTATION. AFIN DE

PRÉVENIR LES CHOCS ÉLECTRIQUES, DÉBRANCHER TOUT CORDON D'ALIMENTATION AVANT
DE FAIRE LE DÉPANNAGE.”
• AC-powered devices are shipped with a three-wire electrical cord with a grounding-type plug that
fits only a grounding-type power outlet. Do not circumvent this safety feature. Equipment grounding
must comply with local and national electrical codes.
• You must provide an external certified circuit breaker (2-pole circuit breaker or 4-pole circuit breaker
based on your device) rated minimum 20 A in the building installation.
• The power cord serves as the main disconnecting device for the AC-powered device. The socket
outlet must be near the AC-powered device and be easily accessible.
• For devices that have more than one power supply connection, you must ensure that all power
connections are fully disconnected so that power to the device is completely removed to prevent
electric shock. To disconnect power, unplug all power cords (one for each power supply).
420
Power Cable Warning (Japanese)
WARNING: The attached power cable is only for this product. Do not use the cable for another product.
AC Power Disconnection Warning
WARNING: Before working on the device or near power supplies, unplug all the power
cords from an AC-powered device.
Waarschuwing Voordat u aan een frame of in de nabijheid van voedingen werkt, dient u
bij wisselstroom toestellen de stekker van het netsnoer uit het stopcontact te halen.
Varoitus Kytke irti vaihtovirtalaitteiden virtajohto, ennen kuin teet mitään

asennuspohjalle tai työskentelet virtalähteiden läheisyydessä.
Avertissement Avant de travailler sur un châssis ou à proximité d'une alimentation

électrique, débrancher le cordon d'alimentation des unités en courant alternatif.
Warnung Bevor Sie an einem Chassis oder in der Nähe von Netzgeräten arbeiten,
ziehen Sie bei Wechselstromeinheiten das Netzkabel ab bzw.
Avvertenza Prima di lavorare su un telaio o intorno ad alimentatori, scollegare il cavo di

alimentazione sulle unità CA.
Advarsel Før det utføres arbeid på kabinettet eller det arbeides i nærheten av
strømforsyningsenheter, skal strømledningen trekkes ut på vekselstrømsenheter.
Aviso Antes de trabalhar num chassis, ou antes de trabalhar perto de unidades de

fornecimento de energia, desligue o cabo de alimentação nas unidades de corrente
alternada.
421
¡Atención! Antes de manipular el chasis de un equipo o trabajar cerca de una fuente de

alimentación, desenchufar el cable de alimentación en los equipos de corriente alterna
(CA).
Varning! Innan du arbetar med ett chassi eller nära strömförsörjningsenheter skall du för
växelströmsenheter dra ur nätsladden.
DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines for MX10008

Router
This topic applies to hardware devices in the MX10008 router.
• A DC-powered device is equipped with a DC terminal block that is rated for the power requirements
of a maximally configured device.
NOTE: To supply sufficient power, terminate the DC input wiring on a facility DC source that
is capable of supplying:
• Minimum of 60 A at –48 VDC for MX10008 routers
Incorporate an easily accessible disconnect device into the facility wiring. Be sure to connect the
ground wire or conduit to a solid office earth ground. A closed loop ring is recommended for
terminating the ground conductor at the ground stud.
• Run two wires from the circuit breaker box to a source of 48 VDC.
• A DC-powered device that is equipped with a DC terminal block is intended only for installation in a
restricted-access location. In the United States, a restricted-access area is one in accordance with
Articles 110-16, 110-17, and 110-18 of the National Electrical Code ANSI/NFPA 70.
NOTE: Primary overcurrent protection is provided by the building circuit breaker. This breaker
must protect against excess currents, short circuits, and earth grounding faults in accordance
with NEC ANSI/NFPA 70.
• Ensure that the polarity of the DC input wiring is correct. Under certain conditions, connections with
reversed polarity might trip the primary circuit breaker or damage the equipment.
422
• For personal safety, connect the green and yellow wire to safety (earth) ground at both the device
and the supply side of the DC wiring.
• The marked input voltage of –48 VDC for a DC-powered device is the nominal voltage associated
with the battery circuit, and any higher voltages are only to be associated with float voltages for the
charging function.
• Because the device is a positive ground system, you must connect the positive lead to the terminal
labeled RTN, the negative lead to the terminal labeled –48 VDC, and the earth ground to the device
grounding points.
DC Power Disconnection Warning
WARNING: Before performing any of the DC power procedures, ensure that power is
removed from the DC circuit. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker
on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF
position, and tape the device handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.
Waarschuwing Voordat u een van de onderstaande procedures uitvoert, dient u te
controleren of de stroom naar het gelijkstroom circuit uitgeschakeld is. Om u ervan te
verzekeren dat alle stroom UIT is geschakeld, kiest u op het schakelbord de
stroomverbreker die het gelijkstroom circuit bedient, draait de stroomverbreker naar de
UIT positie en plakt de schakelaarhendel van de stroomverbreker met plakband in de
UIT positie vast.
Varoitus Varmista, että tasavirtapiirissä ei ole virtaa ennen seuraavien toimenpiteiden

suorittamista. Varmistaaksesi, että virta on KATKAISTU täysin, paikanna tasavirrasta
huolehtivassa kojetaulussa sijaitseva suojakytkin, käännä suojakytkin KATKAISTU-
asentoon ja teippaa suojakytkimen varsi niin, että se pysyy KATKAISTU-asennossa.
Avertissement Avant de pratiquer l'une quelconque des procédures ci-dessous, vérifier

que le circuit en courant continu n'est plus sous tension. Pour en être sûr, localiser le
disjoncteur situé sur le panneau de service du circuit en courant continu, placer le
disjoncteur en position fermée (OFF) et, à l'aide d'un ruban adhésif, bloquer la poignée
du disjoncteur en position OFF.
Warnung Vor Ausführung der folgenden Vorgänge ist sicherzustellen, daß die
Gleichstromschaltung keinen Strom erhält. Um sicherzustellen, daß sämtlicher Strom
abgestellt ist, machen Sie auf der Schalttafel den Unterbrecher für die
423
Gleichstromschaltung ausfindig, stellen Sie den Unterbrecher auf AUS, und kleben Sie
den Schaltergriff des Unterbrechers mit Klebeband in der AUS-Stellung fest.
Avvertenza Prima di svolgere una qualsiasi delle procedure seguenti, verificare che il
circuito CC non sia alimentato. Per verificare che tutta l'alimentazione sia scollegata
(OFF), individuare l'interruttore automatico sul quadro strumenti che alimenta il circuito
CC, mettere l'interruttore in posizione OFF e fissarlo con nastro adesivo in tale
posizione.
Advarsel Før noen av disse prosedyrene utføres, kontroller at strømmen er frakoblet

likestrømkretsen. Sørg for at all strøm er slått AV. Dette gjøres ved å lokalisere
strømbryteren på brytertavlen som betjener likestrømkretsen, slå strømbryteren AV og
teipe bryterhåndtaket på strømbryteren i AV-stilling.
Aviso Antes de executar um dos seguintes procedimentos, certifique-se que desligou a

fonte de alimentação de energia do circuito de corrente contínua. Para se assegurar que
toda a corrente foi DESLIGADA, localize o disjuntor no painel que serve o circuito de
corrente contínua e coloque-o na posição OFF (Desligado), segurando nessa posição a
manivela do interruptor do disjuntor com fita isoladora.
¡Atención! Antes de proceder con los siguientes pasos, comprobar que la alimentación
del circuito de corriente continua (CC) esté cortada (OFF). Para asegurarse de que toda
la alimentación esté cortada (OFF), localizar el interruptor automático en el panel que
alimenta al circuito de corriente continua, cambiar el interruptor automático a la
posición de Apagado (OFF), y sujetar con cinta la palanca del interruptor automático en
posición de Apagado (OFF).
Varning! Innan du utför någon av följande procedurer måste du kontrollera att

strömförsörjningen till likströmskretsen är bruten. Kontrollera att all strömförsörjning är
BRUTEN genom att slå AV det överspänningsskydd som skyddar likströmskretsen och
tejpa fast överspänningsskyddets omkopplare i FRÅN-läget.
DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning
An insulated grounding conductor that is identical in size to the grounded and ungrounded branch
circuit supply conductors but is identifiable by green and yellow stripes is installed as part of the branch
circuit that supplies the device. The grounding conductor is a separately derived system at the supply
transformer or motor generator set.
424
WARNING: When you install the device, the ground connection must always be made
first and disconnected last.
Waarschuwing Bij de installatie van het toestel moet de aardverbinding altijd het eerste
worden gemaakt en het laatste worden losgemaakt.
Varoitus Laitetta asennettaessa on maahan yhdistäminen aina tehtävä ensiksi ja

maadoituksen irti kytkeminen viimeiseksi.
Avertissement Lors de l'installation de l'appareil, la mise à la terre doit toujours être

connectée en premier et déconnectée en dernier.
Warnung Der Erdanschluß muß bei der Installation der Einheit immer zuerst hergestellt
und zuletzt abgetrennt werden.
Avvertenza In fase di installazione dell'unità, eseguire sempre per primo il collegamento

a massa e disconnetterlo per ultimo.
Advarsel Når enheten installeres, må jordledningen alltid tilkobles først og frakobles sist.
Aviso Ao instalar a unidade, a ligação à terra deverá ser sempre a primeira a ser ligada, e
a última a ser desligada.
¡Atención! Al instalar el equipo, conectar la tierra la primera y desconectarla la última.
Varning! Vid installation av enheten måste jordledningen alltid anslutas först och
kopplas bort sist.
DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning
WARNING: Wire the DC power supply using the appropriate lugs. When connecting
power, the proper wiring sequence is ground to ground, +RTN to +RTN, then –48 V to –
48 V. When disconnecting power, the proper wiring sequence is –48 V to –48 V, +RTN
to +RTN, then ground to ground. Note that the ground wire must always be connected
first and disconnected last.
Waarschuwing De juiste bedradingsvolgorde verbonden is aarde naar aarde, +RTN naar
+RTN, en –48 V naar – 48 V. De juiste bedradingsvolgorde losgemaakt is en –48 naar –
48 V, +RTN naar +RTN, aarde naar aarde.
425
Varoitus Oikea yhdistettava kytkentajarjestys on maajohto maajohtoon, +RTN varten

+RTN, –48 V varten – 48 V. Oikea irrotettava kytkentajarjestys on –48 V varten – 48 V,
+RTN varten +RTN, maajohto maajohtoon.
Avertissement Câblez l'approvisionnement d'alimentation CC En utilisant les crochets

appropriés à l'extrémité de câblage. En reliant la puissance, l'ordre approprié de câblage
est rectifié pour rectifier, +RTN à +RTN, puis –48 V à –48 V. En débranchant la
puissance, l'ordre approprié de câblage est –48 V à –48 V, +RTN à +RTN, a alors rectifié
pour rectifier. Notez que le fil de masse devrait toujours être relié d'abord et débranché
pour la dernière fois. Notez que le fil de masse devrait toujours être relié d'abord et
débranché pour la dernière fois.
Warnung Die Stromzufuhr ist nur mit geeigneten Ringösen an das DC Netzteil
anzuschliessen. Die richtige Anschlusssequenz ist: Erdanschluss zu Erdanschluss, +RTN
zu +RTN und dann -48V zu -48V. Die richtige Sequenz zum Abtrennen der
Stromversorgung ist -48V zu -48V, +RTN zu +RTN und dann Erdanschluss zu
Erdanschluss. Es ist zu beachten dass der Erdanschluss immer zuerst angeschlossen und
als letztes abgetrennt wird.
Avvertenza Mostra la morsettiera dell alimentatore CC. Cablare l'alimentatore CC

usando i connettori adatti all'estremità del cablaggio, come illustrato. La corretta
sequenza di cablaggio è da massa a massa, da positivo a positivo (da linea ad L) e da
negativo a negativo (da neutro a N). Tenere presente che il filo di massa deve sempre
venire collegato per primo e scollegato per ultimo.
Advarsel Riktig tilkoples tilkoplingssekvens er jord til jord, +RTN til +RTN, –48 V til –
48 V. Riktig frakoples tilkoplingssekvens er –48 V til – 48 V, +RTN til +RTN, jord til jord.
Aviso Ate con alambre la fuente de potencia cc Usando los terminales apropiados en el
extremo del cableado. Al conectar potencia, la secuencia apropiada del cableado se
muele para moler, +RTN a +RTN, entonces –48 V a –48 V. Al desconectar potencia, la
secuencia apropiada del cableado es –48 V a –48 V, +RTN a +RTN, entonces molió para
moler. Observe que el alambre de tierra se debe conectar siempre primero y
desconectar por último. Observe que el alambre de tierra se debe conectar siempre
primero y desconectar por último.
¡Atención! Wire a fonte de alimentação de DC Usando os talões apropriados nan

EXtremidade da fiação. Ao conectar a potência, a seqüência apropriada da fiação é
moída para moer, +RTN a +RTN, então –48 V a –48 V. Ao desconectar a potência, a
seqüência apropriada da fiação é –48 V a –48 V, +RTN a +RTN, moeu então para moer.
Anote que o fio à terra deve sempre ser conectado primeiramente e desconectado por
último. Anote que o fio à terra deve sempre ser conectado primeiramente e
desconectado por último.
426
Varning! Korrekt kopplingssekvens ar jord till jord, +RTN till +RTN, –48 V till –48 V.
Korrekt kopplas kopplingssekvens ar –48 V till –48 V, +RTN till +RTN, jord till jord.
DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning
WARNING: When stranded wiring is required, use approved wiring terminations, such
as closed-loop or spade-type with upturned lugs. These terminations must be the
appropriate size for the wires and must clamp both the insulation and conductor.
Waarschuwing Wanneer geslagen bedrading vereist is, dient u bedrading te gebruiken
die voorzien is van goedgekeurde aansluitingspunten, zoals het gesloten-lus type of het
grijperschop type waarbij de aansluitpunten omhoog wijzen. Deze aansluitpunten
dienen de juiste maat voor de draden te hebben en dienen zowel de isolatie als de
geleider vast te klemmen.
Varoitus Jos säikeellinen johdin on tarpeen, käytä hyväksyttyä johdinliitäntää,

esimerkiksi suljettua silmukkaa tai kourumaista liitäntää, jossa on ylöspäin käännetyt
kiinnityskorvat. Tällaisten liitäntöjen tulee olla kooltaan johtimiin sopivia ja niiden tulee
puristaa yhteen sekä eristeen että johdinosan.
Avertissement Quand des fils torsadés sont nécessaires, utiliser des douilles terminales
homologuées telles que celles à circuit fermé ou du type à plage ouverte avec cosses
rebroussées. Ces douilles terminales doivent être de la taille qui convient aux fils et
doivent être refermées sur la gaine isolante et sur le conducteur.
Warnung Wenn Litzenverdrahtung erforderlich ist, sind zugelassene

Verdrahtungsabschlüsse, z.B. für einen geschlossenen Regelkreis oder gabelförmig, mit
nach oben gerichteten Kabelschuhen zu verwenden. Diese Abschlüsse sollten die
angemessene Größe für die Drähte haben und sowohl die Isolierung als auch den Leiter
festklemmen.
Avvertenza Quando occorre usare trecce, usare connettori omologati, come quelli a
occhiello o a forcella con linguette rivolte verso l'alto. I connettori devono avere la
misura adatta per il cablaggio e devono serrare sia l'isolante che il conduttore.
Advarsel Hvis det er nødvendig med flertrådede ledninger, brukes godkjente

ledningsavslutninger, som for eksempel lukket sløyfe eller spadetype med
oppoverbøyde kabelsko. Disse avslutningene skal ha riktig størrelse i forhold til
ledningene, og skal klemme sammen både isolasjonen og lederen.
427
Aviso Quando forem requeridas montagens de instalação eléctrica de cabo torcido, use
terminações de cabo aprovadas, tais como, terminações de cabo em circuito fechado e
planas com terminais de orelha voltados para cima. Estas terminações de cabo deverão
ser do tamanho apropriado para os respectivos cabos, e deverão prender
simultaneamente o isolamento e o fio condutor.
¡Atención! Cuando se necesite hilo trenzado, utilizar terminales para cables

homologados, tales como las de tipo "bucle cerrado" o "espada", con las lengüetas de
conexión vueltas hacia arriba. Estos terminales deberán ser del tamaño apropiado para
los cables que se utilicen, y tendrán que sujetar tanto el aislante como el conductor.
Varning! När flertrådiga ledningar krävs måste godkända ledningskontakter användas,

t.ex. kabelsko av sluten eller öppen typ med uppåtvänd tapp. Storleken på dessa
kontakter måste vara avpassad till ledningarna och måste kunna hålla både isoleringen
och ledaren fastklämda.
Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning
WARNING: The network device has more than one power supply connection. All
connections must be removed completely to remove power from the unit completely.
Waarschuwing Deze eenheid heeft meer dan één stroomtoevoerverbinding; alle
verbindingen moeten volledig worden verwijderd om de stroom van deze eenheid
volledig te verwijderen.
Varoitus Tässä laitteessa on useampia virtalähdekytkentöjä. Kaikki kytkennät on

irrotettava kokonaan, jotta virta poistettaisiin täysin laitteesta.
Avertissement Cette unité est équipée de plusieurs raccordements d'alimentation. Pour

supprimer tout courant électrique de l'unité, tous les cordons d'alimentation doivent
être débranchés.
Warnung Diese Einheit verfügt über mehr als einen Stromanschluß; um Strom gänzlich
von der Einheit fernzuhalten, müssen alle Stromzufuhren abgetrennt sein.
Avvertenza Questa unità ha più di una connessione per alimentatore elettrico; tutte le
connessioni devono essere completamente rimosse per togliere l'elettricità dall'unità.
Advarsel Denne enheten har mer enn én strømtilkobling. Alle tilkoblinger må kobles helt
fra for å eliminere strøm fra enheten.
428
Aviso Este dispositivo possui mais do que uma conexão de fonte de alimentação de
energia; para poder remover a fonte de alimentação de energia, deverão ser
desconectadas todas as conexões existentes.
¡Atención! Esta unidad tiene más de una conexión de suministros de alimentación; para
eliminar la alimentación por completo, deben desconectarse completamente todas las
conexiones.
Varning! Denna enhet har mer än en strömförsörjningsanslutning; alla anslutningar

måste vara helt avlägsnade innan strömtillförseln till enheten är fullständigt bruten.
TN Power Warning
WARNING: The device is designed to work with a TN power system.

Waarschuwing Het apparaat is ontworpen om te functioneren met TN
energiesystemen.
Varoitus Koje on suunniteltu toimimaan TN-sähkövoimajärjestelmien yhteydessä.
Avertissement Ce dispositif a été conçu pour fonctionner avec des systèmes

d'alimentation TN.
Warnung Das Gerät ist für die Verwendung mit TN-Stromsystemen ausgelegt.
Avvertenza Il dispositivo è stato progettato per l'uso con sistemi di alimentazione TN.
Advarsel Utstyret er utfomet til bruk med TN-strømsystemer.
Aviso O dispositivo foi criado para operar com sistemas de corrente TN.
¡Atención! El equipo está diseñado para trabajar con sistemas de alimentación tipo TN.
Varning! Enheten är konstruerad för användning tillsammans med elkraftssystem av TN-

typ.
429
Agency Approvals and Compliance Statements
IN THIS SECTION
Agency Approvals for the Router | 429
Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for the Router | 431
Agency Approvals for the Router
IN THIS SECTION
Compliance Statement for Argentina | 430
The JNP Series complies with the following standards:
• Safety
• CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 60950-1 Information Technology Equipment - Safety
• EN 60950-1 Information Technology Equipment - Safety
• IEC 60825-1
• IEC 60950-1 Information Technology Equipment - Safety CB Scheme report
• UL 60950-1 Information Technology Equipment - Safety
• EMC/EMI
• BS EN 55032
• BS EN 55035
• BS EN 300 386
• EN 300 386 V1.6.1

430
• EN 300 386 V2.2.1
• FCC 47 CFR Part 15
• ICES-003 / ICES-GEN
• EN 55032
• EN 55035
• CISPR 32
• CISPR 35
• IEC/EN 61000 Series
• IEC/EN 61000-3-2
• IEC/EN 61000-3-3
• EN-61000-4-2 +A1 +A2 Electrostatic Discharge
• EN-61000-4-3 +A1+A2 Radiated Immunity
• EN-61000-4-4 Electrical Fast Transients
• EN-61000-4-5 Surge
• EN-61000-4-6 Immunity to Conducted Disturbances
• AS/NZS CISPR 32
• VCCI-CISPR 32
• BSMI CNS 15936
• KS C 9835 (Old KN 35)
• KS C 9832 (Old KN 32)
• KS C 9610
• BS EN 61000 Series
• NEBS GR-1089
Compliance Statement for Argentina
EQUIPO DE USO IDÓNEO.

431
Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for the Router
IN THIS SECTION
Canada | 431
European Community | 432
Israel | 432
Japan | 432
Korea | 433
United States | 433
Nonregulatory Environmental Standards | 433
Compliance Statement for Argentina | 434
This topic describes the EMC requirements for the router:
Canada
This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.
The Industry Canada label identifies certified equipment. This certification means that the equipment
meets certain telecommunications network protective, operational, and safety requirements. Industry
Canada does not guarantee the equipment will operate to the users’ satisfaction.
Before installing this equipment, users should ensure that it is permissible to connect the equipment to
the facilities of the local telecommunications company. The equipment must also be installed using an
acceptable method of connection. In some cases, the inside wiring associated with a single line
individual service may be extended by means of a certified connector assembly. The customer should be
aware that compliance with the above conditions may not prevent degradation of service in some
situations.
Repairs to certified equipment should be made by an authorized Canadian maintenance facility

designated by the supplier. Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment, or equipment
malfunctions, may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the
equipment.
432
CAUTION: Users should not attempt to make electrical ground connections by

themselves, but should contact the appropriate inspection authority or an electrician, as
appropriate.
Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the power utility,
telephone lines, and internal metallic water pipe system, if present, are connected together. This
precaution may be particularly important in rural areas.
European Community
This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which
case the user may be required to take adequate measures.
Israel
Translation from Hebrew–Warning: This product is Class A. In residential environments, the product may
cause radio interference, and in such a situation, the user may be required to take adequate measures.
Japan
The preceding translates as follows:
This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which
case the user may be required to take adequate measures.
VCCI-A
433
Korea
The preceding translates as follows:
This equipment is Industrial (Class A) electromagnetic wave suitability equipment and seller or user
should take notice of it, and this equipment is to be used in the places except for home.
United States
The JNP router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against
harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment
generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with
the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this
equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be
required to correct the interference at his own expense.
Nonregulatory Environmental Standards
These MX Series product SKUs are designed to be Network Equipment Building System (NEBS)
compliant:
• MX10008
• MX10016
Those device product SKUs are designed to meet the following NEBS compliance standards:
• SR-3580 NEBS Criteria Levels (Level 3 Compliance)
• GR-1089-CORE, Issue 6: EMC and Electrical Safety—Generic Criteria for Network

Telecommunications Equipment
434
• The equipment is suitable for installation in locations where the National Electrical Code (NEC)
applies.
• The battery return connection is to be treated as an Isolated DC return (DC-I), as defined in

GR-1089-CORE.
• GR-63-CORE: NEBS, Physical Protection
• The equipment is suitable for installation as part of the Common Bonding Network (CBN).
• The equipment is suitable for installation in a central office (CO).
Compliance Statement for Argentina
EQUIPO DE USO IDÓNEO.

MX 10008

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MX 10008

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

MX 10008

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MX10008 Universal Routing Platform

Juniper Networks, Inc.

MX10008 Universal Routing Platform Hardware Guide

YEAR 2000 NOTICE

END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT

1 Fast Track: Initial Installation

Install the MX10008 in a Rack | 2

Onboard, Configure, and Monitor MX10008 | 11

MX10008 Hardware Overview | 14

MX10008 Configurations and Upgrade Options | 28

MX10008 Components and Configurations | 35

MX10008 Component Redundancy | 38

MX10008 Hardware and CLI Terminology Mapping | 39

MX10008 Chassis Physical Specifications | 42

Field-Replaceable Units in an MX10008 | 46

MX10008 Status Panel LEDs | 48

MX10008 Optional Equipment | 52

MX10008 Cooling System | 53

MX10008 Cooling System and Airflow | 54

MX10008 Fan Tray LEDs and Fan Tray Controller LEDs | 62

MX10008 Power System | 70

JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply | 72

JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply | 74

JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply | 76

JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Supply | 81

JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply | 85

JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Supply LEDs | 87

JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Supply LEDs | 88

JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Supply LEDs | 90

JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Supply LEDs | 93

JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Supply LEDs | 95

MX10008 Routing and Control Board Components and Descriptions | 99

MX10008 Routing and Control Board Description | 100

MX10008 Routing and Control Board LEDs | 103

MX10008 Switch Fabric Board | 107

MX10008 Switch Fabric Board Description | 108

MX10008 Switch Fabric Board LEDs | 111

MX10K-LC2101 Line Card | 113

MX10K-LC480 Line Card | 115

MX10K-LC9600 Line Card | 119

3 Site Planning, Preparation, and Specifications

MX10008 Site Preparation Checklist | 125

MX10008 Environmental Requirements and Specifications | 127

General Site Guidelines | 128

Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines | 129

MX10008 Rack Requirements | 131

MX10008 Power Planning | 135

Power Requirements for an MX10008 Router | 136

Calculating the Power Consumption of Your MX10008 Configuration | 136

JNP10K-PWR-AC Power Specifications | 142

JNP10K-PWR-AC2 Power Specifications | 143

JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Specifications | 144

MX10008 Power Cables Specifications | 145

JNP10K-PWR-AC3 Power Cable Specifications | 154

JNP10K-PWR-DC Power Specifications | 164

JNP10K-PWR-DC2 Power Specifications | 166

MX10008 Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications | 167

MX10008 Transceiver and Cable Specifications | 168

MX10008 Optical Transceiver and Cable Support | 168